Table of Contents
UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K


þ

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year endedApril 30, 2017

2022


or


¨

TRANSITIONREPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ___________ to ___________

Commission file number000-55107

001-38175

ASPEN GROUP, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware

27-1933597

Delaware

27-1933597
State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

1660 South Albion Road,276 Fifth Avenue, Suite 525, Denver, CO

505, New York, New York

80222

10001

Address of Principal Executive Offices

Zip Code


(303) 333-4224

(646) 448-5144
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.001ASPU
The Nasdaq Stock Market
(The Nasdaq Global Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, par value $0.001

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ¨    No þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ¨    No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes þ    No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to the Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company, and emerging“emerging growth companycompany” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ¨

Accelerated filer ¨

Non-accelerated filer ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

☑ 

Smaller reporting company þ

Emerging growth company ¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes ¨    No þ

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Approximately $30.4$112 million based on $3.00.  

a closing price of $4.75 on October 29, 2021.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of July 24, 201722, 2022 was 13,612,35425,202,278 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statementproxy statement for the 20172022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. Such Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the registrant's fiscal year ended April 30, 2017.




INDEX

PART I




Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page Number

18

38

38

39

39

40

40

41

52

52

52

52

52

53

53

53

53

53

54













Table of Contents
PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.


Aspen Group, Inc., or Aspen Group, owns 100% of is an education technology holding company. AGI has two subsidiaries, Aspen University Inc., a Delaware corporation, ("Aspen University" or Aspen"AU") organized in 1987 and United States University Inc. ("United States University" or Aspen University.  "USU").
All references to the “Company,”  “we,”“Company”, “AGI”, “Aspen Group”, “we”, “our” and “us” refer to Aspen Group, Inc., unless the context otherwise indicates.


Description of Business


AGI leverages its education technology infrastructure and expertise to allow its two universities, Aspen Group, Inc. (“Aspen Group”) is a post-secondary education company with an overarchingUniversity and United States University, to deliver on the vision of making higher educationcollege affordable again in America. To date, Aspen Group’s sole operating subsidiary has been Aspen University, Inc., doing business as Aspen University. On May 18, 2017, Aspen Group announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to acquire United States University (“USU”), a regionally accredited for-profit university based in San Diego, California for a total purchase price of $9 million. The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals by the U.S. Department of Education (“DOE”), WASC Senior College and University Commission, and state regulatory and programmatic accreditation bodies. The earliest that Aspen Group would receive required regulatory approvals would be December 2017.


The remainder of this management discussion will focus on Aspen University.


Founded in 1987, Aspen University’s mission is to offer any motivated college-worthy student the opportunity to receive a high quality, responsibly priced distance-learning education for the purpose of achieving sustainable economic and social benefits for themselves and their families. Aspen is dedicated to providing the highest quality education experiences taught by top-tier professors - 54% of our adjunct professors hold doctorate degrees.


again. Because we believe higher education should be a catalyst to our students’ long-term economic success, we exert financial prudence by offering affordable tuition that is one of the greatest values in online higher education. In March 2014,AGI’s primary focus relative to future growth is to target the high growth nursing profession. As of April 30, 2022, 11,522 of 13,334 or 86% of all active students across both universities are degree-seeking nursing students. Of the students seeking nursing degrees, 9,562 are RNs studying to earn an advanced degree, including 6,672 at Aspen University unveiledand 2,890 at USU. In contrast, the remaining 1,960 nursing students are enrolled in Aspen University’s BSN Pre-Licensure program in the Phoenix, Austin, Tampa, Nashville and Atlanta metros.

Aspen University has been offering a monthly payment plan aimed at reversingavailable to all students across every online degree program offered by Aspen University, since March 2014. The monthly payment plan is designed so that students will make one fixed payment per month, and that monthly payment is applied towards the college-debt sentence plaguing working-class Americans.total cost of attendance (tuition and fees, excluding textbooks). The monthly payment plan offers bachelor’s degreeonline undergraduate students (except RN to BSN) the opportunity to pay their tuition and fees at $250/month, for 72 months ($18,000), nursing bachelor’s degree students (RN to BSN) $250/month for 39 months ($9,750), master’s degreeonline master students $325/month, for 36 months ($11,700) and online doctoral students $375 per $375/month, for 72 months ($27,000), interest free, thereby giving students a monthly payment tuition option versus taking out a federal financial aid loan.


Since the March 2014

USU has been offering monthly payment education announcement, 65%plans since the summer of courses are now paid for through2017. Today, USU monthly payment methods (basedplans are available for the online RN to BSN program ($250/month), online MBA/MAEd/MSN programs ($325/month), online hybrid Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies, Teacher Credentialing tracks approved by the California Commission on courses started over the last 90 days). Aspen offers two monthly payment programs, a monthly payment plan described above in which students make payments every month over a fixed period (36, 39 or 72 months depending on the degree program)Teacher Credentialing ($350/month), and a monthly installment plan in which students pay three monthly installments (day 1, day 31 and day 61 after the start of each course). As of April 30, 2017, Aspen has 3,060 students paying tuition through either of the monthly payment methods. Of those, 2,801 of those students are paying tuition through a monthly payment plan representing total contractual value of $26.5 million, which today equates to approximately $780,000 of monthly recurring tuition revenue.


Aspen offers certificate programs and associate, bachelor’s, master’s and doctoral degree programs in a broad range of areas, including nursing, business, education, technology, and professional studies. In terms of student body growth during fiscal year 2017, Aspen’s active degree-seeking student body grew by 1,749 students or 60%, from 2,932 to 4,681 students.


One of the key differences between Aspen and other publicly-traded, exclusively online for-profit universities is the fact that the majority of our degree-seeking students (72% as of April 30, 2017 compared to 54% as of April 30, 2016) were enrolled in Aspen’s School of Nursing. Aspen’s School of Nursing grew during fiscal year 2017 by 1,481 students or 79%, from 1,882 to 3,363 students, which represents 85% of Aspen’s student body growth.


On November 10, 2014, Aspen University announced that the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (“CCNE”) had awarded accreditation to its Bachelor of Science in Nursing program (RN to BSN) through December 31, 2019. CCNE is officially recognized by the DOE and is a nongovernmental accrediting agency, which provides specialized accreditation for nursing programs by ensuring the quality and integrity of nursing education in preparing effective nurses.






Since 2008, Aspen’shybrid Master of Science in Nursing-Family Nurse Practitioner (“FNP”) program ($375/month).

Fiscal 2022 Overview
For Fiscal Year 2022, the Company achieved and experienced the following key developments:

Aspen 2.0 Business Plan and Other Trends
In Fiscal Year 2022, the Company implemented its ‘Aspen 2.0’ business plan. Aspen 2.0 is designed to deliver maximum efficiency as defined by revenue earned from each marketing dollar spent. Under the plan, growth spending has been re-focused on our highest efficiency businesses in an effort to accelerate the growth in these units, with decreased spending in our lowest efficiency unit (an area where high growth is not essential). Specifically, we have reduced marketing spending in our traditional AU Nursing Program has held CCNE accreditation. The Master+ Other unit. In addition, we have suspended spending in our Phoenix metro BSN Pre-Licensure, as it was nearing capacity and also more recently due to regulatory issues described beginning at page 1 of Sciencethis Report. Those marketing dollars have been redirected towards high LTV programs, specifically our four new BSN Pre-Licensure metros, AU’s online doctoral programs, and USU's MSN-FNP program. Additionally, due to a requirement to collateralize a new surety bond required by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education, the Company reduced marketing spend in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2022 compared to immediately preceding periods. While this resulted in improved operating results for that quarter, we may see negative trends in future periods if the decrease in marketing spend results in a decline in enrollments. In the Phoenix metro, which was profitable, we cannot currently matriculate pre-professional nursing students into the two-year core nursing program. See Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Arizona State Board of Nursing program most recently underwent accreditation reviewProbation

Because Aspen University’s first-time pass rates for our BSN pre-licensure students taking the NCLEX-RN exam in Arizona fell from 80% in 2020 to 58% in 2021, which is below the minimum 80% standard set by CCNEthe Arizona State Board of Nursing (“AZ BON”) in March 2011. At that time,2022, AU entered into a Consent Agreement for Probation and a Civil Penalty (the “Consent Agreement”) with the program’s accreditationAZ BON pursuant to which AU’s Provisional Approval was reaffirmed,revoked, with a new accreditation term to expire December 30, 2021. We currently offer a varietythe revocation stayed pending
1

Table of nursing degrees including: Master of Science in Nursing, Master of Science in Nursing - Nursing Education, Master of Science in Nursing – Nursing AdministrationContents
AU’s compliance with the terms and Management, Master of Science in Nursing – Forensic Nursing, Master of Science in Nursing –Public Health, Master of Science in Nursing – Informatics, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing.


Aspen’s School of Nursing is responsible for the vast majorityconditions of the new student enrollment and overall active student body growth. Specifically, Aspen’s SchoolConsent Agreement. The minimum probationary period is 36 months from the date of Nursing is now on pace to grow on an annualized basis by approximately 1,500 Active Nursing students – netthe Consent Agreement. In June 2022, the AZ BON granted approval of student graduations and withdrawals (or ~125/month). Aspen’s BSN program accountsAspen University’s request for 72% of that growth,provisional approval as thatlong as the program is on pace to increase on an annualized basis by approximately 1,080 students – net (or ~90/month).


in compliance with the consent agreement through March 31, 2025. Aspen University expects its total active degree-seeking student body to continue its rapid growth and reach approximately 7,000is not currently enrolling students in the BSN Pre-licensure program in Arizona.


Because the pre-licensure program is comprised of two components, a one-year pre-requisite Pre-Professional Nursing (“PPN”) requirement followed by the enda two-year core program, one effect of the fiscal year,foregoing events was to prevent PPN students from matriculating into the core program until after the probation stipulation is met.

See “State Professional Licensure” on page 10 for more information on the Consent Agreement and Civil Penalty, and “Item 3 - Legal Proceedings” for more information on a class action lawsuit filed after disclosure of the Consent Agreement.

Stipulated Agreement and Surety Bond
In connection with the above developments with respect to the AZ BON, Aspen University has also entered into a Stipulated Agreement with the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education (the “Arizona Board”) which required us to post a surety bond for $18.3 million. Aspen University posted the surety bond on April 30, 2018. Therefore,22, 2022. Aspen University is not currently enrolling students in the university is on pace to increase its active student body by ~2,300 students on an annualized basisBSN Pre-licensure program in Arizona, a condition of the Stipulated Agreement.

Certain Financing and Related Developments
Set forth below are descriptions of certain transactions and developments involving funding and capital that occurred in fiscal year 2018 versus2022. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - “Liquidity and Capital Resources” on page 61 for more information on our liquidity and capital resources.
a.On March 14, 2022, we raised $10 million in gross proceeds from the previous paceissuance of ~1,750 activeconvertible notes. We also issued two lenders a total of $20 million in Revolving Promissory Notes which have not been drawn upon. Subsequently, the two Revolving Promissory Notes and $5 million of the proceeds from the convertible notes were pledged as collateral for the $18.3 million surety bond (see discussion above). For the fourth quarter 2022, the Company reduced marketing spend sequentially by $1.0 million, primarily to ensure sufficient collateral for the surety bond required by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education.
b.On August 31, 2021, AGI entered into a letter agreement with The Leon and Toby Cooperman Family Foundation (“Cooperman”). On September 1, 2021, the Company borrowed $5 million from The Leon and Toby Cooperman Family Foundation (“Cooperman”) under a Credit Facility Agreement.
c.On July 21, 2021, AGI received a payment of $498,120 as a final distribution by the bankruptcy trustee in the previously disclosed Higher Education Management Group, Inc. bankruptcy proceedings. The bankruptcy filing occurred after AGI obtained a $772,793 judgment against Higher Education Management Group, Inc. No further assets are available for distribution.

Atlanta, GA Campus Approvals

On January 20, 2022, the Company announced that Aspen University received the final required state and board of registered nursing regulatory approvals for their new BSN Pre-Licensure campus location in Atlanta, Georgia. The Atlanta site was occupied by the University of Phoenix, located at 859 Mt. Vernon Highway NE, Suite 100, which is situated just off Interstate 285 in the Sandy Springs suburb in the inner ring of Atlanta. Aspen University began enrolling first-year PPN students a year ago, an improvement of 30% year-over-year.


In additionin Atlanta starting in February 2022, and expects to the specialized CCNE programmatic accreditation, sinceenroll Nursing Core students (Years 2-3) in Fall 2022.


Accreditation
Since 1993, Aspen University has been accredited by the Distance Education Accrediting Commission (“DEAC”("DEAC"), a nationalan institutional accrediting agency recognized by theU.S. United States Department of Education (“DOE”(the "DOE").Accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by and the DOE is requiredCouncil for an institution to become and remain eligible to participate in the federal programs of student financial assistance administered pursuant to Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the “Title IV Programs”Accreditation ("CHEA").On February 25, 2015,2019, the DEAC informed Aspen University that it had renewed its accreditation for five years throughto January 2019.  Aspen University’s accreditation is further discussed in the Accreditation Section of this Form 10-K.


Aspen2024.

Since 2009, USU has been accredited by WASC Senior College and University also maintains approvals from professional associations, such as its approval as a Global Charter Education Provider from the Project Management Institute (“PMI”Commission ("WSCUC"), an institutional accrediting agency recognized by the DOE and asthe Council for Higher Education Accreditation ("CHEA"). Its current accreditation period extends through 2030.
2

Table of Contents
As a Registered Education Provider (R.E.P.)result of the PMI. The PMI recognizes select Aspen Project Management Courses as Professional Development Units. These courses help prepare individualstheir respective accreditations, both universities are qualified to sit for the Project Management Professional (“PMP”), certification examination. PMP certification is the project management profession’s most recognized and respected certification credential. Project management professionals may take the PMI approved Aspen courses to fulfill continuing education requirements for maintaining their PMP certification.


Similarly, in connection with our Bachelor and Master degrees in Psychology of Addiction and Counseling, the National Association of Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Counselors, (“NAADAC”), has approved Aspen as an “academic education provider.” NAADAC-approved education providers offer training and education for those who are seeking to become certified, and those who want to maintain their certification, as alcohol and drug counselors. In connection with the approval process, NAADAC reviews all educational training programs for content applicability to state and national certification standards.


Aspen also is a participant in theTitle IV Programs.At the federal level,participate under the Higher Education Act of 1965 as amended (the “HEA”("HEA") and the regulations promulgated under theFederal student financial assistance programs (Title IV, HEA by the DOE set forth numerous, complex standards that institutions must satisfyprograms).

Our operations are organized in order to participate in the Title IV Programs.


one reporting segment.

Competitive Strengths - We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:


Exclusively

Proprietary Education Technology Platform – Traditionally, a University or Online Program Manager (OPM) offering online education has three core systems that serve as the backbone of their technology stack: (i) a Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system used by the enrollment team to manage prospective students; (ii) a student information system (or SIS) that the university uses to manage its student body, and (iii) a learning management system (or LMS) which serves as the online classroom.

In each of these categories, there are a number of software as a service ("SaaS") companies that offer solutions for higher education. Most universities and OPMs license one or all of these systems. In studying these systems, we concluded that there was no reasonable way to have these three separately licensed systems fluently communicate with to each other to achieve our end goal of having real-time data on every aspect of a student's career – whether it be academic in nature or personal, financial or other behavioral aspects.

As a result, several years ago we built an in-house Student Information System and connected it to our Learning Management System, D2L. We subsequently built and launched the first phase of an in-house CRM system that was designed for the enrollment departments at Aspen University and USU.

The first-phase CRM included an algorithm that recommends to Enrollment Advisors (EAs), in priority order, the follow-up calls that should be made in a given day to complete the enrollment process for prospective students in that EAs individually designated database. The algorithm was created by studying the daily habits and activities of the three most productive EAs in AGI history. This recommendation engine then automatically updates in real-time after each follow-up/action is conducted by an EA. To our knowledge, these advanced features are not offered by any CRM software company in the industry. This recommendation engine has boosted our lead conversion rates for our online nursing programs to approximately 12% vs. <10% prior to launch.
Emphasis on Online Education - We haveThe curriculum for all courses at AGI's universities is designed our courses and programs specificallyprimarily for online delivery,delivery. Two nursing degree programs at AGI's universities require clinical practice: Aspen University's BSN Pre-Licensure hybrid (online/on-campus) nursing program and USU’s MSN-FNP hybrid (online/on-campus) nursing program. In addition, USU's Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies degree, Teacher Credentialing tracks require field experience/student teaching. Online, we recruit and train faculty exclusively for online instruction. We provide students the flexibility to study and interact at times that suitssuit their schedules. We design our onlineonline/on-campus sessions and materials to be interactive, dynamic and user friendly.


Debt Minimization - We are committed to offering among the lowest tuition rates in the sector, which to datesector. Our tuition rates combined with our monthly payment plan payment option for our post licensure online nursing programs has alleviated the need for a significant majority of our students to borrow moneytake out federal financial aid loans to fund Aspen’s tuition requirements. Aspen’s course-by-course tuition rates are $150/credit hour for degree-seeking undergraduate programs, $325/credit hour for all master programs and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) program and $450/credit hour for all doctoral degree programs. These tuition rates are designed to allow students to pay their tuition through monthly payment plans, thereby having the opportunity to earn their degree debt free.




and fees requirements.


Commitment to Academic Excellence - We are committed to continuously improving our academic programs and services, as evidenced by the level of attention and resources we apply to instruction and educational support. We are committed to achieving high course completion and graduation rates compared to competitive distance learning, for-profit schools. Fifty-four percent of our adjunct faculty members hold a doctorate degree. One-on-oneRegular and substantive interaction and one-on-one student contact with our highly experienced faculty brings knowledge and great perspective to the learning experience. Faculty members are available by telephone, video conference and email to answer questions, discuss assignments and provide help and encouragement to our students.


Highly Scalable and Profitable Business Model - We believe our online education model, our relatively low student acquisition costs, and our variableflexible faculty cost model will enable us to expand our operating margins. As we increase student enrollments, we are able to scale our online business on a variable basis through growing the number of full-time and adjunct faculty members after we reach certain enrollment metrics (not before). A single adjunct faculty member can work with as little as two studentsone student or as many as 3050 at any given time.


A full-time faculty member works with a maximum of 110 students at any given time.

We also believe our hybrid BSN Pre-Licensure Program has significant potential since there are large waiting lists of applicants at many public universities that offer BSN Pre-Licensure programs in major U.S. metropolitan areas. According to AACN’s report on 2019-2020 Enrollment and Graduations in Baccalaureate and Graduate Programs in Nursing, U.S. nursing schools turned away 80,407 qualified applicants from baccalaureate and graduate nursing programs in 2019 due to an insufficient number of faculty, clinical sites, classroom space, clinical preceptors and budget constraints.
3

Table of Contents
(https://www.aacnnursing.org/Portals/42/News/Factsheets/Faculty-Shortage-Factsheet.pdf).
The Company is currently operating five pre-licensure locations in the Phoenix, Austin, Tampa, Nashville and Atlanta metros. We started operating in Phoenix in 2018. The Company opened two additional new metro locations in Fiscal Year 2021 (Austin and Tampa) and in Fiscal Year 2022 (Nashville and Atlanta), the latter of which began enrolling first year students in February 2022). We stopped admitting students into our Phoenix locations in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2022 in accordance with the AZ BON matter.
“One Student at a Time” personal carePersonal Care - We are committed to providing our students with highly responsive and personal individualized support. Every student is assigned an Academic Advisor who becomes an advocate for the student’s success. Our one-on-one approach assures contact with faculty members when a student needs it and monitoring to keep them on course. Our administrative staff is readily available to answer any questions and workswork with a student from initial interest through the application process and enrollment, and most importantly while the student is pursuing a degree ortheir studies.


Admissions


In considering candidates for acceptance into any of our certificate or degree programs, we look for those who are serious about pursuing – or advancing in – a professional career, and who want to be both prepared and academically challenged in the process. We strive to maintain the highest standards of academic excellence, while maintaining a friendly learning environment designed for educational, personal and professional success. A desire to meet those standards is a prerequisite. Because our programs are designed for self-directed learners, who know how to manage their time, successful students have a basic understanding of time management principles and practices, as well as good writing and research skills. Admission to Aspen University is based on a thorough assessment of each applicant’s potential to complete successfully the program.


program successfully.

Industry Overview


The

According to the DOE reports, among college students that study exclusively online, the percentage of students at private for-profit institutions was higher (60%), than that of students at public institutions (46%) and private nonprofit institutions (34%). In particular, the percentage of students who took distance education courses exclusively was highest at private for-profit four-year institutions (73%) which, despite enrolling only 4% of undergraduates, accounted for 6% of undergraduates who were enrolled exclusively in distance education courses.
In terms of the nursing sector, job opportunities for registered nurses are expected to grow about as fast as the average growth for all occupations, or approximately 9%, between 2020 and 2030, according to the U.S. marketBureau of Labor Statistics’ Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2020-30 Edition. However, despite the anticipated growth in job opportunities, over 80,400 qualified applications were not accepted by entry-level baccalaureate and graduate nursing programs according to the 2019-2020 Enrollment and Graduations in Baccalaureate and Graduate Programs in Nursing report from the American Association of Colleges of Nursing (https://www.aacnnursing.org/Portals/42/News/Factsheets/Faculty-Shortage-Factsheet.pdf). These statistics suggest there continues to be unmet demand from qualified students for postsecondary educationnursing educational programs. In fiscal year 2022, nursing shortages continued in part due to ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. A growing number of nurses are leaving the profession as they reach retirement age or due to pandemic-induced job fatigue. This supply-side trend, coupled with the rising demand for healthcare to support the aging U.S. population, is expected to perpetuate a large,nursing shortage through 2030. Given the growing market. demand for healthcare services across a multitude of specialties, reports project that 1.2 million new registered nurses (RNs) will be needed by 2030 to address the current shortage.
Competition
According to the most recent publication by the National Center for2019 Digest of Education Statistics (“NCES”)(nces.ed.gov), the number of postsecondary learners enrolled as of 2012-13 in U.S. institutions that participate in Title IV Programs was approximately 27.8 million (including both undergraduate and graduate students).  This number is up from 21 million in the fall of 2010, and from 18.2 million in the fall of 2007. We believe the growth in postsecondary enrollment is a result of a number of factors, including the significant and measurable personal income premium that is attributable to postsecondary education, and an increase in demand by employers for professional and skilled workers.


According to the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (“IPEDS”) data managed by the DOE, the number of students that took at least one online course in the most recent studies was about 5.5 million — roughly one-quarter of the total enrollment. Among those 5.5 million students, about 2.6 million were enrolled in fully online programs — the rest took some traditional courses, some online. Additionally, the share of graduate students enrolled in fully online programs was twice as high as the share of undergraduates — 22 to 11 percent.


Competition


Therethere are more than 4,2004,300 U.S. colleges and universities serving traditional college agecollege-age students and adult students. Any reference to universities herein also includes colleges. Competition is highly fragmented and varies by geography, program offerings, delivery method, ownership, quality level, and selectivity of admissions. No one institution has a significant share of the total postsecondary market. While we compete in a sense with traditional “brick and mortar” universities, our primary competitors are withuniversities that primarily enroll online universities.students. Our primarily online university competitors that are publicly traded include:include American Public Education, Inc. (Nasdaq: APEI), DeVryAdtalem Global Education (NYSE: ATGE), Apollo Education Group, Inc. (NYSE: DV), Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (Nasdaq: LOPE), CapellaStrategic Education, CompanyInc. (Nasdaq: CPLA)STRA), and Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (NYSE: BPI). American Public Education, Inc. and Capella Education Company are wholly online while the others are not. Based upon public information, Apollo Group, which includes University of Phoenix, is the market leader with University of Phoenix havingWestern Governors University.

We believe that these competitors have degreed enrollments of 135,900 in November 2016 (based upon APOL’s Form 10-Q filed on January 9, 2017 for the period ending November 30, 2016).ranging from approximately 38,000 to over 100,000 students. As of April 30, 2017, Aspen2022, AGI had 4,68113,334 active degree-seeking students enrolled. Because of COVID-19 which has caused most
4

Table of Contents
educational institutions to transition to some extent to more online capabilities, we may face more online competition in the future. Further, COVID-19 caused nurses to seek graduate level courses to retrench as they were overwhelmed treating hospitalized patients. COVID-19 also significantly reduced the number of students enrolled respectively. Thesein postsecondary education institutions in recent years, which limits the pool of prospective students for which we compete for enrollments with our competitors have substantially more financial and other resources.



in the industry.


The primary mission of most traditional accredited four-year universities is to serve full-time students and conduct research. Most online universities serve working adults. Aspen Group acknowledges the differences in the educational needs between working and full-time students at “brick and mortar” schools and provides programs and services that allow our students to earn their degrees without major disruption to their personal and professional lives.


We also compete with public and private degree-granting regionally and nationally accredited universities. An increasing number of universities enroll working students in addition to the traditional 18 to 24 year-old24-year-old students, and we expect that these universities will continue to modify their existing programs to serve working learners more effectively, including by offering more distance learning programs. We believe that the primary factors on which we compete are the following:


·

Active and relevant curriculum development that considers the needs of employers;

·

The ability to provide flexible and convenient access to programs and classes;

·

Cost of the program;
Monthly payment plan options;
High-quality courses and services;

·

Comprehensive student support services;

·

Breadth of programs offered;

·

The time necessary to earn a degree;

·

Qualified and experienced faculty;

·

Reputation of the institution and its programs;

·

The variety of geographic locations of campuses;

·

Regulatory approvals;

·

Cost of the program;

·

Name recognition; and

·

Convenience.


Curricula


Certificates

Certificate in Project Management

Certificate in eLearning Pedagogy


Associates Degrees

Associate

Academics
Aspen University
School of Applied Science Early ChildhoodNursing and Health Sciences
School of Education


Bachelor’s Degrees

Bachelor

School of Business and Technology
School of Arts in Psychology and Addiction Counseling

BachelorSciences

United States University
College of Science in Business Administration

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, (Completion Program)

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice, (Completion Program)

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice with specializations in Criminal Justice Administration and

Major Crime Scene Investigation Procedure

Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood Education

Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood Education, (Completion Program)

Bachelor of Science in Medical Management

Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Completion Program)


Master’s Degrees

Master of Arts Psychology and Addiction Counseling

Master of Science in Criminal Justice

Master of Science in Criminal Justice with specializations in Forensic Sciences, Law Enforcement Management, and

Terrorism and Homeland Security

Master of Science in Information Management

Master of Science in Information Systems with specializations in Enterprise Application Development and

Web Development

Master of Science in Information Technology

Master of Science in Information Technology and Innovation

Master of Science in Nursing with a specialization in Administration and Management

Master of Science in Nursing (RN to MSN Bridge Program) with a specialization in Administration and Management





Master of Science in Nursing with a specialization in Nursing Education

Master of Science in Nursing (RN to MSN Bridge Program) with a specialization in Nursing Education

Master of Science in Nursing (RN to MSN Bridge Program) with a specialization in Forensic Nursing

Master of Science in Nursing with a specialization in Forensic Nursing

Master of Science in Nursing with a specialization in Public Health

Master of Science in Nursing (RN to MSN Bridge Program) with a specialization in Public Health

Master of Science in Nursing with a specialization in Informatics

Master of Science in Nursing (RN to MSN Bridge Program) with a specialization in Informatics

Master in Business Administration

Master in Business Administration with specializations in Entrepreneurship, Finance, Information Management, Pharmaceutical Marketing and Management, and Project Management

Master in Education with specializations in Curriculum Development and Outcomes Assessment, Education Technology, Transformational Leadership, and eLearning Pedagogy


Doctorate Degrees

Doctorate of Science in Computer Science

Doctorate in Education Leadership and Learning with specializations in K-12, Higher Education, Organizational Leadership, Organizational Psychology, and Health Care Administration

DoctorSciences

College of Nursing Practice


Business and Technology

College of Education
Sales and Marketing


Following Mr. Michael Mathews becoming Aspen’sour Chief Executive Officer in May 2011, Mr. Mathewshe and his team made significant changes to Aspen’s sales and marketing program, specifically spending a significant amount of time, money and resources on our proprietary Internet marketing program. What is unique about Aspen’sour Internet marketing program is that we have not used and have no plans in the near future to utilizeacquire non-branded, non-exclusive leads from third-party online lead generation companies to attract prospective students. To our knowledge, most if not all for-profit online universities utilize multiple third-party online lead generation companies to obtain a meaningful percentage of their prospective student leads that are branded and exclusive in nature, and those leads are both non-branded and non-exclusive in addition to exclusive branded leads. Aspen’sOur executive officers have many years of expertise in the online lead generation and Internet advertising industry, which has and for the foreseeable future willis expected to continue to allow Aspenus to cost-effectively drive all prospective student leads internally. This isthat are branded and exclusive in nature.
We have invested in our technology infrastructure and believe our education technology platform enables us to achieve lower costs per enrollment as compared to our competition.
5

Table of Contents
Human Capital
We recognize that our performance depends on the education, experiences, and efforts of our employees, and our ability to foster a competitive advantage for Aspen because third-party leads are typically unbranded and non-exclusive (lead generation firms typically sell prospective student leads to multiple universities), thereforeculture that brings out the conversion rate for those leads tends to be appreciably lower than internally generated, Aspen branded, proprietary leads.


Employees


best in each. As of July 24, 2017,April 30, 2022, we had 138312 full-time employees, including full-time faculty, and 133821 adjunct professors, of which 54%who are doctorally prepared.part-time employees. None of our employees are parties to any collective bargaining arrangement. We believe our relationships with our employees are good.


Our employees have diverse backgrounds, as evidenced by the fact that approximately 74% of our faculty and staff are female and approximately 48% of our employees self-identify as ethnically diverse.

Diversity and equity are at the heart of our culture, influenced in part by the communities we serve including but not limited to healthcare, the military, and veterans. In support of their respective missions, each of our universities have published diversity and equity statements that guide and support their actions to attract, retain and develop highly qualified administration, faculty, and staff:
Aspen University is committed to diversity, equity, and inclusion in its faculty, administration, and staff hiring practices, employee policies, and student admissions practices and policies. It is committed to non-discrimination in the delivery of its educational services and employment opportunities. The University does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, age, gender, sexual orientation, veteran status, physical or mental disability, medical condition as defined by law, or any basis prohibited by law.
As forged by its mission and vision and the University’s unique and distinctive character to serve the underserved community in California and the nation, United States University ensures an uncompromising commitment to offering access to affordable higher education to all individuals who meet the criteria for admission regardless of age, gender, culture, ethnicity, socio-economic class and disability. At all times, USU shall strive to ensure equitable representation of all diverse groups in its student body. USU’s diverse administration, faculty and staff shall be equally dedicated to the success of all students. The diversity of USU’s administration and faculty shall help enrich curricula, while a diverse staff shall serve students with sensitivity to special needs.
We have learned that an inclusive and positive workplace results in business growth and inspires increased academic and business innovation, the retention of exceptional talent, and a more involved workforce.
Talent Development and Retention
The Company is dedicated to attracting, retaining, and developing employees who adhere to high standards of business and personal integrity and who maintain a reputation for honesty, fairness, respect, responsibility, and trust. Our strategic initiatives require our leadership, management, faculty, and staff to perform at a consistently high level and to adapt and learn new skills and capabilities. Our employees must have a wide and diverse range of education, experience, background, and skill to anticipate and meet our business needs and exercise sound business judgment.
To promote retention, we offer comprehensive compensation and benefits packages that are competitive and performance-based. We have undertaken an analysis of market-competitive compensation and benefits practices to attract new and more culturally diverse employees and to reward current ones. We believe that continuous education aids in employee retention and so we provide a tuition benefit to them, their spouses, or their dependents. Full-time employees receive a 100% tuition discount on most programs offered by the universities. Spouses, legal partners, and legal dependents of full-time employees, as well as adjunct faculty, receive a 50% discount.
To promote career development among our leadership and staff, we provide job and leadership training as well as professional development opportunities. We financially support university administration and management as they seek professional development through professional organizations relevant to their fields and conference attendance. We financially support faculty professional development to stay current in their field of study through NurseTim© trainings (nursing faculty only) and conference attendance. The Faculty Speaker Series, Tuesday Teaching Tips, and Research Colloquium, all supported through the Center for Graduate Studies, also contribute to the professional development of faculty.
We believe that our well-educated and well-qualified faculty are the basis for the success of our students and our programs. Because our business is primarily nursing education, we expect our faculty to integrate their personal and professional nursing experiences into the education of our students. All nursing faculty maintain current, unencumbered state or multi-state compact RN licenses. All faculty are expected to have a degree one level above the degree level they are teaching and to maintain currency in their field. We train and develop our faculty through a formal onboarding process that includes orienting them to academic policies and procedures, pedagogical performance expectations, and responsibilities related to their faculty role. They
6

Table of Contents
also receive training in tools for increasing student engagement and specific technologies they are required to use for various purposes. After their training, the universities regularly review the performance of their faculty by, among other things, monitoring the contact that faculty have with students, reviewing student feedback, and evaluating the learning outcomes achieved by students. As a result of our training and professional development practices for faculty, we have very little turnover and faculty retention is high.
Over time, we have hired, retained, and developed a diverse leadership, management, and workforce that is a key component of our success and culture. We believe that our success is directly correlated to our ability to provide employees an interesting and engaging work experience. We value our rich, diverse employees and provide career and professional development opportunities that foster the success of our company.
Impact of COVID-19
The health and well-being of our employees is of utmost importance to the Company. Starting in March 2020, all employees transitioned to a remote workforce. Since that time, Company employees have demonstrated resilience, wisdom, commitment, and compassion in working with colleagues and students. Beginning on June 1, 2021, in an abundance of caution, employees in the U.S. were allowed to return to their offices after providing proof of full vaccination. As of July 6, 2021, all U.S. employees began returning to their offices in a hybrid work environment, meaning that employees now work 40% from home and 60% from the office. Each team within the Company has been given the flexibility to work with their management to determine which days and/or weeks will be worked from home vs. office. Employees are required to follow all Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and local guidelines and federal regulations. Finally, the Company has also introduced a fully-remote model for certain high-performance employees, what the Company calls the ‘Meritocracy Benefit’.
Corporate History


Aspen Group

The Company was incorporated on February 23, 2010 in Florida as a home improvement company intending to develop products and sell them on a wholesale basis to home improvement retailers. In June 2011, Aspen Group changed its name to Elite Nutritional Brands, Inc. and terminated all operations.Florida. In February 2012, Aspen Group reincorporated in Delaware under the name Aspen Group, Inc.


Aspen University Inc. was incorporated on September 30, 2004 in Delaware. Its predecessor was a Delaware limited liability company organized in Delaware in 1999.Delaware. On March 13, 2012, Aspen Group, which was then inactive, acquired Aspen University Inc. in a transaction we refer to as the Reverse Merger.




reverse merger. On December 1, 2017, Aspen Group acquired USU.

Available Information


Our corporate website is www.aspu.com. On our website under "SEC Filings", we make available access to our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements on Schedule 14A and amendments to those materials filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), free of charge.
Regulation


Regulatory Environment
Students attending Aspenour schools finance their education through a combination of individual resources, corporate reimbursement programs and federal student financial assistance funds available through Aspen’sour participation in the Title IV Programs. The discussion which follows outlines the extensive regulations that affect our business. Complying with these regulations entails significant effort from our executives and other employees. Further, regulatory compliance is also expensive. Beyond the internal costs, compliance with the extensive regulatory requirements also involves engagement of outside regulatory professionals.


For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017, approximately 21% of our cash-basis revenues for eligible tuition and fees were derived from the Title IV Programs.

To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must, among other things, be:


·

Authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the applicable state education agencies in the states in which it is physically located (in our case, Colorado);

·

Colorado, Arizona, Texas, Florida, Georgia, Tennessee and California) or otherwise have a physical presence as defined by the state and meet the state education agency requirements to legally offer postsecondary distance educationin any state in which the school is not physically located;

Accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary of the DOE; and

·

Certified as an eligible institution by the DOE.


State Authorization


Based on regulations issued by


7

Table of Contents
Collectively, state education agencies, accrediting agencies, and the DOE comprise the higher education regulatory triad. We cannot predict the actions that any entity in 2011, Title IV Programthe higher education regulatory triad, Congress, or Administration may take or their effect on our schools.

State Authorization

As institutions like ours,of higher education that offer postsecondarygrant degrees and certificates, we are required to be authorized by applicable state education through distance education to studentsauthorities which exercise regulatory oversight of our schools. In addition, in a state in which the institution is not physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by that state, must meet any state requirements to offer postsecondary education to students in that state. The institution must be able to document state approval for distance education if requested by the DOE. This regulation was considered a significant departure from the state authorization procedures followed by most, if not all, institutions before its enactment. On July 12, 2011, a federal judge for the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia vacated the portion of the DOE’s state authorization regulation that requires online education providers to obtain any required authorization from all states in which their students reside, finding that the DOE had failed to provide sufficient notice and opportunity to comment on the requirement. An appellate court affirmed that ruling on June 5, 2012 and therefore this regulation is currently invalid.


However, on July 25, 2016, the DOE issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) concerning new regulations governing the requirements for state authorization for distance education.Similar to the 2011 Rules, the proposed regulations required institutions to meet all state requirements for legally offering distance education in any state in which they are offering distance education courses as a condition of institutional eligibilityorder to participate in the Title IV Programs. If an institution does not hold authorization in a state that requires it to do so, students in that state would notPrograms, we must be eligible to receive Title IV Program funds for enrollment in distance education programs offeredauthorized by the institution in the state. The NPRM also proposed that Title IV Program eligibility and funding be contingent upon an institution being able to demonstrate that it is subject to an adequateapplicable state student complaint procedure. To date, the DOE has not indicated which state complaint procedures, if any, it considers to be inadequate. In addition, the NPRM required institutions to make a significant number of consumer disclosures regarding their distance education programs including disclosures regarding licensure and certification requirements, state authorization, student complaints, adverse actions by state and accreditation agencies, and refund policies. On December 16, 2016, DOE issued the final rule related to this NPRM. Although the final rule is similar to what DOE proposed on July 25, 2016, it surprisingly provides that the State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement (“SARA”) would not satisfy the basic authorization requirements of the rule. SARA is an agreement among member states, districts and territories that establishes comparable national standards for interstate offering of postsecondary distance education courses and programs. When the NPRM was released, there appeared to be broad consensus that the regulations would support the multi-state SARA arrangement as satisfying the requirement that institutions obtain authorization in each state where they are required to be authorized. However, the final rule effectively removes SARA from the definition of a “State authorization reciprocity agreement” for the purpose of complying with the new regulations. This is significant because we are an approved SARA institution.


The rest of the final rule remains largely unchanged from the NPRM. As in the proposed rule, the final rule requires institutions to meet all state requirements for legally offering distance education in any state in which institutions are offering distance education courses, but only to the extent the state has any such requirements. Also, while the language of the rule appears to make state authorization for distance learning a condition of institutional eligibility in the Title IV Programs, the preamble to the final rule clarifies that failure to hold a required authorization in a state will only result in inability to disburse Title IV Program funds to eligible students who are enrolled in distance learning programs while present in that state, rather than institution-wide. In addition, a state may impose penalties on an institution for failure to comply with state requirements related to an institution’s activities in a state, including the delivery of distance education to persons in that state.



agencies.


Because we are subject to extensive regulations by the states in which we become authorized or licensed to operate, we must abide by state laws that typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and other operational matters. State laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and to award degrees. Some states may also prescribe financial regulations that are different from those of the DOE. If we fail to comply with state licensing requirements, we may lose our state licensure or authorizations.authorizations, which in turn would result in a loss of accreditation and access to Title IV funds.

The California Legislature is currently considering the reauthorization of the California Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education (“California Bureau”) as part of its sunset review cycle. There is currently a bill in process (SB1433) that would amend the existing Private Postsecondary Education Act, which governs private institutions operating in the state. On June 22, 2022, SB1433 was amended to include a number of updated definitions, substantive changes around minimum operating standards, and amended accreditation requirements for degree granting institutions, among other amendments. The Bill is set for a hearing in the Assembly Business and Professions committee on June 28th. We expect there will be additional amendments following the hearing, and we do not know what the final version of the bill will include or whether it will be approved by the Governor. In prior years, there have been multiple onerous bills proposed in California that have not become law, and we cannot predict whether similar proposals may be integrated into the current proposal as it moves through the legislative process. Other states in which AGI operates may also make material changes to their authority and structure at any time, so AGI must constantly assess its state oversight agencies to ensure compliance.

Licensure of Online Programs

On July 31, 2018, the DOE announced its intention to convene a negotiated rulemaking committee (the “Committee”) to consider proposed regulations for Title IV Programs, including revisions to the 2016 state authorization of distance education regulations. The Committee convened for several meetings from January to April 2019. On June 12, 2019, the DOE published a notice of proposed rulemaking, which included proposed regulations that would supplant the 2016 regulations. The DOE released final regulations on accreditation and state authorization of distance education on November 1, 2019, which took effect July 1, 2020 (the “Final Regulations”). Like the 2016 regulations, the Final Regulations require Title IV Program institutions, like ours, that offer postsecondary education through distance education to students in a state in which the institution is not physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by that state, to meet any state requirements to offer postsecondary education to students who are located in that state.
Under the Final Regulations, institutions may meet the authorization requirements by obtaining such authorization directly from any state that requires it or through a state authorization reciprocity agreement, such as the State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement (“SARA”). SARA is intended to make it easier for students to take online courses offered by postsecondary institutions based in another state. SARA is overseen by a National Council (“NC-SARA”) and administered by four regional education compacts.
In May 2022, resulting from its formal move from Colorado to Arizona, Aspen University was removed as an approved institutional participant in NC-SARA through CO-SARA. An agreement with CO-SARA permits most currently enrolled students to be covered through early September 2022. Aspen University will be on the agenda for AZ-SARA in early September 2022 to obtain approval to become an institutional participant again in NC-SARA from its new primary location in Arizona. In the meantime, Aspen University is seeking individual state authorizations for its students. Aspen University is currently authorized in 30 states and is in the development process with 20 states and the District of Columbia. Aspen maintains its state authorizations through annual reporting and required renewals. The only state that does not participate in NC-SARA is California and it has imposed regulatory requirements on out-of-state educational institutions operating within its boundaries, such as those having a physical facility or conducting certain academic activities within the state. Aspen University is registered as an out-of-state institution with California until February 19, 2023, and plans to renew at that time. Aspen University currently enrolls students in all 50 states. While we do not believe that any of the states in which our schools are currently licensed or authorized, other than Arizona, Texas, Florida, Georgia, Tennessee and California, is individually material to our
8

Table of Contents
operations, the loss of licensure or authorization in any state could prohibit us from recruiting prospective students or offering services to current students in that state, which could significantly reduce our enrollments.
On July 14, 2020, the Delaware DOE informed Aspen that an application for renewal was not necessary due to its active institutional membership with NC-SARA. With Aspen’s removal as an active institutional member of NC-SARA in May 2022, Aspen currently seeks renewal in the State of Delaware.
Because USU is based in California, which does not participate in NC-SARA, USU must obtain authorization in every state in which it intends to market and enroll online students, which was the standard method prior to the formation of NC-SARA. USU is currently authorized to offer one or more programs in 42 states and is in the application development process with 8 additional states and the District of Columbia. USU maintains its state authorizations through annual reporting and required renewals.
Individual state laws establish standards in areas such as instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and other operational matters, some of which are different than the standards prescribed by the Arizona Board, the Texas Board, the Florida Commission, the Tennessee Commission, the Georgia Commission, and the California Bureau. Laws in some states limit the ability of schools to offer educational programs and award degrees to residents of those states. Some states also prescribe financial regulations that are different from those of DOE, and many require the posting of surety bonds. Laws, regulations, or interpretations related to online education could increase our cost of doing business and affect our ability to recruit students in particular states, which could, in turn, negatively affect enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business.

Licensure of Physical Locations
The Higher Education Opportunity Act ("HEOA") and certain state laws require our institutions to be legally authorized to provide educational programs in states in which our schools have a physical location or otherwise have a physical presence as defined by the state. Aspen University is authorized to provide educational programs in Arizona by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education (“Arizona Board”), in Texas by the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board (“Texas Board”), in Tennessee by the Tennessee Higher Education Commission (“Tennessee Commission”), in Georgia by the Georgia Nonpublic Postsecondary Education Commission (“Georgia Commission”), and in Florida by the Florida Commission on Independent Education (“Florida Commission”). USU is authorized to provide educational programs in California by the California Bureau. Failure to comply with state requirements could result in Aspen University losing its authorization from the ColoradoArizona Board, Texas Board, Tennessee Commission, on Higher Education, a department ofGeorgia Commission, or Florida Commission; and USU losing its authorization from the Colorado Department of Higher Education, (“CDHE”), itsCalifornia Bureau. In such event, the schools would lose their eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, or itstheir ability to offer certain educational programs, any of which may force us to cease the school’s operations.


Additionally, Aspen is aUniversity and USU are Delaware corporation.corporations. Delaware law requires an institution to obtain approval from the Delaware Department of Education, or Delaware DOE, before it may incorporate with the power to confer degrees. In July 2012, Aspen University received notice from the Delaware DOE that it iswas granted provisional approval status effective until June 30, 2015. On April 25, 2016, the Delaware DOE informed Aspen University it was granted full approval to operate with degree-granting authority in the State of Delaware. On July 14, 2020, the Delaware DOE informed Aspen that an application for renewal was not necessary due to its active institutional membership with NC-SARA. With Aspen’s removal as an active institutional member of NC-SARA in May 2022, Aspen currently seeks renewal in the State of Delaware. On June 6, 2018, the Delaware DOE granted an initial operating license to USU until July 1, 2020.


Accreditation


June 30, 2023.

In March 2022, Aspen entered into a Consent Agreement with the AZ BON resulting primarily from concerns raised by the AZ BON stemming from NCLEX-RN pass rates below the state’s required threshold. The result of the Consent Agreement is that Aspen University remains approved with the AZ BON based on a stayed revocation and probationary period with certain conditions, including but not limited to, the cessation of enrollments in the core component of the pre-licensure nursing program and reporting to staff/board on a monthly basis. The cessation of enrollments into the core component of the pre-licensure nursing program will remain in effect until Aspen University complies with the conditions of its Consent Agreement with the AZ BON, which is more fully discussed under “State Professional Licensure” below. In April 2022, Aspen University entered into a Stipulated Agreement with the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education as an amendment to its 2022 Regular Vocational and Degree Granting Agreement for licensure. The Stipulated Agreement required the cessation of enrollments in both the pre-professional nursing and core components of the pre-licensure program in Arizona, the posting of a surety bond in the amount of $18,287,110 which has already been posted, the submission of student records on a monthly basis, and the removal of the Arizona pre-licensure nursing program start date information from its website and marketing materials. Aspen University is not currently enrolling students in the BSN Pre-licensure program in Arizona. The Stipulated Agreement can be amended in the future.
9

Table of Contents

Accreditation
Aspen University is institutionally accredited by the DEAC, an accrediting agency recognized by CHEA and the DOE, and USU is institutionally accredited by WSCUC, an accrediting agency also recognized by CHEA and the DOE. Accreditation is a non-governmental system for evaluating educational institutions and their programs in areas including student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality, faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and resources, and financial stability. In the U.S., this recognition comes primarily through private voluntary associations that accredit institutions and programs. To be recognized by the DOE, accrediting agencies must adopt specific standards for their review of educational institutions. Accrediting agencies establish criteria for accreditation, conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions and programs for accreditation, and publicly designate those institutions or programs that meet their criteria. Accredited institutions are subject to periodic review by accrediting agencies to determine whether such institutions maintain the performance, integrity and quality required for accreditation.


Accreditation by the DEAC is important to the Universityour schools for several reasons. Other institutions depend, in part, on accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate schools. Accreditation also provides external recognition and status. Employers rely on the accredited status of institutions when evaluating an employment candidate’s credentials. Corporate and government sponsors under tuition reimbursement programs look to accreditation for assurance that an institution maintains quality educational standards. Other institutions depend, in part, on our accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate schools.
Moreover, institutional accreditation awarded from an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE is necessary for eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs. As part of the Final Regulations published on November 1, 2019, and which took effect July 1, 2020, the DOE amended regulations relating to the recognition of accrediting agencies. The Final Regulations amended the DOE’s process for recognition and review of accrediting agencies, including the criteria used by the DOE to recognize accrediting agencies, and the DOE’s requirements for accrediting agencies’ policies and standards that are applied to institutions and programs. Accrediting agencies are under heightened scrutiny due to perceived shortcomings of certain agencies and their oversight of closed institutions. In response, accreditors are increasing their scrutiny of institutions. From time to time, DEAC adoptsaccrediting agencies adopt or makesmake changes to itstheir policies, procedures and standards. If weour schools fail to comply with any of DEAC’sthese requirements, ourthe non-complying school’s accreditation status and, therefore, our eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs could be at risk. On February 25, 2015, the DEAC informed Aspen University that it had renewed its accreditation for five years to January, 2019.


In addition to institutional accreditation, there are numerous specialized accrediting commissionsaccreditors that accredit specific programs or schools within their jurisdiction, many of which are in healthcare and professional fields. In our case, Aspen’s Master of ScienceUSU’s and Aspen University’s baccalaureate and master’s degree programs in nursing are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) and Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs hold specialized accreditation from the CCNE.Aspen University’s doctoral nursing degree is currently CCNE-accredited. CCNE is officially recognized by CHEA and the DOE and provides specialized accreditation for nursing programs. In our case, accreditation of specific nursing programsAccreditation by CCNE signifies that those programs have met the additional standards of that agency. We are also pleased that Aspen University’s School of Business and Technology has been awarded the status of Candidate for Accreditation by the International Accreditation Council for Business Education (IACBE) for its baccalaureate and master’s business programs. Finally, USU’s Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies has two Teacher Credentialing tracks: (1) Multiple Subject Credential Preparation track for students in California interested in teaching at the TK-6 level, and (2) General track for students interested in exploring a variety of topics, transfer students, or students outside of California. Both tracks are approved by the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing (CTC).
If we fail to satisfy the standards of any of these specialized accrediting commissions,accreditors, we could lose the specialized accreditation for the affected programs, which could result in materially reduced student enrollments in those programs and prevent our students from seeking and obtaining appropriate licensure in their fields.



State EducationProfessional Licensure and Regulation


As

States have specific requirements that an institution of higher education that grants degrees and certificates, we are required to be authorized by applicable state education authorities which exercise regulatory oversight of our institution. In addition,individual must satisfy in order to participatebe licensed or certified as a professional in the Title IV Programs, we must be authorized by the applicable state education agencies.






Wespecific fields. For example, graduates from some USU and Aspen University nursing programs often seek professional licensure in their field because they are an approved institutional participantlegally required to do so in SARA. SARA is intendedorder to make it easier for students to take online courses offered by postsecondary institutions basedwork in another state. SARA is overseen by a National Council (NCSARA)that field or because obtaining licensure enhances employment opportunities. Success in obtaining licensure depends on several factors, including each individual’s personal and administered by four regional education compacts. There is a yearly renewal for participating in NC-SARA and CO-SARA and institutions must agree to meet certain requirements to participate. Some states that do not participate in SARA impose regulatory requirements on out-of-state educational institutions operating within their boundaries, such as those having a physical facility or conducting certain academic activities within the state. We currently enroll students in 49 states. Although we are currently licensed, authorized, in-process, or exempt in all non-SARA jurisdictions in which we operate, if we fail to comply with state licensing or authorization requirements for a state, or fail to obtain licenses or authorizations when required, we could lose our state license or authorization by that state or be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on our activities in, and fines and penalties imposed by, that state,professional qualifications as well as fines, penalties,other factors related to the degree or program completed, including but not necessarily limited to:

whether the institution and sanctions imposedthe program were approved by DOE. While we do not believe that any of the statesstate in which we are currently licensed or authorized, other than Colorado, are individually material to our operations, the loss ofgraduate seeks licensure, or authorization in anyby a professional association;
whether the program from which the applicant graduated meets all state could prohibit us from recruitingrequirements; and
whether the institution and/or the program is accredited by a CHEA and DOE-recognized agency.
10

Table of Contents
Professional licensure and certification requirements can vary by state and may change over time.
In addition, the Final Regulations that took effect July 1, 2020 require institutions to make readily available disclosures to enrolled and prospective students regarding whether programs leading to professional licensure or offering servicescertification meet state educational requirements for that professional license or certification. These disclosures apply to both on-ground and online programs that lead to professional licensure or certification or are advertised as leading to professional licensure or certification. Under the Final Regulations, institutions must determine the state in which current and prospective students are located, and then must: (1) determine whether such program’s curriculum meets the educational requirements for licensure or certification in that state; (2) determine whether such program’s curriculum does not meet the educational requirements for licensure or certification in that state; or (3) choose not to make a determination as to whether such program’s curriculum meets the educational requirements for licensure or certification in that state. Institutions must also provide direct disclosures in writing to prospective students and current students under certain circumstances. Institutions must provide direct disclosures in writing to prospective students if the institution has determined the program in which the student intends to enroll does not meet the educational requirements for licensure or certification in the state in which the student is located or if the institution has not made any determination. Institutions must provide direct disclosures in writing to current students, but only if the institution has determined the program in thatwhich the student is enrolled does not meet the educational requirements for licensure in the state in which could significantly reduce our enrollments.


Individual state laws establish standardsthe student is located.

As noted above, in areas such as instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and other operational matters, some of which are different thanMarch 2022, Aspen University entered into the standards prescribed byConsent Agreement with the Colorado Department of Higher Education. Laws in some states limit schools’ abilityAZ BON. Aspen University held provisional approval to offer educational programs and award degrees to residentsthe core component of those states. Some states also prescribe financial regulations that are different from thoseits pre-licensure nursing program in Arizona through AZ BON; in June 2022, the AZ BON granted approval of Aspen University’s request for provisional approval as long as the program is in compliance with the consent agreement through March 31, 2025. However, Aspen University is not currently enrolling students in the BSN Pre-licensure program in Arizona. While Aspen University disputed many of the DOE,allegations made, the institution determined that settlement was the best option to reduce disruption for students and many requireaddress the postingconcerns raised. As a condition of surety bonds. In non-SARA states, regulatory requirementsthe Consent Agreement, Aspen University’s Provisional Approval was revoked, with the revocation stayed pending Aspen University’s compliance with the terms and conditions of the Consent Agreement. The stay is broken into two phases, the first lasting through the end of Calendar Year 2022. During Phase I, Aspen University is not permitted to enroll any new students into the core component of its pre-licensure nursing program in Arizona, and must achieve the AZ BON-required 80% NCLEX pass rate for online education vary among the states, areCalendar Year 2022 annual reporting cycle. If this benchmark is not well developedachieved, the AZ BON may lift the stay and initiate the revocation. If Phase I is completed successfully, Phase II will commence with Aspen University on Probation (regular or “stayed revocation” probation, depending on the outcome of Phase I). Aspen University is permitted to begin enrollments into the core component of its pre-licensure nursing program in many states, are imprecise or unclear in some states, and can change frequently. Laws, regulations, or interpretations related to online education could increase our costArizona once four consecutive quarters of doing business and affect our ability to recruit students in particular states, which could, in turn, negatively affect80% NCLEX first-time pass rates occur. However, once achieved, if the NCLEX pass rate falls below 80% for any quarter, the AZ BON may limit enrollments, and revenuesrepeated failures may result in a required cessation of enrollments and haveteach-out of the program. The terms of the Consent Agreement also include requirements that we provide the AZ BON with monthly reports, provide that our faculty and administrators undergo additional training, retain an approved consultant to prepare and submit evaluations to the AZ BON, and hire a material adverse effect on our business.


minimum of 35% full-time qualified faculty by September 30, 2022. The Consent Agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.22 to this Report. For the quarters ended March 31, 2022 and June 30, 2022, Aspen University’s NCLEX scores were 73.33% and 69.64%, respectively.


Nature of Federal, State and Private Financial Support for Postsecondary Education


The federal government provides a substantial part of its support for postsecondary education through the Title IV Programs, in the form of grants and loans to students. Students can use those funds at any institution that has been certified by the DOE to participate in the Title IV Programs. Aid under Title IV Programs is primarily awarded on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the difference between the cost of attending the institution and the amount a student can reasonably contribute to that cost. All recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain satisfactory academic progress and must progress in a timely manner toward completion of their program of study. In addition, each school must ensure that Title IV Program funds are properly accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible students.


Aspen’s mission is to offer

Our institutional missions manifest themselves through offering students the opportunity to fund their education without relying solely on student loans. In March 2014, Aspen University launched a $250 monthly payment plan for associate and bachelor degree students and a $325 monthly payment plan for mastermaster’s degree students, and subsequently a $375 monthly payment plan for doctoral and MSN-FNP students. Since initiation of this mission, 65% of our courses are paid throughThe monthly payment methods (based on courses started overplan is available to all Aspen University and United States University students except those in the last 90 days).


Aspen University BSN Pre-Licensure program.  

Currently, 6,811 or 67% of Aspen University students utilize monthly payment options, including the monthly payment plan or the installment plan. In 2017, USU implemented these monthly payment options and currently has 2,148 or 69% of its students utilizing them.
11

Table of Contents
When ourAspen University students borrowseek funding from the federal government, they could receive loans and grants to fund their education under the following Title IV Programs: (1) the Federal Direct Loan program, or Direct Loan, and (2) the Federal Pell Grant program, or Pell. ForUSU students are eligible for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017, approximately 21%of our cash-basis revenues forsame, plus Federal Work Study and Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants, which are both financial needs based. Graduate students are only eligible tuitionto participate in the Direct Loan and fees were derived from Title IV Programs. Therefore,Federal Work Study programs and not all undergraduate students receive a Pell Grant or the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant. The majority of Aspen students self-finance all or a portion of their education. who seek funding from the federal government receive at least one Direct Loan that must be repaid with interest starting after the student leaves school.
Additionally, some students may receive full or partial tuition reimbursement from their employers. Eligible credit-worthy students can also access private loans through a number of different lenders for funding at current market interest rates.


Under the Direct Loan program, the DOE makes loans directly to students. The Direct Loan Program includes the Direct Subsidized Loan, the Direct Unsubsidized Loan, and the Direct PLUS Loan (including loans tofor credit-worthy parents of dependent undergraduate students and credit-worthy graduate and professional students), and the Direct Consolidation Loan. The Budget Control Act of 2011 signed into law in August 2011, eliminated Direct Subsidized Loans for graduate and professional students, as of July 1, 2012. The terms and conditions of subsidized loans originated prior to July 1, 2012 are unaffected by the law.


students.

For Pell grants,Grants, the DOE makes grants to undergraduate students who demonstrate financial need. To date, few Aspenof our students have received Pell Grants. Accordingly, the Pell Grant program currently is not material to Aspen’sthe Company’s cash revenues.






Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs


The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through Title IV Programs, the large number of students and institutions participating in these programs, and allegations of fraud and abuse by certain for-profit institutions have prompted the DOE to exercise considerable regulatory oversight over for-profit institutions of higher learning. Accrediting agencies and state education agencies also have responsibilities for overseeing compliance of institutions in connection with Title IV Program requirements. As a result, our institution isinstitutions are subject to extensive oversight and review. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV Program requirements will be applied in all circumstances. See the “Risk Factors” contained herein which disclose comprehensive regulatory risks.


In addition to the state authorization requirements and other regulatory requirements described herein, other significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that could adversely affect us include the following legislative action and regulatory changes:


Congressional Action. Congress reauthorizes the Higher Education Act approximately every five to eightsix years. Congress most recently reauthorized the Higher Education Act in August 2008. 2008 through the end of 2013 and the law has been extended since that date. Congress has held hearings regarding the reauthorization of the HEA and has continued to consider new legislation regarding the passage of the HEA. Congress enacted a small package of HEA changes as part of the larger Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 legislation signed into law in December 2020, which will become effective between 2021 and 2023. The significant rules in this legislation were focused on the simplification of the federal aid application and determination of student eligibility.We cannot predict with certaintythe impact of these new laws on our students since the DOE has not provided implementation guidance, nor can we predict whether or when Congress might act to amend further the Higher Education Act.HEA. The elimination of additional Title IV Programs, material changes in the requirements for participation in such programs, or the substitution of materially different programs could increase our costs of compliance and could reduce the ability of certain students to finance their education at our institution.


institutions.

Federal Rulemaking. On May 24, 2021, the DOE published a Federal Register notice indicating its intent to convene multiple committees to develop proposed regulations in three broad areas under Title IV of the Higher Education Act: affordability of postsecondary education, institutional accountability, and Federal student loans.
The DOE held virtual public hearings for interested parties to comment on the rulemaking agenda, including the list of topics being considered and other suggested topics, in June 2021.

In the Fall of 2021, the DOE conducted the first of two rounds of negotiated rulemaking. The first round of negotiations ran for three weeks over October, November and December and covered the following topics:

Total and Permanent Disability
Closed School Discharge
Interest Capitalization
Improving the Public Service Loan Forgiveness (PSLF) Application Process
12

Table of Contents
Public Service Loan Forgiveness (PSLF) Eligibility
Borrower Defense to Repayment (Adjudication Process)
Borrower Defense to Repayment (Post-Adjudication)
Borrower Defense to Repayment (Recovery From Institutions)
Predispute Arbitration and Class Action Waivers
Creating A New Income-driven Repayment Plan

In the Spring of 2022, ED conducted a second round of rulemaking over three weeks in January, February, and March, covering the following topics:

Administrative Capability
The 90/10 Rule
Certification Procedures
Change in Ownership/Control
Financial Responsibility
Gainful Employment
Ability-to-Benefit

As is typically the case with federal rulemaking, limited consensus was reached, providing the DOE with discretion to draft regulations for comment as it sees fit on most of the topics noted. We are aware of approximately 10 of the discrete regulatory topics discussed during the rulemaking that have been drafted into proposed rules and submitted to the White House Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (“OIRA”)/Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) for review. The content of those proposed rules is not public and will not be made public until the White House offices have signed off, at which point, the DOE can publish the proposals for comment. Rules that impact the Title IV programs are subject to the HEA Master Calendar, which requires final rules be published before November 1 of the year prior, in order to become effective on July 1 of the following year. In order to meet this deadline, the DOE must complete the OIRA and OMB processes as noted above, publish the proposed rule for comment (typically with a 30-60 day public response period), review and respond to the comments, draft a final rule, have that reviewed by counsel and the OIRA/OMB, and then publish in the Federal Register by November 1.

Currently, the following proposed rules are being reviewed by OIRA/OMB:

Income Driven Repayment
Implementing Statutory Changes to Pell Grants for Incarcerated Students
The 90/10 Rule
Clarifying Rules on Changes in Ownership
Borrower Defense
Total and Permanent Disability Discharge
Closed School Discharge
False Certification Discharges
Public Service Loan Forgiveness
Interest Capitalization

The DOE is still indicating that it believes it will get this collection of regulatory packages through the process prior to November 1.

On June 21, 2022, the Agency Rule List for the DOE stated that five of the 2021-2022 Federal Negotiated Rulemaking issues will not be completed this year. The list includes:

Gainful Employment
Factors of Financial Responsibility
Standards of Administrative Capability
Certification Procedures
Ability-to-Benefit

This delay means that these rules cannot become effective until July 1, 2024, at the earliest.
Administrative Capability. The DOE regulations specify extensive criteria by which an institution must establish that it has the requisite “administrative capability” to participate in Title IV Programs. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may lead the DOE to
13

Table of Contents
find the institution ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs or to place the institution on provisional certification as a condition of its participation. To meet the administrative capability standards, an institution must, among other things:


·

Comply with all applicable Title IV Program regulations;

·

Have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal student financial aid programs;

·

Have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;

·

Have cohort default rates above specified levels;

·

Have various procedures in place for safeguarding federal funds;

·

Not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension;

·

Provide financial aid counseling to its students;

·

Refer to the DOE’s Office of Inspector General any credible information indicating that any applicant, student, employee, or agent of the institution, has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV Programs;

·

Report annually to the Secretary of Education on any reasonable reimbursements paid or provided by a private education lender or group of lenders to any employee who is employed in the institution’s financial aid office or who otherwise has responsibilities with respect to education loans;

·

Develop and apply an adequate system to identify and resolve conflicting information with respect to a student’s application for Title IV aid;

·

Submit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements required by the regulations; and

·

Not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.


The DOE regulations also add an administrative capability standard related to the existing requirement that students must have a high school diploma or its recognized equivalent in order to be eligible for Title IV Program aid. Under the administrative capability standard, institutions must develop and follow procedures for evaluating the validity of a student’s high school diploma if the institution or the Secretary of Education has reason to believe that the student’s diploma is not valid.


If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or any other DOE regulation, the DOE may:


·

Require the repayment of Title IV Program funds;

·

Transfer the institution from the “advance” system of payment of Title IV Program funds to heightened cash monitoring status (HCM1) or to the “reimbursement” system of payment;

·

Place the institution on provisional certification status; or





·

Commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV Programs.


If we are found not to have satisfied the DOE’s “administrative capability” requirements, we could lose, or be limited in our access to, Title IV Program funding.


Distance Education. We primarily offer all of our existing degree and certificate programs via Internet-based telecommunications from our headquarters in Colorado.Arizona and California. Under the Higher Education Opportunity Act, or HEOA, an accreditor that evaluates institutions offering distance education must require such institutions to have processes through which the institution establishes that a student who registers for a distance education program is the same student who participates in and receives credit for the program.


On December 16, 2016, DOE issued a final rule

The Final Regulations regarding state authorization, effective as of July 1, 2020, require Title IV Program institutions, like ours, that requires institutions to meet all state requirements for legally offeringoffer postsecondary education through distance education to students in anya state in which the institution is offeringnot physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by that state, to meet any state requirements to offer postsecondary education to students who are located in that state. Institutions may meet the authorization requirements by obtaining such authorization directly from any state that requires it or through a state authorization reciprocity agreement, such as SARA, where applicable. See “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Report.
The Final Regulations regarding distance education, courses. The rule will be effective onas of July 1, 2018.


2021, included new definitions for student and faculty interaction, the definition of faculty, and other aspects of the administration of a distance education program. These are key requirements for distance education program students to retain access to Title IV funds.The universities assessed the amended regulations and determined that material changes to their delivery methodology and processes were not necessary.

Financial Responsibility. The Higher Education Act and the DOE regulations establish extensive standards of financial responsibility that institutions such as Aspen and USU must satisfy to participate in the Title IV Programs. These standards generally require that an institution provide the resources necessary to comply with Title IV Program requirements and meet all of its financial obligations, including required refunds and any repayments to the DOE for liabilities incurred in programs administered by the DOE.


14

Table of Contents
The DOE evaluates institutions on an annual basis for compliance with specified financial responsibility standards that include a complex formula that uses line items from the institution’s audited financial statements. In addition, the financial responsibility standards require an institution to receive an unqualified opinion from its accountants on its audited financial statements, maintain sufficient cash reserves to satisfy refund requirements, meet all of its financial obligations, and remain current on its debt payments. The formula focuses on three financial ratios: (1) equity ratio (which measures the institution’s capital resources, financial viability, and ability to borrow); (2) primary reserve ratio (which measures the institution’s viability and liquidity); and (3) net income ratio (which measures the institution’s profitability or ability to operate within its means). An institution’s financial ratios must yield a composite score of at least 1.5 on a scale of -1.0 to 3.0 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further federal oversight. The DOE may also apply such measures of financial responsibility to the operating company and ownership entities of an eligible institution.


For fiscal year 2014 (ending April 30, 2014), Aspen did not meet the financial responsibility standards due to a failure to meet the minimum composite score of 1.5. Consequently, in order for Aspen to continue to participate in the Title IV Programs,

Although we were required to choose one of two alternatives. The first alternative was to qualify as a financially responsible institution by submitting an irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the DOE in the amount of $2,244,971, which represented 50% of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the most recently completed fiscal year. The second alternative was to post a letter of credit in the amount of $1,122,485 and be provisionally certified for a period of up to three complete award years. That amount represented 25% of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the most recently completed fiscal year. Aspen selected the second alternative and posted the required letter of credit in the amount of $1,122,485 on April 29, 2015. In November of 2015, the DOE informed Aspen that it no longer needed to maintain a letter of credit based on the institution’s fiscal year 2015 results and released the letter of credit. As a part of the April 29, 2015 decision, Aspen is currently subject to Heightened Cash Monitoring 1 (HCM1) status, which requires the institution to first make disbursements of Title IV Program funds to eligible students and parents before it requests or receives funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE. In addition, Aspen continues to be provisionally certified. A provisionally certified institution, such as Aspen, must apply for and receive DOE approval of substantial changes and must comply with any additional conditions included in its program participation agreement, which is Aspen’s agreement with the DOE. If the DOE determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, the DOE may seek to revoke the institution's certification to participate in Title IV Programs with fewer due process protections for the institution than if it were fully certified.






Although Aspen believes it will meetbelieve our schools met the minimum composite score necessary to meet the Financial Ratiofinancial ratio standard for fiscal year 2017,2022, the DOE may determine that Aspen’s calculation isour calculations are incorrect, and/or it may determine that Aspen continueseither or both of our schools continue to not meet other financial responsibility standards. If the DOE were to determine that we do not meet its financial responsibility standards, we may be able to continue to establish financial responsibility on an alternative basis. Alternative bases include, for example:


·

Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by us during our most recently completed fiscal year;

·

Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of such prior year’s Title IV Program funds received by us, accepting provisional certification, complying with additional the DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE’s standard advance payment arrangement such as the “reimbursement” system of payment or cash monitoring; or

·

Complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeingmonitoring.


On May 14, 2019, USU was granted temporary provisional approval to receiveparticipate in the Title IV Programs and had a program participation agreement reapplication date of December 31, 2020 which it met. As part of the temporary provisional approval, the DOE informed USU that it must post a letter of credit ("LOC") in the amount of $255,708 based on a failure to meet the audited same day balance sheet requirements that apply in a change of control. This LOC was funded by USU. The DOE informed USU that the LOC was reduced to $9,872; this letter with the reduced amount will remain in effect for at least the duration of the temporary provisional approval. On May 6, 2022, the DOE fully certified USU and issued a new Program funds under an arrangement other thanParticipation Agreement, effective through December 31, 2025, thereby removing the DOE’s standard advance payment arrangement such asprovisional status of its participation. USU is working with the “reimbursement” system of payment or cash monitoring.


DOE to address the outstanding LOC.

Failure to meet the DOE’s “financial responsibility” requirements, either because we do not meet the DOE’s financial responsibility standards or are unable to establish financial responsibility on an alternative basis, would cause us to lose access to Title IV Program funding.


Third-Party Servicers. DOE regulations permit an institution to enter into a written contract with a third-party servicer for the administration of any aspect of the institution’s participation in Title IV Programs. The third-party servicer must, among other obligations, comply with Title IV Program requirements and be jointly and severally liable with the institution to the Secretary of Education for any violation by the servicer of any Title IV Program provision. An institution must report to the DOE new contracts with or any significant modifications to contracts with third-party servicers as well as other matters related to third-party servicers. We contract with atwo third-party servicerservicers which performsperform certain activities related to our participation in Title IV Programs. If our third-party servicer doesservicers do not comply with applicable statutes and regulations including the Higher Education Act, we may be liable for itstheir actions, and we could lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs.


Return of Title IV Program Funds. Under the DOE’s return of funds regulations, when a student withdraws, an institution must return unearned funds to the DOE in a timely manner. An institution must first determine the amount of Title IV Program funds that a student “earned.” If the student withdraws during the first 60% of any period of enrollment or payment period, the amount of Title IV Program funds that the student earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds for which the student would otherwise be eligible. If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the student has earned 100% of the Title IV Program funds. Additionally, effective July 1, 2021, a student is not considered to have withdrawn if the student successfully completes one module that includes 49% or more of the number of days in the payment period, excluding scheduled breaks of five or more consecutive days and all days between modules. The institution must return to the appropriate Title IV Programs, in a specified order, the lesser of (i) the unearned Title IV Program funds and (ii) the institutional charges incurred by the student for the period multiplied by the percentage of unearned Title IV Program funds. An institution must return the funds no later than 45 days after the date of the institution’s determination that a student withdrew. If such payments are not timely made, an institution may be subject to adverse action, including being required to submit a letter of credit equal to 25% of the refunds
15

Table of Contents
the institution should have made in its most recently completed fiscal year. Under the DOE regulations, late returns of Title IV Program funds for 5% or more of students sampled in the institution’s annual compliance audit or a DOE program review constitutes material non-compliance with the Title IV Program requirements.


requirements and may result in the posting of a letter of credit.

The “90/10 Rule.” A requirement of the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the “90/10 Rule,” applies only to “proprietary institutions of higher education,education. which includes Aspen. An institution is subject to loss of eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs if it derives more than 90% of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis and in accordance with a DOE formula) from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years. An institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification for at least two fiscal years and may be subject to other conditions specified by the Secretary of the DOE. For Aspen’s most recentthe fiscal year endingended April 30, 2017,2021, approximately 21%44.72% of ourAspen’s revenue wasand approximately 33.81% of USU’s revenue were derived from Title IV Programs.





The 90/10 Rule was recently changed as part of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“ARP”), but the effective date of this change is not yet established. Under a provision in ARP, the HEA would be modified to change the formula from counting only Title IV program funds on the “90 side” to include instead all ‘‘federal funds that are disbursed or delivered to or on behalf of a student to be used to attend such institution” or collectively “federal education assistance funds.” This is a substantial change, and the impact is not entirely clear, in part because it is unclear whether other federal funds, such as Department of Defense Military Tuition Assistance program, Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and Trade Adjustment Assistance, will be included in the new definition, despite not being discussed as an impetus for the change. The 90/10 Rule was one of the few items during the 2021/2022 Negotiated Rulemaking that reached consensus; however, the proposed rule is currently with OIRA/OMB and is not yet public. The changes agreed to by the negotiators did not clearly address how federal funds through programs outside of those provided to veterans and military members would be counted, but it was clear that the intent is for GI Bill and any funds provided by the Department of Defense to be moved to the “90 side” of the equation, and it is possible that other federal funding programs, such as the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, will be included as well.


Student Loan Defaults. Under the Higher Education Act, an education institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV Programs if defaults on the repayment of Direct Loan Program loans by its students exceed certain levels. For each federal fiscal year, a rate of student defaults (known as a “cohort default rate”) is calculated for each institution with 30 or more borrowers entering repayment in a given federal fiscal year by determining the rate at which borrowers who become subject to their repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year default by the end of the following two federal fiscal years. For such institutions, the DOE calculates a single cohort default rate for each federal fiscal year that includes in the cohort all current or former student borrowers at the institution who entered repayment on any Direct Loan Program loans during that year.


If the DOE notifies an institution that its cohort default rates for each of the three most recent federal fiscal years are 30% or greater, the institution’s participation in the Direct Loan Program and the Federal Pell Grant Program ends 30 days after the notification, unless the institution appeals in a timely manner to that determination on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an institution’s participation in Title IV ends 30 days after notification that its most recent fiscal year cohort default rate is greater than 40%, unless the institution timely appeals that determination on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. An institution whose participation ends under these provisions may not participate in the relevant programs for the remainder of the fiscal year in which the institution receives the notification, as well as for the next two fiscal years.


If an institution’s cohort default rate equals or exceeds 25% in any single year, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status. Provisional certification does not limit an institution’s access to Title IV Program funds; however, an institution with provisional status is subject to closer review by the DOE and may be subject to summary adverse action if it violates Title IV Program requirements. If an institution’s default rate exceeds 40% for one federal fiscal year, the institution may lose eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs. Aspen’sAspen University’s current official 3-year cohort default rates 2011, 2012are as follows: FY2018 (6%), FY2017 (6%), and 2013FY2016 (8.8%). USU’s current official 3-year cohort default rates are 3%as follows: FY2018 (11.7%), 12.5%FY2017 (7.7%), and 6.4%, respectively.


FY2016 (10.6%).

Incentive Compensation RulesRule. As a part of an institution’s program participation agreement with the DOE and in accordance with the Higher Education Act,HEOA, an institution may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment, admissions or financial aid awarding activity based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid. Failure to comply with the incentive payment rule could result in termination of participation in Title IV Programs, limitation on participation in Title IV Programs, or financial penalties. AspenAGI believes it is inits schools are compliance with the incentive payment rule.


Incentive Compensation Rule (the “IC Rule”).

In recent years, other postsecondary educational institutions have been named as defendants toin whistleblower lawsuits, known as “qui tam” cases, brought by current or former employees pursuant to the Federal False Claims Act, alleging that their institution’s compensation practices did not comply with the incentive compensation rule.IC Rule. A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought by one or more individuals, referred to as a relator, on behalf of the federal government for an alleged submission to the government of a false claim for payment. The relator, often a current or former employee, is entitled to a share of the government’s recovery in the case, including the possibility of treble damages. A qui tam action is always filed under seal and remains under seal until the government decides whether to intervene in the case. If the government intervenes, it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may nonetheless elect to continue to pursue the litigation at his or her own expense on behalf of the government. Any such litigation could be costly and could divert management’s time and attention away from the business, regardless of whether a claim has merit.


16

Table of Contents
The GAOU.S. Government Accountability Office (the “GAO”) released a report finding that the DOE has inadequately enforced the current ban on incentive payments. In response, the DOE has undertaken to increase its enforcement efforts by, among other approaches, strengthening procedures provided to auditors reviewing institutions for compliance with the incentive payments ban and updating its internal compliance guidance in light of the GAO findings and the DOE incentive payment rule.




findings.


Code of Conduct Related to Student Loans. As part of an institution’s program participation agreement with the DOE, HEOA requires that institutions that participate in Title IV Programs adopt a code of conduct pertinent to student loans. For financial aid officeofficers or other employees who have responsibility related to education loans, the code must forbid, with limited exceptions, gifts, consulting arrangements with lenders, and advisory board compensation other than reasonable expense reimbursement. The code also must ban revenue-sharing arrangements, “opportunity pools” that lenders offer in exchange for certain promises, and staffing assistance from lenders. The institution must post the code prominently on its website and ensure that its officers, employees, and agents who have financial aid responsibilities are informed annually of the code’s provisions. Aspen has adopted a code of conduct under the HEOA which is posted on its website. In addition to the code of conduct requirements that apply to institutions, HEOA contains provisions that apply to private lenders, prohibiting such lenders from engaging in certain activities as they interact with institutions. Failure to comply with the code of conduct provision could result in termination of our participation in Title IV Programs, limitations on participation in Title IV Programs, or financial penalties.


Misrepresentation. The Higher Education ActHEOA and current regulations authorize the DOE to take action against an institution that participates in Title IV Programs for any “substantial misrepresentation” made by that institution regarding the nature of its educational program, its financial charges, or the employability of its graduates. Effective July 1, 2011,The DOE regulations expanded the definition ofdefine “substantial misrepresentation” to cover additional representatives of the institution and additional substantive areas and expands the parties to whom a substantial misrepresentation cannot be made. The regulations also augment the actions the DOE may take if it determines that an institution has engaged in substantial misrepresentation. Under the final regulations, the DOE may revokemisrepresentation, which include revoking an institution’s program participation agreement imposeor imposing limitations on an institution’s participation in Title IV Programs, or initiate proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in Title IV Programs.



Credit Hours. The Higher Education Act and current regulations use the term “credit hour” to define an eligible program and an academic year and to determine enrollment status and the amount of Title IV Program aid an institution may disburse duringfor particular programs. There are different regulatory definitions for a payment period.credit hour for degree and non-degree programs that do not transfer to a degree. Recently, both Congress and the DOE have increased their focus on institutions’ policies for awarding credit hours. The credit value for degree program courses is generally monitored by an institution’s accreditor. The DOE regulations contain specific formulas for Title IV eligible credits for non-degree programs that do not transfer to a degree. DOE regulations define the term “credit hour” in terms of a certain amount of time in class and outside class, or an equivalent amount of work. The regulations also require accrediting agencies to review the reliability and accuracy of an institution’s credit hour assignments. If an accreditor identifies systematic or significant noncompliance in one or more of an institution’s programs, the accreditor must notify the Secretary of Education. If the DOE determines that an institution is out of compliance with the credit hour definition, the DOE could require the institution to repay the incorrectly awarded amounts of Title IV Program aid. In addition, if the DOE determines that an institution has significantly overstated the amount of credit hours assigned to a program, the DOE may fine the institution, or limit, suspend, or terminate its participation in the Title IV Programs.



The DOE published a Final Rule relating to credit and clock hours, as well as distance education, on September 2, 2020, with an effective date of July 1, 2021. The Final Rule modified the credit hour formula and calculation of credit hours for programs that do not lead to a degree or are fully transferable to a degree program. Aspen University and USU do not provide Title IV funding to students in non-degree programs that would be subject to this rule change. The Final Rule did not change the method of determining the credit value of courses offered at the universities.
Compliance Reviews. We are subject to announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by various external agencies, including the DOE, its Office of Inspector General, state licensing agencies, and accrediting agencies. As part of the DOE’s ongoing monitoring of institutions’ administration of Title IV Programs, the Higher Education ActHEOA and the DOE regulations require institutions to submit annually a compliance audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with Government Auditing Standards and applicable audit standards of the DOE.DOE, which were updated effective for fiscal years beginning after June 30, 2016. These auditing standards differ from those followed in the audit of our consolidated financial statements contained herein. In addition, to enable the DOE to make a determination of financial responsibility, institutions must annually submit audited financial statements prepared in accordance with the DOE regulations. Furthermore, the DOE regularly conducts program reviews of education institutions that are participating in the Title IV Programs, and the Office of Inspector General of the DOE regularly conducts audits and investigations of such institutions. In August 2010, the Secretary of Education announced in a letter to several members of Congress that, in part in response to recent allegations against proprietary institutions of deceptive trade practices and noncompliance with DOE regulations, the DOE planned to strengthen its oversight of Title IV Programs through, among other approaches, increasing the number of program reviews.


Potential Effect of Regulatory Violations. If we fail to comply with the regulatory standards governing Title IV Programs, the DOE could impose one or more sanctions, including transferring Aspenthe non-complying school to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of payment, seeking to require repayment of certain Title IV Program funds, requiring Aspen or USU to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE as a condition for continued Title IV certification, taking emergency action against us, referring the matter for criminal prosecution or initiating proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, condition, suspend or
17

Table of Contents
terminate our participation in Title IV Programs.


In addition, the failure to comply with the Title IV Program requirements by one institution could increase DOE scrutiny of the other institution and could impact the other institution’s participation in Title IV Programs.

We also may be subject, from time to time, to complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory agencies, but also by other government agencies and third parties, such as state attorneys general, federal and state consumer protection agencies, present or former students or employees and other members of the public.





Restrictions on Adding Educational Programs. State requirements and accrediting agency standards may, in certain instances, limit our ability to establish additional educational programs. Many states require approval before institutions can add new programs under specified conditions. The ColoradoArizona Board, the Florida Commission, on Higher Education,the Texas Board, the Tennessee Commission, The Georgia Commission, and the California Bureau, institutional or programmatic accreditors and other state educational regulatory agencies that license, accredit or authorize us and our programs may require institutions to notify them in advance of implementing new programs, and upon notification, may undertake a review of the institution’s licensure, accreditation or authorization.


In addition, we were advised by


On August 22, 2017, the DOE that because we were provisionally certified due to being a new Title IV Program participant, we could not add new degree or non-degree programs for Title IV Program purposes, except under limited circumstances and only if the DOE approved such new program, until the DOE reviewed a compliance audit that covered one complete fiscal year of Title IV Program participation. That fiscal year ended on December 31, 2010, and we timely submitted our compliance audit and financial statements to the DOE. In addition, in June 2011,recertified Aspen timely applied for recertificationUniversity to participate in Title IV Programs. TheOn April 16, 2021, the DOE extended Aspen'sgranted provisional certification untilfor a two-year timeframe, and set a subsequent program participation reapplication date of September 30, 2013. Aspen re-applied as of June 30, 20132023. On May 15, 2019, USU was granted temporary provisional approval to continue its participationparticipate in the Title IV HEA programs.Programs and submitted a program participation agreement reapplication prior to the December 31, 2020 deadline. On February 9, 2015, the DOE notified Aspen that it had the choice of postingMay 6, 2022, USU was issued a letter of credit for 25% of all Title IV Program fundsnew program protection agreement and remain provisionally certified or post a 50% letter of credit and become fully certified. We elected to post a 25% letter of credit and remain provisionally certified – increasing our letter of credit to $1,122,485. In November of 2015, the DOE informed Aspen that it no longer needed to post a letter of credit and released the posted letter of credit. has full certification until December 31, 2025.
In the future, the DOE may impose additional or different terms and conditions in any program participation agreement that it may issue, including growth restrictions or limitationlimitations on the number of students who may receive Title IV Program aid.


DOE regulations regarding Gainful Employment programs also require all institutions to notify the Department of Education when establishing new programs by updating the program list on the institution’s Eligibility and Certification Approval Report. The institution mustmay also be required to provide certifications to the Department of EducationDOE signed by a senior administrative official attesting that the new program meets certain accreditation and state licensure requirements.


DEAC requiresand WSCUC require pre-approval of new courses, programs, and degrees that are characterized as a “substantive change.” An institution must obtain written notice approving such change before it may be included in the institution’s grantscope of accreditation. An institution is further prohibited from advertising or posting on its website information about the course or program before it has received approval. The process for obtaining approval generally requires submission of a report and course materials and may require a follow-up on-site visit by an examining committee.


Gainful Employment. Under the Higher Education Act, only proprietary school educational programs that lead to gainful employment in a recognized occupation are eligible to participate in Title IV Program funding. The DOE’sDOE issued final Gainful Employment (“GE”) regulations defineon October 31, 2014 (“2014 GE Rule”), which went into effect on July 1, 2015. The 2014 GE Rule defines the requirements that programs at proprietary institutions must meet in order to be considered a GE program that is eligible for Title IV Program funding. After an earlier versionOn July 1, 2019, DOE issued a new final GE Rule. In this publication, the DOE rescinded the entirety of Subparts Q and R of 34 CFR 668, which included all of the provisions of the 2014 GE RulesRule. The effective date of this new rule is July 1, 2020, with an option to implement early. As of July 1, 2019, neither Aspen University nor USU is required to comply with the 2014 GE Rule.
As noted above, GE was vacatedone of the topics included in the 2022 negotiated rulemaking. The issue paper presented on GE was hotly debated and did not reach consensus. Unlike most of the other non-consensus proposals, the GE proposal was voted down by a federal court in July 2012,at least six negotiators, including representatives of the DOE initiated a new negotiated rulemaking process in 2013.community colleges. The negotiators failedprimary concerns were the abbreviated opportunity to reach consensus in establishing new GE Rules,review the proposal and the DOE published a newdata supporting it, and the proposed GE rule in March 2014 for public comment. The final GE regulations were published on October 31, 2014 and went into effect on July 1, 2015. Under the regulations, all GE programs must meet certain metrics regarding their graduates’ debt-to-earnings (“D/E”) ratios to maintain Title IV Program eligibility. Specifically, the 2015 regulations include two debt-to-earnings metrics.


·

Debt-to-annualaddition of an earnings (“aDTE”) metric which compares the annual loan payment required on the median student loan debt incurred by students receiving Title IV program funds who completed that particular programthreshold unrelated to the higherstudent’s debt, but targeting an earnings threshold based on what an average high school graduate in the state would earn without a degree or diploma. If a GE program did not yield earnings above that threshold it would fail, regardless of its debt-to-income ratio. Additionally, the proposal removed the transitional periods, the alternative earnings reporting, and the appeal process. As of now, the GE proposed rule has not been submitted to OIRA/OMB, and it is unclear whether it will be submitted in the near future. We do not know what will be included in the proposed or final rule. As explained above, GE is one of the mean or median of those graduates’ annual earnings approximately two to four years after they graduate; and

·

Debt-to-discretionary income (“dDTI”) metric which compares the annual loan payment required on the median student loan debt incurred by students receiving Title IV Program funds who completed a particular program to the higher of the mean or median of those graduates’ discretionary income approximately two to four years after they graduate.


A program must achieve an aDTE rate at or below 8%, or a dDTI rate at or below 20%, to pass the D/E metrics. A programrules that does not have a passing rate under either the aDTE or dDTI rates, but has an aDTE rate greater than 8% but less than or equal to 12%, or a dDTI rate greater than 20% but less than or equal to 30%, is considered “in the zone.” A program with an aDTE rate greater than 12% and a dDTI rate greater than 30%, is failing the D/E metrics. A program loses Title IV eligibility for three years, if its aDTE rate and dDTI rate are failing in two out of any three consecutive award years or both of those rates are either failing or in the zone for four consecutive award years for which the ED calculates D/E Rates. When a program loses Title IV eligibility, institutions are also restricted from establishing “substantially similar” programs for three years. Programs are “substantially similar” based on having a classification of instructional program (“CIP”) code that has the same first four credits.





If the DOE notifies an institution that a program could become ineligible based on its final D/E rates for the next award year:


·

The institution must provide a warning with respect to the program to students and prospective students indicating that students may not be able to use Title IV funds to attend or continue in the program; and

·

The institution must not enroll, register or enter into a financial commitment with a prospective student until a specified time after providing the warning to the prospective student.


However, an institution that timely filed a Notice of Intent to submit an alternate earnings appeal is not required to issue the student warnings until after the DOE has reviewed the appealindicated will not be complete by November 1, 2022 and issued a final rates determination. The earnings appeal element of the rule was intended to becometherefore cannot be effective immediately following the issuance of rates in January 2017, but was delayed once in March, and again in June, 2017. On June 30th, the DOE issued a Notice in the Federal Register indicating that it would delay the July 1st deadline for submitting an alternate earnings appeal until new processes are established for those appeals. The DOE stated that it would provide additional guidance within 30 days. In the meantime, programs that filed an intent to appeal are not required to issue the student warnings and were granted additional time to complete the appeals process.


The GE Regulations also include certain disclosure requirements, which were scheduled to become effective on January 1st, 2017. The GE Rule’s disclosure provisions require institution to provide disclosures to students on their websites about each of their GE programs using a template developed by the DOE for this purpose. Each GE program’s disclosure must include information such as the occupations that the program prepares students to enter, total program cost, on-time completion rate, job placement rate (if the institution is required to calculate the rate by their state or accreditation agency), and median loan debt of students who complete the program, among other items. The new disclosure template was published in January 2017, but the deadline for publishing the templates was extended until July 1st. However, in conjunction with the delay issued on June 30th, the requirement to issue the disclosure template was also delayed, in part. The disclosure requirement consists of three forms of disclosure: 1) inclusion of the template, or a prominent link to the template, on any web page containing academic, cost, financial aid, or admissions information about a GE program maintained by or on behalf of an institution; 2) inclusion of the template, or a prominent link to it, in all GE program promotional materials; and 3) personalized delivery (whether in person or by email) to any prospective student prior to signing an enrollment agreement with an institution. While the June 30th notice delayed the latter two requirements until July 1, 2018, the requirement to post the template or link on the institution’s webpage became effective on July 1st. Aspen has published the disclosure templates on the required webpages, prior to the July 1 deadline.


Further, institutions are required to annually report student and program level data to the DOE for each Title IV student enrolled in a GE program. The deadlines to report GE data thus far were in July and October 2015 and October 2016. Annual reporting is scheduled for October 1st, and as of now, the DOE has not indicated any planned delay to the 2017 reporting deadline. We have reported all required student data by these submission deadlines.


By December 31, 2015, institutions were required to certify that eligible GE programs are programmatically accredited if required by a federal governmental entity or a state governmental entity of a state in which it is located or is otherwise required to obtain state approval, and that each eligible program satisfies the applicable educational prerequisites for professional licensure or certification requirements in each state in which it is located or is otherwise required to obtain state approval, so that a student who completes the program and seeks employment in that state qualifies to take any licensure or certification exam that is needed for the student to practice or find employment in an occupation that the program prepares students to enter. We submitted these certifications in a timely manner. As discussed previously, the DOE requires institutions to update these certifications regarding any new programs they wish to add as well.


The new GE requirements will likely substantially increase our administrative burdens, particularly during the implementation phase. These reporting and the other procedural changes in the new rules could affect student enrollment, persistence and retention in ways that we cannot now predict. For example, if our reported program information compares unfavorably with other reporting education institutions, it could adversely affect demand for our programs.






Although the rules regarding GE metrics provide opportunities to address program deficiencies before the loss of Title IV eligibility, the continuing eligibility of our educational programs for Title IV funding is at risk because the D/E rates are impacted by numerous factors outside of our control. Changes in the actual or deemed income level of our graduates, changes in student borrowing levels, increases in interest rates, changes in the federal poverty income level relevant for calculating discretionary income, etc. are all factors that could impact our D/E rates. In addition, even though we may be able to improve our D/E rates before losing Title IV eligibility for a GE program, the warning requirements to students following a failure to meet the standards may adversely impact enrollment in that program and may adversely impact the reputation of our education institution. The exposure to these external factors may reduce our ability to offer or continue certain types of programs for which there is market demand, thus affecting our ability to maintain or grow our business.


At this time, the long term impact of the GE Rule is still unclear, as the Department issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on June 16th, announcing their intent to empanel a new negotiating committee to examine and rewrite the GE (and Borrower Defense to Repayment) rules. It is likely that this rulemaking will change the GE Rule, but the impact of those changes would not be apparent until after July 2019,2024, at the earliest. In the meantime, ED has not indicated its intent to further delay any other elements of the Rule while the rulemaking is underway. If ED continues on its current path, programs that failed the first set of debt-to-earnings rates could lose eligibility in the coming year.


Eligibility and Certification Procedures. Each institution must periodically apply to the DOE for continued certification to participate in Title IV Programs. Such recertification is typically required every six years, but may be required earlier, including when an institution undergoes a change of control. An institution may come under the DOE’s review when it expands its activities in certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding a new program, or, in certain cases, when it modifies academic credentials that it offers.


18

Table of Contents
The DOE may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and certification standards and in certain other circumstances, such as when it undergoes a change in ownership and control. The DOE may more closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for approval to open a new location, add an educational program, acquire another school or make any other significant change.


In addition, during the period of provisional certification, the institution must comply with any additional conditions included in its program participation agreement. If the DOE determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it may seek to revoke the institution’s certification to participate in Title IV Programs with fewer due process protections for the institution than if it were fully certified. Students attending provisionally certified institutions like Aspen, remain eligible to receive Title IV Program funds.


Borrower Defense to Repayment (BDTR)(“BDTR”). The DOE’s current regulations provide borrowersPursuant to the Higher Education Act and following negotiated rulemaking, on November 1, 2016, the DOE released a final regulation (“2016 BDTR Rule”) specifying the acts or omissions of loansan institution that a borrower may assert as a defense to repayment of a loan made under the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (“FDL”) programProgram and the consequences of such borrower defenses for borrowers, institutions, and the DOE. Under the regulation, for Direct Loans disbursed after July 1, 2017, a student borrower may assert a defense to repayment if: (1) the student borrower obtained a state or federal court judgment against an attempt to collect such loans based on any act or omission ofthe institution; (2) the institution that would give risefailed to perform on a cause of action undercontract with the applicable state law. Instudent; and/or (3) the eventinstitution committed a “substantial misrepresentation” on which the borrower’s defense against repayment is successful,borrower reasonably relied to his or her detriment.
These defenses are asserted through claims submitted to the DOE, and the DOE has the authority to issue a final decision in which it may discharge all or part of a borrower's Direct Loan. In addition, the student’s obligationregulation permits the DOE to repaygrant relief to an individual or group of individuals, including individuals who have not applied to the loan, and may requireDOE seeking relief. If a defense is successfully raised, the institutionDOE has discretion to repayinitiate action to collect from an institution the amount of losses incurred based on the loanborrower defense discharge.
The 2016 regulation also amends the rules concerning discharge of federal student loans when a school or campus closes, requires institutions to whichreport events that might potentially impact an institution’s financial responsibility (“financial triggers”) to allow the DOE to determine if the institution needs to provide additional assurances or surety to continue participating in the Title IV Programs, and prohibits pre-dispute arbitration agreements and class action waivers for borrower defense-type claims.
On January 19, 2017, the DOE issued a final procedural rule, specifically relating to the then-upcoming borrower defense applies. In October 2015,rules, with request for comments. These rules were limited to updating the hearing procedures for actions to establish liability against an institution of higher education and establishing procedures for recovery proceedings under the borrower defense regulations.
On June 16, 2017, the DOE announced its intent to appointconvene a negotiated rulemaking committee to addressdevelop new and different proposed regulations related to borrower defense to repaymentreplace the 2016 BDTR Rule and to address certain other related issues. The negotiated rulemaking committee did not reach consensus on proposed regulations, resulting in DOE having the authority to draft proposed regulations in its sole discretion.matters. The DOE published proposed regulationsthe amended final BDTR Rule on September 23, 2019 (the “2019 BDTR Rule”), with an effective date of July 1, 2020. The amended rule made substantial changes to the 2016 Rule. The 2019 BDTR Rule again changes the basis under which a student can make a BDTR claim for loans disbursed after July 1, 2020, limiting it from the three bases in the Federal Register on June 16, 2016 and stated that it would accept comments from the public on the proposed regulations through August 1, 2016. In accordance with the rulemaking calendar specifiedRule to only one basis in the HEA,2019 Rule: misrepresentation upon which a borrower reasonably relied, and which resulted in financial harm to the borrower. The 2019 Rule also removes the group claim option, and instead relies on individual evaluation of borrower’s claims; however, as was the case in the 2016 Rule, the DOE can still initiate an action against the institution to recoup its losses for discharged loans.

In addition, the 2019 BDTR Rule changes the “financial triggers” and reporting process, narrowing the DOE’s basis for determining a school lacks financial responsibility, and relying on more definitive liabilities that would haveimpact an institution’s composite score, as opposed to publishmore speculative potential losses. The updated provisions include both “mandatory triggering events,” and “discretionary triggering events” that may impact the institution’s financial responsibility under the DOE rules. Institutions are required to report any final regulation by November 1, 2016, in order for such regulation to become effective July 1, 2017,of the earliest date that new regulations could take effect. DOE metevents included under either category, but mandatory events will require the deadline, issuing the final BDTR rule on November 1st, 2016 for a July 1, 2017 effective date.


The BDTR regulations opened new avenues for student borrowers to assert a defense to repaying their loans, allow DOE to seek reimbursement for such claimstake action (which includes recalculating the institution’s most recent composite score, if applicable), while the DOE has discretion to determine whether action needs to be taken if the trigger is discretionary. The mandatory triggers include a liability from the affected institutions, and expand DOE’s financial responsibility rules to require many more schools to post letters of credit with the DOE. The proposed regulations include, among other things: (1) Bases for borrowers to file claims including a favorable decision for the studentsettlement or final determination in an action brought by a state or federal court involving the loan,agency; a breachcapital distribution or distribution of contractdividends when an institution’s composite score is below 1.5; or, for publicly traded institutions, an action to revoke registration or delist by the institution, or a substantial misrepresentation byapplicable exchange.


The 2019 Rule removes the institution about the nature of its educational program, the nature of its financial charges or the employability of its graduates; (2) the establishment by the DOE of a fact-finding process to resolve claims; (3) Provisions giving DOE the authority to initiate a proceeding to seek repayment from the institution for any loan amounts forgiven; (4) Amendments to DOE’s financial responsibility regulations that describe new “early warning” triggers that would allow DOE to put an institutionprohibition on provisional certification and require it to post a letter of credit with the DOE to demonstrate its financial stability; (5) New repayment rate calculations and warnings to students if the institution does not meet prescribed repayment rate metrics; and (6)pre-dispute arbitration provisions forbidding mandatory arbitration clauses and class action waivers.





waivers, and instead requires institutions to disclose, in laymen’s terms, how arbitration and class action waivers impact the student. The BDTR rule was scheduled to become effective on July 1, 2017, but as noted above, on June 16th, the DOE issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking expressing its intent to rewrite the BDTR rule. In conjunction with that Notice, DOE2019 Rule also indicated it was postponing implementation of the new BDTR rules until legal challengesmakes additional changes to the rule are resolved,closed school and to allow for a “reset” of the regulation through negotiated rulemaking. There was no new effective date proposed, so as of now, the rule has been delayed indefinitely. However, in response to these actions, the DOE is now being sued by a large group of Attorneys General,false certification loan discharge rules, as well as updating the financial

19

Table of Contents
reporting requirements relating to how long term debt is calculated and disclosed in annual financial audits, and how institutions must account for operating leases to reflect updated GAAP standards.

The DOE has begun aggressively pursuing resolution of hundreds of thousands of BDTR claims, granting billions in loan discharges. This has proven quite difficult for institutions as the applicable regulation varies depending on the date of disbursement of the loan for which discharge is sought. Thus, for any borrower applicant, depending on their dates of enrollment and when loans were disbursed, could have their claim reviewed under three different versions of the BDTR regulation.
Now to further complicate this process, the DOE included a numberrevision of students. Itthe BDTR regulations in the 2021/2022 negotiated rulemaking. The proposed rule is unclear ifcurrently with OIRA/OMB and the Courtstext is not yet public. However, the proposal presented and discussed during rulemaking includes many of the same provisions as the 2016 BDTR Rule, but split the financial responsibility sections out into a separate package debated by a different set of negotiators. If adopted as drafted, the BDTR proposal would reinstitute the group claim process, reduce due process safeguards for institutions, especially during the claim adjudication process, allow claims at any time without statutes of limitations, and provide for loan discharges regardless of whether there is any actual harm to the borrower.
Because the proposed rule is with OIRA/OMB now, we expect that it will intercedecomplete the comment and force the Department to setresponse process in time for a new implementationNovember 1, 2022 publication, resulting in a July 1, 2023 effective date. In the meantime, aggrieved borrowers are still able to seek a defense to repayment through the existing rule which has been effective since 1994.



Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change of Control. In addition to school acquisitions, other types of transactions can also cause a change of control. The DOE, accrediting agencies, and most state education agencies, and DEAC all have standards pertaining to the change of control of schools, but those standards are not uniform. The DOE regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or the institution’s parent corporation. The DOE regulations provide that a change of control of a publicly-traded corporation occurs in one of two ways: (i) if there is an event that would obligate the corporation to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, disclosing a change of control or (ii) if the corporation has a shareholder that owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest shareholder of the corporation, and that shareholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest shareholder. A significant purchase or disposition of our voting stock could be determined by the DOE to be a change of control under this standard. Many states include the sale of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a change of control requiring approval. A change of control under the definition of one of these agencies would require us to seek approval of the change in ownership and control to maintain our accreditation,accreditations, state authorization or licensure. The requirements to obtain such approval from the states and DETCour accrediting agencies vary widely. In some cases, approval of the change of ownership and control cannot be obtained until after the transaction has occurred.


In connection with Aspen Group’s acquisition of Aspen University, it provided notice to the regulators involved and received approval in due course with a number of conditions. Aspen University complied with all conditions although it remains provisionally certified.


When a change of ownership resulting in a change of control occurs at a for-profit institution, the DOE applies a different set of financial tests to determine the financial responsibility of the institution in conjunction with its review and approval of the change of ownership. The institution generally is required to submit a same-day audited balance sheet reflecting the financial condition of the institution or its parent corporation immediately following the change in ownership. The institution’s same-day balance sheet must demonstrate an acid test ratio of at least 1:1, which is calculated by adding cash and cash equivalents to current accounts receivable and dividing the sum by total current liabilities (and excluding all unsecured or uncollateralized related party receivables). The same-day balance sheet must also demonstrate positive tangible net worth. If the institution does not satisfy either of these requirements, the DOE may condition its approval of the change of ownership on the institution’s agreeing to post a letter of credit, provisional certification, and/or additional monitoring requirements, as described in the above section on Financial Responsibility. The time required for the DOE to act on a change in ownership and control application may vary substantially. As a resultpart of the change of ownership, Aspen delivered a $264,665 lettercontrol of creditUSU, in addition to being granted provisional approval to participate in the DOE in accordance with the standards identified above. Thereafter, as described above, this letter of credit was increased to $1,122,485. In November of 2015,Title IV Programs, the DOE informed AspenUSU that it no longer needed tomust post a letter of credit and releasedbased on a failure to meet the existing letteraudited same day balance sheet requirements that apply in a change of credit.


control.

A change of control also could occur as a result of future transactions in which Aspen is involved. Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the composition of the Board are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence future decisions by us and our shareholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the regulatory burdens and risks associated with a change of control also could discourage bids for your shares of common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of your shares.


The time required for the DOE to act on a change in ownership and control application may vary substantially. In some such recent transactions, institutions have experienced extensive delays in this review process, in some cases exceeding 18-24 months.

Possible Acquisitions. In additionSimilar to the planned expansion through Aspen’s new marketing program,Company’s acquisition of USU, we may expand through acquisition of related or synergistic businesses. Our internal growth is subject to monitoring and ultimately approval by the DEAC.DEAC and WSCUC. If the
20

Table of Contents
DEAC or WSCUC finds that the growth may adversely affect our academic quality, the DEAC or WSCUC can request us to slow the growth and potentially withdraw accreditation and require us to re-apply for accreditation. The DOE may also impose growth restrictions on an institution, including in connection with a change in ownership and control.







Please note that on May 18, 2017,

Clery Act and Title IX. Both USU and Aspen Group announced it had entered into a definitive agreementUniversity publish the required Annual Crime and Security Reports to acquirecomply with the requirements of the federal Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act (“Clery Act”). USU a regionally accredited for-profit university based inpublishes separate reports for its San Diego, CaliforniaCA and Phoenix, AZ locations; Aspen publishes separate reports for its Denver, CO, Austin, TX, and Phoenix, AZ locations. With the publication cycle in October 2022, Aspen will additionally publish for locations in Tampa, FL and Nashville, TN. Both universities are committed to providing students, faculty, staff, and guests a total purchase pricesafe and secure environment. The Reports identify policies and procedures for security and crime prevention, substance abuse, sexual misconduct/harassment (Title IX), and emergency response and evacuation. On May 6, 2020, the DOE issued a new final rule regarding Title IX which substantially changes institutions’ responsibilities in responding to sexual harassment and sexual assault. The new rule became effective on August 14, 2020, and USU and Aspen have made necessary changes to our policies and procedures to maintain compliance.

The Biden Administration indicated early on that it planned to make updates to the Title IX regulations a priority item. The proposed rule was submitted to OIRA/OMB in February 2022, and an unofficial version was published on June 23rd, the 50th anniversary of $9 million. USU offers graduate and undergraduate degreesthe original passage of the law. Once the proposed rule is officially published in health sciences, business and nursing, as well as California Teaching Credentials. The transaction isthe Federal Register, commentors will have 60 days to provide feedback.

Because Title IX regulations are not subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals by the DOE, WASC Senior College and University Commission, and state regulatory and programmatic accreditation bodies. The earliestMaster Calendar that Aspen Group would receive required regulatory approvals wouldgoverns Title IV regulations, an updated final rule on Title IX could be December 2017.

In March 2017, Aspen Group entered into a Marketing Consulting Agreement with USU whereby Aspen Group agreedpublished relatively quickly. We expect that there is sufficient time for the rule to provide marketing consulting for their online programs. USU is required to pay Aspen for providingbecome final before the consulting services under the Agreement. The termend of the Marketing Agreement continues until December 31, 2017 unless terminated earlier in accordance with the Agreement.


On July 25, 2017, the Company signed a $10 million senior secured term loan with Runway Growth Credit Fund (formerly known as GSV Growth Credit Fund)2022.

Other Approvals. The Company will draw $5 million underU.S. Department of Defense and the facility at closing,U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”) regulate our participation in the military’s tuition assistance program and the VA’s veterans’ education benefits program, respectively. The laws, regulations, standards and policies of these agencies cover the vast majority of our operations, including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and financial condition. These regulatory requirements can also affect our ability to add new or expand existing educational programs and to change our corporate structure and ownership.
Seasonality
Our business has been seasonal with our fiscal fourth quarter (beginning February 1) being our strongest quarter and the remaining $5 million tofiscal second quarter (beginning August 1) being the next strongest. The fiscal first quarter (beginning May 1) is the weakest as it covers the summer months of June and July. Given the growth of USU’s structured two-year MSN-FNP program and Aspen University’s BSN Pre-Licensure hybrid campus program, future seasonality may be drawn following the closing of the Company’s acquisition of substantially all the assets of the United States University, including receipt of all required regulatory approvals, among other conditions to funding. Terms of the 4-year senior loan include a 10% over 3-month LIBOR per annum interest rate. The Company also issued 224,174 5-year warrants at an exercise price of $6.87 per share.

less pronounced.


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. YouInvestors should carefully consider the following Risk Factors before deciding whether to invest in Aspen Group. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also impair our business operations or our financial condition. If any of the events discussed in the Risk Factors below occur, our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the value and marketability of the common stock could decline.



Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that you should consider before investing in our common stock. The following is a summary of the principal risk factors we face:

the sufficiency of our cash resources;
any inability by AU to comply with the terms of the Consent Agreement and probation imposed by the AZ BON;
strong competition in the postsecondary education market;
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and any future public health emergencies;
our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy of opening new nursing campuses;
our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and develop new programs and specializations on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner;
continued growth and acceptance of online education;
the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising efforts;
21

Table of Contents
the accuracy of our assumptions with respect to our long-term accounts receivable;
continued demand for the nursing workforce;
the long-term success of our monthly payment plan;
our ability to develop awareness among, and attract and retain, high quality learners to our schools;
the impact on our business of failure by the third parties on which we rely to provide services in running our operations, including administration and hosting of learning management system software for our online classroom;
any system disruptions to our online computer networks;
the loss of the services of key personnel and our continued ability to attract and retain our faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel;
our and our service providers’ ability to update the technology that we rely upon to offer online education;
any interruption to our technology infrastructure or service on our websites, including through privacy and data security breaches;
the potential impact of new laws or regulations governing Internet commerce;
compliance with laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, information security, advertising and consumer protection, government access requests, or, new laws in one or more of these areas;
failure to protect our intellectual property and the impact of potential intellectual property infringement claims against us;
inflation and government responses thereto could result in a recession in the U.S., which could adversely impact us, directly and through lower student enrollments;
tax treatment of companies engaged in Internet commerce;
potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets arising from the USU acquisition;
failure to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for our business;
our continued ability to maintain authorizations in the states where we have campuses;
our ability to achieve and maintain a required minimum pass rate on the NCLEX in the BSN Pre-Licensure nursing programs;
potential repayment liability to the Department of Education (the “DOE”) resulting from a defense to repayment of federal student loans by our students;
our continued ability to maintain institutional accreditation and comply with the complex regulations associated with Title IV Programs;
USU’s provisional certification by the DOE resulting in the need to reestablish our eligibility and certification to participate in the Title IV Programs;
potential adverse actions and litigation resulting from compliance reviews by the DOE;
potential loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if percentage of our revenues derived from Title IV Programs is too high;
new regulations or congressional action or reduction in funding for Title IV Programs;
potential sanctions for failure to calculate correctly and return timely Title IV Program funds for students who stop participating before completing their educational program;
potential loss of eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs, including as the result of our distance education programs being considered “correspondence courses,” failure to demonstrate “financial responsibility” or “administrative capability,” failure by third parties on which we rely to administer our participation in Title IV Programs to comply with applicable regulations, or loan default rates;
potential sanctions for failure to comply with the DOE’s substantial misrepresentation rules or credit hour requirements;
future legislation or additional rulemaking by the DOE that may limit or condition Title IV Program participation of proprietary schools; and
potential sanctions for failure to comply with the federal campus safety and security reporting requirements as implemented by the DOE.

Risks Relating to Our Business

In order to meet our working capital needs, we expect to raise capital or materially reduce our cash outflows.

In order to meet our short-term working capital requirements and to achieve our operational goals during the Acquisitionnext 12 months, we expect to either raise sufficient capital or reduce our expenditures. While we consider our plans through the end of United States University


IfAugust, we are unablehave implemented two key steps. First we have reduced our marketing expenses by $700,000 per month on an interim basis. Our monthly marketing spend had been approximately $1.4 million. In addition, we expect to successfully integrate USU with Aspen Group,enter into an at-the-market offering which has the potential to supply additional cash. As of July 22, 2022, we may not realize allhave $4.2 million of the anticipated benefitsunrestricted cash on hand.


22

Table of the Acquisition.


Contents

The successissuance of the USU acquisition (the “Acquisition”) will depend, in large part, on the ability of the Aspen Group to realize the anticipated benefits from the Acquisition. To realize the anticipated benefits of the Acquisition, Aspen Group must successfully integrate the marketing and technology functions it has developed for Aspen University with USU. Further, it must integrate USU’s executive team into the Aspen Group culture. This integration may be complex and time-consuming.


Potential difficulties Aspen Group may encounter include, among others:


·

Failure to replicate Aspens marketing success on behalf of USU;

·

Unanticipated issues in integrating logistics, information, communications and other systems;

·

Integrating personnel from the two companies while maintaining focus on providing a consistent, high quality level of education;

·

Aspen Groups success in integrating the Aspen University technology with USUsecurities by us in a seamless manner that minimizes any adverse impact on students, employees and vendors;

·

Performance shortfalls at USU or Aspen University as a result of the diversion of Aspen Groups management's attention from day-to-day operations caused by activities surrounding the completion of the Acquisition and integration of the companies marketing and management functions;

·

Potential unknown liabilities, liabilities that are significantly larger than anticipated, or unforeseen expenses or delays associated with the Acquisition and the integration process;

·

Unanticipated changes in applicable laws and regulations; and

·

Complexities associated with managing the larger business.


Some of these factors are outside the control of Aspen Group or USU.

Aspen Group has not completed an acquisition comparable in size or scope to the Acquisition. The failure of Aspen Group to successfully integrate USU or otherwise to realize any of the anticipated benefits of the Acquisitionfinancing could adversely affect its results of operations. The integration process maybe more difficult, costly or time-consuming than anticipated, which could cause Aspen Group’s stock price to decline.





The pendency of the Acquisition could adversely affect Aspen Group’s stock price and could adversely affect Aspen University’s and USU’s respective businesses, financial condition, results of operations or business prospects.

While neither Aspen Group nor USU is aware of any significant adverse effects to date, the pendency of the Acquisition could disrupt either or both of their businesses in a number of ways, including:


·

The attention of Aspen Groups and/or USUs management may be directed toward the completion of the Acquisition and related matters and may be diverted from the day-to-day business operations of their respective universities, including from other opportunities that might otherwise be beneficial to them;

·

Certain suppliers, business partners and other persons with whom Aspen Group and/or USU have a business relationshipdilutive effect on our current investors, and any such issuance or the possibility of such issuance may delay or defer certain business decisions or seek to terminate, change or renegotiate their relationship as a result ofcause the Acquisition, whether pursuant to the terms of their existing agreements or otherwise; and

·

Current and prospective employees of USU may experience uncertainty regarding their future roles with USU following completion of the Acquisition, which might adversely affect its ability to retain, recruit and motivate key personnel.

If any of these events were to take place, the businesses of Aspen Group and USU will be adversely affected.

Failure to complete or delay of the Acquisition could negatively impact Aspen Group’s and USU’s respective businesses, financial condition or results of operations.


The completion of the Acquisition is subject to a number of conditions including regulatory approval and educational consents, and there can be no assurance that the conditions to the completion of the Acquisition will be satisfied. If the conditions are not satisfied, the Acquisition will not be completed or will be delayed.  If the Acquisition is not completed or is delayed, Aspen Group will be subject to several risks, including but not limited to:


·

The current market price of our common stock may reflect a market assumption that the Acquisition will occurto decline. In addition, any debt or that it will occurequity financing secured by late 2017, and a failureus could involve restrictive covenants relating to complete the Acquisition or a delay in the Acquisition could result in a negative perception by the market of Aspen Group generally and a resulting decline in the market price of our common stock;

·

Aspen Group may experience negative reactions from its employees, supplierscapital-raising activities and other business partners; and

·

There may be substantial disruption to our business and a distraction of our management team and employees from day-to-day operations, because matters related to the Acquisition have required substantial commitments of time and financial and other resources,operational matters, which could otherwise have been devotedmay make it more difficult for us to other opportunities that might have been beneficial.

Aspen Group’s future operating results will be adversely affected if it does not effectively manage its expandedobtain additional capital, continue our operations following the Acquisition.


Following the Acquisition, the size of ouras presently contemplated and to pursue business will be significantly larger and our revenues will also increase substantially. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to manage this expanded business and replicate the marketing success we have had with Aspen University for USU, which will pose substantial challenges for Aspen Group’s, and USU’s management. We cannot assure you that the combined company will be successful or that the combined company will realize the expected marketing success, operating efficiencies, synergies, revenue enhancements and other benefits currently anticipated to result from the Acquisition.


If the Acquisition is not completed, Aspen Group will have incurred substantial expenses without realizing the expected benefits of the Acquisition.


Aspen Group has incurred substantial legal and other expenses in connection with the negotiation and completion of the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition. If the Acquisition is not completed, Aspen Group would have to recognize these expenses without realizing the expected benefits of the Acquisition.






Risks Relating to Our Business


opportunities. If we are unable to complyraise additional capital sufficient to meet our current requirements and growth goals, we may have to further reduce our operations. There can be no assurance that such funding will be available to the Company in the amount required at any time or, if available, that it can be obtained on terms satisfactory to the Company. Finally, even a temporary reduction of marketing will effect our future enrollments and class starts and reduce our future revenue.


If we are unable to satisfy the probation terms under the Consent Agreement with the conditionsArizona State Board of the Loan and Security Agreement, we will materially and adversely affected.


The credit facility we entered into contains a number of conditions including financial covenants that we must comply with once we close. While we fully expect that we will comply with the credit facility, if weNursing, or fail to do so,meet the lender may impose fees to waive compliance and if the violations are material, it may call the loan. In such event,requirements of other states in which we would have to refinance the indebtedness which would likely be on less favorable terms and be more expensive and if we were unable to refinance the loan, we wouldoperate, our future results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Since

Aspen University, our largest subsidiary which is based in Phoenix, Arizona, entered into a Consent Agreement related to its BSN pre-licensure program in Arizona, in which the AZ BON revoked its approval of AU’s core component of its pre-licensure program in Arizona but simultaneously imposed a conditional stay on the revocation. Approximately 12% of AU’s enrollments are students in its BSN Pre-Licensure nursing programs at two campus locations in Phoenix. The AU Arizona Pre-Licensure program accounted for 19.5% of our consolidated revenue in fiscal year 2022 and is projected to decline to approximately 10% of our revenue in fiscal year 2023.
The stay is broken into two phases. During Phase I of the Consent Agreement which lasts through calendar year 2022, Aspen University is guaranteeing paymentnot permitted to enroll any new students into the core component of its pre-licensure nursing program in Arizona, and must achieve the AZ BON required 80% NCLEX first-time pass rate for the Calendar Year 2022 annual reporting cycle. If this benchmark is not achieved, the AZ BON may lift the stay and initiate the revocation. If Phase I is completed successfully, Phase II will commence with Aspen University on Probation (regular or “stayed revocation” probation, depending on the outcome of Phase I). During Phase II, Aspen University is permitted to begin enrollments into the core component of its pre-licensure nursing program in Arizona once four consecutive quarters of 80% first-time pass rate occurs. However, if the NCLEX pass rate falls below 80% for any quarter, the AZ BON may limit enrollments, and repeated failures may result in a required cessation of enrollments and teach-out of the loan (and followingprogram. Aspen University did not meet the Acquisition, USU will be a guarantor), such an adverse event will likely result80% minimum for the first two quarters of 2022.
As long as Aspen University is unable to enroll new students in the loss of regulatory approvals and cessation of our operations.


If we cannot manage our growth,Phoenix metro area, our results of operations and cash flow may sufferbe materially and could adversely affect our ability to comply with federal regulations.


The growth that we have experienced after our new management began in May 2011, as well as any future growth that we experience, may place a significant strain on our resources and increase demands on our management information and reporting systems and financial management controls. We have experienced growth ataffected. Until the minimum probationary period ends, should Aspen University overnot successfully satisfy the last several years. Assuming we continue to grow as planned, it may impactprobation terms, our ability to manage our business. If growth negatively impacts our ability to manage our business, the learning experience for our studentsfuture results of operations and cash flow could be materially and adversely affected, resulting in a higher rate of student attritionaffected. Additionally, if we lose the Arizona approval and fewer student referrals. Future growth will also require continued improvement of our internal controls and systems, particularlyare forced to teach out those related to complying with federal regulations under the Higher Education Act, as administered by the DOE, includinglocations as a result of the foregoing developments, we will be prohibited from further utilizing the two Phoenix campus locations for future in-person pre-licensure classes at AU, and will be forced to find other uses for the premises, such as subletting the premises to USU or an outside party which we may be unable to do on commercially reasonable terms or at all. In such an event, our participationinvestments in federal student financial aid programs under Title IV. those campuses will not result in the long-term benefits originally anticipated, and our future prospects at those locations would be materially diminished.

Further, any similar adverse developments in other states in which we operate could also have a material adverse effect on us. The regulatory risks of our other state locations could also be at higher risk as a result of the developments in Arizona as regulators could review our operations with enhanced scrutiny following the investigations and actions taken by the AZ BON.
If the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education does not reduce the surety bond, it will eliminate one possible way of increasing our working capital.
The Arizona Board required us to post an $18.3 million surety bond which we were able to do. In addition to the premium cost, we had to subordinate our $20 million debt financing to support the surety bond which eliminated our ability to borrow additional funds from the two lenders. If the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education does not agree during this fiscal year to reduce the size of the surety bond, we will have to incur the cost of an additional renewal premium and be unable to use the debt facility for our working capital needs.
As a result of the disclosure of the recent AZ BON probation and related matters, we are unablesubject to manage our growth, wea class action lawsuit and are or may also experience operating inefficiencies thatbecome subject other litigation which could increase ourexpose us to significant costs and cause business and reputational harm.
23

Table of Contents
As more particularly described in “Item 3 – Legal Proceedings,” in April 2022 certain students who had completed the PPN portion of AU’s BSN Pre-Licensure nursing degree program filed a class action lawsuit in Arizona state court against AU, alleging violation of the Arizona Consumer Fraud Act and unjust enrichment, claiming that AU made false representations and promises and material omissions to the students with respect to its BSN Pre-Licensure program in Arizona. To the extent that costs exceed our insurance coverage, we could be materially and adversely affectaffected. Further, the existence and facts alleged in this litigation could have a material adverse effect on our profitabilitypublic image, and in turn on future enrollments.
Should we fail to effectively defend against the above lawsuit, or other litigation arises against us with respect to AU Arizona or otherwise, our financial condition and results of operations.


operations may be materially adversely affected.


Because there is strong competition in the postsecondary education market, especially in the online education market and as a result of COVID-19, our cost of acquiring students may increase and our results of operations may be harmed.


materially and adversely affected.

Postsecondary education is highly fragmented and competitive. We compete with traditional public and private two-year and four-year brick and mortar collegesinstitutions as well as other for-profit schools particularly those that offerand online learning programs.not-for-profit schools. Public and private colleges and universities, as well as other for-profit schools, offer programs similar to those we offer. Public institutions receive substantial government subsidies, and public and private institutions have access to government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions that create large endowments and other financial resources generally not available to for-profit schools. Accordingly, public and private institutions may have instructional and support resources that are superior to those in the for-profit sector. In addition, some of our competitors, including both traditional colleges and universities and online for-profit schools, have substantially greater name recognition and financial and other resources than we have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students. We also expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants to the online education market, including established colleges and universities that have not previously offeredemphasized online education programs.programs, a trend which has been amplified and accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Major brick and mortar universities continue to develop and advertise their online course offerings. Purdue University’s 2017 acquisition of Kaplan University is aand the University of Arizona Global Campus’ 2020 acquisition of Ashford University are prime exampleexamples of this change.


Another example is Arizona State University which spends considerable sums on advertising its online degree programs in partnership with its Online Program Manager.

COVID-19 has created a tendency to increase remote learning as well as create a movement away from in person interactions to a limited extent. Our for-profit competitors such as Adtalem Global Education, Inc. and American Public Education, Inc., as well as public non-profit institutions, shifted their licensure program from on-campus classes to 100% online classes in response to the pandemic, although transitions back to campus learning have commenced or been completed in some cases. Because the long-term effects of COVID-19, including the widespread adoption of online learning methods employed by our competitors, remain uncertain, the resulting increase in competition may subsist going forward. For example, our competitors may determine that a new potential revenue stream has been opened to them and decide to maintain their increased online course offerings indefinitely or permanently to capitalize on the perceived opportunities, which would result in relatively new additional competitors.
Additionally, another side effect of the pandemic was to force many prospective higher education students in the U.S. to defer commencement of their college and postsecondary courses and/or to more closely consider the possibility of declining to pursue a college or post-graduate degree. The result of these and other factors has been steepened declines in new college and graduate student enrollments in recent years.
While we believe another factor in this decline has been the sustained increases in degree costs, which could render our offerings more attractive than some competitors given the relatively lower costs of our programs to other more traditional educational programs, the trend poses significant uncertainty and challenges to the industry as a whole, including AGI, and may cause us to experience lower revenue, be less competitive and otherwise harm our business as we continue to compete with a lower and lower pool of prospective enrollments.
We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors and may face competitive pressures including price pressures that could adversely affect our business or results of operations and reduce our operating margins. These competitive factors could cause our enrollments, revenues and profitability to decrease significantly.




materially decrease.

COVID-19 has materially and adversely affected our business.


The COVID-19 pandemic caused a significant downturn to the U.S. and global economies for an extended period. Our nursing students include many working nurses who became over stressed due to the healthcare crisis and necessary long hours they had
24

Table of Contents
to work. As a result, our attrition rates increased. We also believe nursing students delayed taking courses and also enrollments were adversely affected.
All of these factors and remote work inefficiencies have materially and adversely affected our results of operations.

If we are unable to successfully execute our growth strategy of opening new nursing campuses, our results of operations and future growth could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition to its two existing campus locations in Phoenix, the Company opened two additional new metro locations in fiscal year 2021 (Austin and Tampa) and opened two new locations in fiscal year 2022 (Nashville and Atlanta). Opening new campus locations will require us to obtain appropriate state and accrediting agency approvals and to comply with any requirements from those agencies related to a new location. Adding new locations will also require significant financial investments, including capital improvements, human resource capabilities, and new clinical placement relationships. If we are unable to obtain the required approvals, attract sufficient additional students to new campus locations, offer programs at new campuses in a cost-effective manner, identify appropriate clinical placements, or otherwise manage effectively the operations of newly established campus locations, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

In the event that we are unable to update and expand the content of existing programs and develop new programs and specializations on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner, our results of operations may be harmed.



The updates and expansions of our existing programs and the development of new programs and specializations may not be accepted by existing or prospective students or employers. If we cannot respond to changes in market requirements, our business may be adversely affected. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as students require or as quickly as our competitors introduce competing programs. To offer a new academic program, we may be required to obtain appropriate federal, state and accrediting agency approvals, which may be conditioned, delayed or delayeddeclined in a manner that could significantly affect our growth plans. In addition, a new academic program that must prepare students for gainful employment must be approved by the DOE for Title IV purposes if the institution is provisionally certified. If we are unable to respond adequately to changes in market requirements due to financial constraints, regulatory limitations or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our financial results could suffer.



Establishing new academic programs or modifying existing programs may require us to make investments in management and faculty, incur marketing expenses and reallocate other resources. If we are unable to increase the number of students, or offer new programs in a cost-effective manner, or are otherwise unable to manage effectively the operations of newly established academic programs, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.


Because we are an online provider of education, we are substantially dependent on continued growth and acceptance of online education and, if the recognition by students and employers of the value of online education does not continue to grow, our ability to grow our business could be adversely impacted.  
We believe that continued growth in online education will be largely dependent on additional students and employers recognizing the value of degrees and courses from online institutions. If students and employers are not convinced that online schools are an acceptable alternative to traditional schools or that an online education provides necessary value, or if growth in the market penetration of exclusively online education slows, growth in the industry and our business could be adversely affected. Because our business model is in part based on online education, if the acceptance of online education does not grow, our ability to continue to grow our business and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Because our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising efforts, if those efforts are unsuccessful we may not be profitable in the future.


Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon our media performance, including our ability to:


·

Grow

Maintain and grow our nursing programs including Aspen University’s BSN Pre-Licensure hybrid online/campus program; USU’s MSN-FNP program; Aspen University’s legacy Baccalaureate, Master’s and Doctoral online degree programs;

·

Replicating and USU's legacy Baccalaureate and Master's degree programs;

Select communities which have excess demand for nursing students interested in an on-campus model. In this respect, we are uncertain if our commercial experience in Phoenix can be replicated in other metros. To date we have not had the same enrollment results in Austin, Tampa, or Nashville; and Atlanta began enrollments in February 2022; Further,
25

Table of Contents
enrollments in Tampa have been much lower than expected due to students in Florida preferring Associate-level, 2-year nursing degree programs versus Bachelor-level pre-licensure programs;
Replicate the success we have had with nursing in other programs;

·

Achieve the same degree of success with USU assuming we complete the Acquisition;

·

Create greater awareness of our schoolschools and our programs;

·

Identify the most effective and efficient level of spending in each market and specific media vehicle;

·

Determine the appropriate creative message and media mix for advertising, marketing and promotional expenditures;
Comply with applicable laws and

·

regulations affecting our marketing activities; and

Effectively manage marketing costs (including creative and media); and increase.

Further as a result of our line of creditcash needs, we will not be able to support such growth.


expand BSN Pre-Licensure program beyond Atlanta until we improve our operating results.


Our marketing expenditures may not result in increased revenue or generate sufficient levels of brand name and program awareness. If our media performance is not effective, our future results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.


Although Further, as disclosed earlier in this Report and Item 7, we are purposely slowing our growth rate and re-allocating marketing expenses. We may not achieve the results anticipated for a number of reasons including any future recession, unanticipated regulatory actions, the impact of COVID-19 on nurse enrollments and any adverse reaction of potential students who learn of the regulatory actions in Arizona.


Because of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the effect on the capital markets and the economy is uncertain, and we may have to deal with a recessionary economy and economic uncertainty including possible adverse effects upon our business.
As a result of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, certain events have affected the global and United States economy including increased inflation, substantial increases in the prices of oil and gas and other goods, large Western companies ceasing to do business in Russia and uncertain capital markets with declines in leading market indexes. The duration of this war and its impact are at best uncertain and continuation may result in Internet access issues if Russia, for example, began illicit cyber activities. In addition, in the U.S. the Federal Reserve has begun raising interest rates sharply, the continuation of which could lead to a recession. Ultimately the economy may turn into a recession with uncertain and potentially severe impacts upon public companies and us. We cannot predict how this will affect our business but the impact may be adverse. If the U.S. or global economy enters a recession, one possible if not probable result could be reduced spending by individuals on higher education, which could materially and adversely affect us.

If our assumptions with respect to our long-term accounts receivable prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to take a charge to our Allowance for Doubtful accounts and incur a material non-cash charge to earnings.

As a result of the growing acceptance of our monthly payment plans, our long-term accounts receivable balance has grown from $10,249,833 at April 30, 2021 to $11,406,525 at April 30, 2022. The primary component consists of students who make monthly payments over 36, 39 and 72 months. The average student completes their academic program in 30 months, therefore most of the Company’s accounts receivable are short-term. However, when students graduate earlier than the 30-month average completion duration, and as students enter academic year two of USU’s MSN-FNP 72-month payment plan, they all transition to long-term accounts receivable when their liability increases to over $4,500. Our ability to collect the sums owed directly by students in contrast to the federal government or other third parties is directly tied to the future ability of students to pay us and their other obligations stemming from a variety of factors including the impact of any economic decline in the United States, the students’ individual and family financial conditions, including unemployment and under-employment, health issues which affect students, and/or family members and whether students continue with their courses or cease taking courses. Due to inflation, Federal Interest rate hikes and other factors, many market analysists predict a recession is probable later in 2022 or 2023, which would diminish the spending power of prospective students, as well as possibly reduce demand for our offerings due to a weakened labor market. Further if we experience a recession, it is possible that we will face more difficulty in collecting our accounts receivable from students and former students.

While our management, has successfully implemented a monthly payment business model, itbased on its experience, makes assumptions which affect the reserves we take against our long-term accounts receivable, these assumptions may not be successful long-term.


Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, has developed a monthly payment business model designedincorrect and the above or other factors may cause us to substantially increase our reserves and reduce the long-term accounts receivable on our consolidated balance sheet. The amount of any future reductions we take may be a non-cash material charge to future earnings.

We experienced a reduction in enrollments year-over-year, and if we are unable to change the trend in future periods, our results of operations and prospects, and your investment in us, could be materially adversely impacted.
26

Table of Contents
On a Company-wide basis, new student enrollmentenrollments were down 14% year-over-year, primarily as a result of three factors: (1) Aspen University dropped advertising spend in the BSN pre-licensure program in the Phoenix metro down to a maintenance spend, causing enrollments in that metro to drop, and reducing and/or eliminating student debtsubsequently stopped enrollments in Phoenix starting in Q4 of fiscal 2022, (2) enrollments at USU were down 1% year-over-year given the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic as prospective nursing post-licensure students continue to delay their education goals on a short-term basis as they continued to care for COVID patients, and (3) Aspen University saw a COVID-19 related increase in attrition among Aspen’s student body. While resultscurrent nursing students and a reduction in prospective nursing post-licensure students. Further, due to date have been as anticipated, there are no assurances that this marketing campaignthe probation imposed by the AZ BON, AU’s Arizona pre-licensure locations will continue to be successful. Amongcontribute to the risks are the following:


·

Our ability to compete with existing online colleges which have substantially greater financial resources, deeper management and academic resources, and enhanced public reputations;

·

The emergenceslowing of more successful competitors;

·

Factors related to our marketing, including the costs of Internet advertising and broad-based branding campaigns;

·

Limits on our ability to attract and retain effective employees because of the new incentive payment rule;

·

Performance problems with our online systems;

·

Our failure to maintain accreditation;

·

Student dissatisfaction with our services and programs;

·

Adverse publicity regarding us, our competitorsenrollment growth or online or for-profit education generally;

·

Aa decline in enrollments. If the acceptance of online education;

·

A decreasetrend continues without offsetting reductions in the perceived or actual economic benefits that students derive fromexpenses, it could materially adversely impact our programs;

·

Potential students may not be able to afford the monthly payments;business and





·

Potential USU students may not react favorably to financial condition, and in turn reduce our marketing and advertising campaigns, including our monthly payment plan.


If our monthly payment plan business model does not continue to be favorably received, our revenues may not increase.


common stock price.


If the demand for the nursing workforce decreases or the educational requirements for nurses were relaxed, our business will be adversely affected.


Aspen’s recent


Aspen Group’s primary focus has been the continued growth of enrollment in its School of Nursing.nursing programs at both universities. As of April 30, 2017,2022, approximately 72%86% of our active degree-seeking students were enrolled in Aspen’s School of Nursing.our nursing programs. If the demand for nurses or family nurse practitioners does not continue to grow (or declines) or there are changes within the healthcare industry that make the nursing occupation less attractive to learners or reduce the benefits of a bachelorsbachelor’s or an advanced degree, our enrollment and results of operations will be adversely affected.


If


Although our management has successfully implemented a monthly payment business model, it may not be successful long-term.
Under the leadership of Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, we incur system disruptionshave developed a monthly payment business model designed to substantially increase our student enrollment and reduce student debt among Aspen University’s and USU’s student bodies. While results to date have been as anticipated, there are no assurances that this business model will continue to be successful. Among the risks are the following:
Our ability to compete with existing online institutions which have substantially greater financial resources, deeper management and academic resources, and enhanced public reputations;
The emergence of more successful competitors including traditional campus based universities which accelerated their online presence as a result of the pandemic;
Factors related to our online computer networks, it could impact our ability to generate revenuemarketing, including the costs of Internet advertising and damage our reputation, limitingbroad-based branding campaigns;
Limits on our ability to attract and retain students.


Since early 2011, Aspen University has made significant investmentseffective employees because of the incentive compensation rule;

Performance problems with our online systems;
Our failure to update its computer network primarily to permit accelerated student enrollmentmaintain accreditation or regulatory approvals;
Student dissatisfaction with our services and enhance its students’ learning experience. We expect to spend approximately $852,000 in capital expenditures over the next 12 months. The performance and reliability ofprograms;
Adverse publicity regarding us, our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and ability to attract and retain students. Any system errorcompetitors or failure,online or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could resultfor-profit education generally;
A decline in the unavailabilityacceptance of online education;
A decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that students derive from our online classroom, damagingprograms;
The potential that potential students may not be able to afford the monthly payments as a result of declines in the economy;
The failure to collect our reputation and could cause a loss in enrollment. Our technology infrastructure could be vulnerablegrowing accounts receivable;
The inability to interruption or malfunctionexpand our monthly payment program due to events beyondworking capital requirements;
If our control, including natural disasters, terrorist activities and telecommunications failures.


monthly payment plan business model does not continue to be favorably received, our revenues may not increase.

If we are unable to develop awareness among, and attract and retain, high quality learners to Aspen University,our schools, our ability to generate significant revenue or achieve profitability will be significantly impaired.


Building awareness of Aspen University and USU and the programs we offer among working adult professionals isare critical to our ability to attract prospective learners. If we are unable to successfully market and advertise our educational programs, Aspen University'sour ability to attract and enroll prospective learners in such programsstudents could be adversely affected, and consequently, our ability to increase revenue or achieve profitability could be impaired. It is also critical to our success that we convert these prospective learnersapplicants to enrolled learnersstudents in a cost-effective manner and that these enrolled learnersstudents remain active in our programs. Some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully enrolling and retaining learnersstudents in our programs include:


·

The emergence of more successful competitors;

·

Factors related to our marketing, including the costs of Internet advertising and broad-based branding campaigns;

·

27

Table of Contents
Performance problems with our online systems;

·

Failure to maintain accreditation;

·

Learneraccreditation or regulatory approvals;

Student dissatisfaction with our services and programs, including with our customer service and responsiveness;

·

Adverse publicity regarding us, our competitors, or online or for-profit education in general;

·

Price reductions by competitors that we are unwilling or unable to match;

·

A decline in the acceptance of online education or our degree offerings by learnersstudents or current and prospective employers;

·

Increased regulation of online education, including in states in which we do not have a physical presence;

·

A decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that learnersstudents derive from our programs;

·

Litigation or regulatory investigations including those arising in Arizona that may damage our reputation; and

·

Difficulties in executing on our strategy as a preferred provider to employers for the vertical markets we serve.


If we are unable to continue to develop awareness of Aspen University and USU and the programs we offer, and to enroll and retain learners,students, our enrollments would suffer and our ability to increase revenues and achieve profitability would be significantly impaired.






If we experience any interruption to our technology infrastructure, it could prevent students from accessing their courses, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain students and could require us to incur additional expenses to correct or mitigate the interruption.


Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security problems. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary information, personal information about our students or cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches.


Because we rely on third parties to provide certain services in running our operations, if any of these parties fail to provide the agreed services at an acceptable level, it could limit our ability to provide services and/or cause student dissatisfaction, either of which could adversely affect our business.


We rely on third parties to provide us with services in order for us to efficiently and securely operate our business including our computer network and the courses we offer to students. Any interruption in our ability to obtain the services of these or other third parties or deterioration in their performance could impair the quality of our educational product and overall business. Generally, there are multiple sources for the services we purchase. Our business could be disrupted if we were required to replace any of these third parties, especially if the replacement became necessary on short notice, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.


Because we rely on third-party administration and hosting of learning management system software for our online classroom, if that third-party were to cease to do business or alter its business practices and services, it could have an adverse impact on our ability to operate.
Our online classrooms at Aspen University and USU employ the D2L learning management system called Brightspace. The system is a web-based portal that stores and delivers course content, provides interactive communication between students and faculty, and supplies online evaluation tools. We rely on third parties to host and help with the administration of it. We further rely on third parties, the D2L agreement and our internal staff for ongoing support and customization and integration of the system with the rest of our technology infrastructure. If D2L were unable or unwilling to continue to provide us with service, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required for our online classroom or updating it for future technological changes. Any failure to maintain our online classroom would have an adverse impact on our operations, damage our reputation and limit our ability to attract and retain students.
If we cannot manage our growth, our results of operations may suffer and could adversely affect our ability to comply with federal regulations.

The growth that we have experienced as well as any future growth that we may experience, may place a significant strain on our resources and increase demands on our management information and reporting systems and financial management controls. We have experienced growth at Aspen University over the last several years and USU has grown significantly since we acquired it, although in the fiscal years 2021 and 2022 our growth has declined primarily as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, reduced marketing spending and regulatory challenges. Further, we have less experience in managing our hybrid programs and anticipate substantial growth from this business. Managing multiple campuses in many locations will pose operational challenges which may impact our ability to manage our business with the same level of effectiveness as we achieved in the past fiscal years. If growth negatively impacts our ability to manage our business, the learning experience for our students could be adversely affected, resulting in a higher rate of student attrition and fewer student referrals. Future growth will also require continued improvement of our internal controls and systems, particularly those related to complying with federal regulations under the Higher Education Act, as administered by the DOE, including as a result of our participation in federal student financial aid programs under Title IV. If we are unable to manage our growth, we may also experience operating inefficiencies that could increase our costs and adversely affect our profitability and results of operations.

If we experience system disruptions to our online computer networks, it could impact our ability to generate revenue and damage our reputation, limiting our ability to attract and retain students.

28

Table of Contents
We continue to make investments to update our computer network and systems primarily to permit accelerated student enrollment and enhance our students’ learning experience. We plan to make significant changes to our student systems and our accounting systems to enhance our ability to support the growth of the business, improve the visibility of program specific activities and related costs and enhance overall business intelligence to support capital allocation decision making. The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and ability to attract and retain students and manage our business. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the unavailability of our online classroom, damaging our reputation, and could cause a loss in enrollment. In addition, changes in systems can be disruptive, divert management's time and typically may involve bugs which cause further disruptions. Our technology infrastructure and systems could be vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control, including natural disasters, terrorist activities, hacking or cyber security issues and telecommunications failures.
If we lose the services of key personnel, it could adversely affect our business.
Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Our future also significantly depends on the continued services of Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer. We also rely upon Mr. Matthew LaVay, our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Gerard Wendolowski, our Chief Operating Officer and Dr. Cheri St. Arnauld, our Chief Academic Officer, all of whom are important to the management of our business and operations and the development of our strategic direction and would also be difficult to replace. We have a $3 million key man life insurance policy on Mr. Mathews. The loss of the services of Mr. Mathews and other key individuals and the process to replace these individuals would involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

If we are unable to attract and retain our faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel, we may not be able to support our operations.

To maintain our operations and to execute our growth strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel. Competition for hiring these individuals is intense, especially with regard to faculty in specialized areas. If we fail to attract new skilled personnel or faculty or fail to retain and motivate our existing faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel, our business and growth prospects could be severely harmed. Further, we have moved to a new hybrid model focused on using full-time faculty members in addition to adjunct or part-time faculty. These efforts may not be successful resulting in the loss of faculty and difficulties in recruiting. Further, we cannot predict the effect of our recent layoffs on our retained staff. Our remaining employees may be fearful of being laid off or be concerned over whether we may remain operational. Accordingly, we may sustain a further decline in our employees which could adversely affect the services we provide.
If we or our service providers are unable to update the technology that we rely upon to offer online education, our future growth may be impaired.



We believe that continued growth will require our service providers to increase the capacity and capabilities of their technology infrastructure. Increasing the capacity and capabilities of the technology infrastructure will require these third parties to invest capital, time and resources, and there is no assurance that even with sufficient investment their systems will be scalable to accommodate future growth. Our service providers may also need to invest capital, time and resources to update their technology in response to competitive pressures in the marketplace. If they are unwilling or unable to increase the capacity of their resources or update their resources appropriately and we cannot change over to other service providers efficiently, our ability to handle growth, our ability to attract or retain students, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.


Because


If we rely on third-party administration and hosting of learning management system software forexperience any interruption to our online classroom, if that third-party were to cease to do business or alter its business practices and services,technology infrastructure, it could prevent students from accessing their courses, could have ana material adverse impacteffect on our ability to operate.


Beginning in June 2014, our online classroom began employing the Desire2Learn learning management system named Brightspace. The system is a web-based portal that stores and delivers course content, provides interactive communication between students and faculty, and supplies online evaluation tools. We rely on third parties to host and help with the administration of it. We further rely on third parties, the D2L agreement and our internal staff for ongoing support and customization and integration of the system with the rest of our technology infrastructure. If D2L were unable or unwilling to continue to provide us with service, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required for our online classroom or updating it for future technological changes. Any failure to maintain our online classroom would have an adverse impact on our operations, damage our reputation and limit our ability to attract and retain students.




students and could require us to incur additional expenses to correct or mitigate the interruption.



Our computer networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security problems. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary information, personal information about our students or cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by any breaches.

Because the CAN-SPAM Act imposes certain obligations on the senders of commercial emails, it could adversely impact our ability to market Aspen University’s and USU’s educational services, and otherwise increase the costs of our business.

29

Table of Contents
The Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or the CAN-SPAM Act, establishes requirements for commercial email and specifies penalties for commercial email that violates the CAN-SPAM Act. In addition, the CAN-SPAM Act gives consumers the right to require third parties to stop sending them commercial email.

The CAN-SPAM Act covers email sent for the primary purpose of advertising or promoting a commercial product, service, or Internet website. The Federal Trade Commission, a federal consumer protection agency, is primarily responsible for enforcing the CAN-SPAM Act, and the Department of Justice, other federal agencies, state attorneys general, and Internet service providers also have authority to enforce certain of its provisions.

The CAN-SPAM Act’s main provisions include:

Prohibiting false or misleading email header information;
Prohibiting the use of deceptive subject lines;
Ensuring that recipients may, for at least 30 days after an email is sent, opt out of receiving future commercial email messages from the sender;
Requiring that commercial email be identified as a solicitation or advertisement unless the recipient affirmatively permitted the message; and
Requiring that the sender include a valid postal address in the email message.

The CAN-SPAM Act also prohibits unlawful acquisition of email addresses, such as through directory harvesting and transmission of commercial emails by unauthorized means, such as through relaying messages with the intent to deceive recipients as to the origin of such messages.

Violations of the CAN-SPAM Act’s provisions can result in criminal and civil penalties, including statutory penalties that can be based in part upon the number of emails sent, with enhanced penalties for commercial email companies who harvest email addresses, use dictionary attack patterns to generate email addresses, and/or relay emails through a network without permission.

The CAN-SPAM Act acknowledges that the Internet offers unique opportunities for the development and growth of frictionless commerce, and the CAN-SPAM Act was passed, in part, to enhance the likelihood that wanted commercial email messages would be received.

The CAN-SPAM Act preempts, or blocks, most state restrictions specific to email, except for rules against falsity or deception in commercial email, fraud and computer crime. The scope of these exceptions, however, is not settled, and some states have adopted email regulations that, if upheld, could impose liabilities and compliance burdens in addition to those imposed by the CAN-SPAM Act.

Moreover, some foreign countries, including the countries of the European Union, have regulated the distribution of commercial email and the online collection and disclosure of personal information. Foreign governments may attempt to apply their laws extraterritorially or through treaties or other arrangements with U.S. governmental entities.

Because we use email marketing, the need to comply with, and any failure by us to comply with the CAN-SPAM Act could adversely affect our marketing activities and increase our costs.

If our data or our users’ content is hacked, including through privacy and data security breaches, our business could be damaged, and we could be subject to liability.

Our business is, and we expect it will continue to be, heavily reliant upon the Internet. Cyber security events have caused significant damage to large well-known companies. If our systems are hacked and our students’ confidential information is misappropriated, we could be subject to liability.

We may fail to detect the existence of a breach of user content and be unable to prevent unauthorized access to user and company content. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and are often not recognized until launched against a target. They may originate from less regulated third world countries where lax local enforcement and poverty create opportunities for hacking. If our security measures are breached, or our students’ content is otherwise accessed through unauthorized means, or if any such actions are believed to occur, Aspen University and USU may lose existing students and/or fail to enroll new students or otherwise be materially harmed.

Our business could be harmed by any significant disruption of service on our websites.

Because of the importance of the Internet to our business, in addition to cybersecurity, we face the risk that our systems will fail to function in a robust manner. Our reputation and ability to attract, retain, and serve our students are dependent upon the
30

Table of Contents
reliable performance of our websites, including our underlying technical infrastructure. Our technical infrastructure may not be adequately designed with sufficient reliability and redundancy to avoid performance delays or outages that could be harmful to our business. If our websites are unavailable when students and professors attempt to access them, or if they experience frequent slowdowns or disruptions, we may lose students and professors.
If we incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted online during our class discussions, it may affect our future operating results and financial condition.
In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post various articles or other third-party content on class discussion boards. We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material posted online for class discussions. Third parties may raise claims against us for the unauthorized duplication of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. As a result, we may be required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary damages.
Because the personal information that we or our vendors collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss, any of these factors could adversely affect our reputation and operations.


Possession and use of personal information in our operations subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our business. Aspen usesWe use a third-partythird parties to collect and retain large amounts of personal information regarding our students and their families, including social security numbers, tax return information, personal and family financial data and credit card numbers. We also collect and maintain personal information ofon our employees in the ordinary course of our business. Some of this personal information is held and managed by certain of our vendors. Errors in the storage, use or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. Possession and use of personal information in our operations also subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data breaches, restrict our use of personal information, and cause us to lose our certification to participate in the Title IV Programs. We cannot guarantee that there will not be a breach, loss or theft of personal information that we store or our third parties store. A breach, theft or loss of personal information regarding our students and their families or our employees that is held by us or our vendors could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and results of operations and result in liability under state and federal privacy statutes and legal or administrative actions by state attorneys general, private litigants, and federal regulators and by such other international laws including the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (the "E.U. GDPR") and, following the United Kingdom’s departure from the European Union on January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom’s General Data Protection Regulation (the “U.K. GDPR”) and their respective enforcement mechanisms, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.


Because

If governments enact new laws to regulate Internet commerce, it may negatively affect our business.

The widespread use of the CAN-SPAM Act imposes certain obligations onInternet has led and may in the sendersfuture lead to the adoption of commercial emails,new laws and regulatory practices in the U.S. and to new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to issues such as online privacy, data protection and breach copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices and the requirement that online education institutions qualify to do business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other presence. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to doing business over the Internet could increase our costs and materially and adversely affect our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

If we fail to comply with laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, information security, advertising and consumer protection, government access requests, or, if new laws in one or more of these areas are enacted, it could result in proceedings, actions, or penalties against us and could adversely impactaffect our abilitybusiness, financial condition, and results of operations.

We rely on a variety of marketing techniques, including email, radio, telemarketing, display advertising, and social media marketing, targeted online advertisements, and postal mailings, and we are or may become subject to market Aspen’s educational services,various laws and otherwise increaseregulations that govern such marketing and advertising practices. A variety of federal, state, and international laws and regulations, including those enforced by various federal government agencies such as the costs of our business.  


The Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or the CAN-SPAM Act, establishes requirements for commercial email and specifies penalties for commercial email that violates the CAN-SPAM Act. In addition, the CAN-SPAM Act gives consumers the right to require third parties to stop sending them commercial email.


The CAN-SPAM Act covers email sent for the primary purpose of advertising or promoting a commercial product, service, or Internet website. The Federal Trade Commission, a federal consumer protection agency, is primarily responsible for enforcingFederal Communications Commission, and state and local agencies, govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, and security of personal data, particularly in the context of online advertising, which we utilize to attract new students.


The laws and regulations which may restrict, limit or otherwise affect our advertising efforts include the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991, the Telemarketing Sales Rule, the CAN-SPAM Act and the Departmentvarious U.S. state laws regarding telemarketing. These laws generally impose restrictions on advertising practices, may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and governmental authorities and often require subjective interpretation, which could render our compliance efforts more
31

Table of Justice, other federal agencies, State Attorneys General, and Internet service providers also have authority to enforce certain of its provisions.


The CAN-SPAM Act’s main provisions include:


·

Prohibiting false or misleading email header information;

·

Prohibiting the use of deceptive subject lines;

·

Ensuring that recipients may, for at least 30 days after an email is sent, opt out of receiving future commercial email messages from the sender;

·

Requiring that commercial email be identified as a solicitation or advertisement unless the recipient affirmatively permitted the message; and

·

Requiring that the sender include a valid postal address in the email message.


The CAN-SPAM Act also prohibits unlawful acquisition of email addresses, such as through directory harvesting and transmission of commercial emails by unauthorized means, such as through relaying messages with the intent to deceive recipients as to the origin of such messages.


Violations of the CAN-SPAM Act’s provisions can result in criminal and civil penalties, including statutory penalties that can be based in part upon the number of emails sent, with enhanced penalties for commercial email companies who harvest email addresses, use dictionary attack patterns to generate email addresses, and/or relay emails through a network without permission.


The CAN-SPAM Act acknowledges that the Internet offers unique opportunities for the development and growth of frictionless commerce, and the CAN-SPAM Act was passed, in part, to enhance the likelihood that wanted commercial email messages would be received.


The CAN-SPAM Act preempts, or blocks, most state restrictions specific to email, except for rules against falsity or deception in commercial email, fraud and computer crime. The scope of these exceptions, however, is not settled, and some states have adopted email regulations that, if upheld, could impose liabilities and compliance burdens in addition to those imposed by the CAN-SPAM Act.




Contents


Moreover, some foreign countries, including the countries of the European Union, have regulated the distribution of commercial email and the online collection and disclosure of personal information. Foreign governments may attempt to apply their laws extraterritorially or through treaties or other arrangements with U.S. governmental entities.

Because we use email marketing,challenging. We cannot guarantee our requirementefforts to comply with these laws, rules and regulations will be successful, or, if they are successful, that the CAN-SPAM Act could adversely affect Aspen's marketing activities and increase its costs.


If we lose the servicescost of key personnel, it could adversely affectsuch compliance will not be materially adverse to our business.


Our future success depends, in part, on If any laws, rules or regulations applicable to our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Our future also depends on the continued services of Mr. Michael Mathews,advertising techniques significantly restrict our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Gerard Wendolowski, our Chief Operating Officer, and Dr. Cheri St. Arnauld, our Chief Academic Officer, who are critical to the management of our business, and operations and the development of our strategic direction and would also be difficult to replace. We have a $3 million key man life insurance policy on Mr. Mathews. The loss of the services of Mr. Mathews and other key individuals and the process to replace these individuals would involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.


If we are unable to attract and retain our faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel, we may not be able to supportimplement adequate alternative communication and marketing strategies at favorable costs or at all. Further, any non-compliance with these laws, rules and regulations may result in financial penalties or litigation, which would adversely affect our growth strategy.


To executefinancial condition and reputation.


The use and storage of data, files, and information on our websites and those of our third-party service providers concerning, among others, student information is essential to their enrollment in our schools. Laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, information security, marketing and advertising, and consumer protection are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations. These requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another or may conflict with other regulations or our current practices. As a result, our practices may not have complied or may not comply in the future with all such laws, regulations, requirements, and obligations. We have implemented various features, integrations, and capabilities as well as contractual obligations intended to enable us to comply with applicable privacy and security requirements in our collection, use, and transmittal of data, but these features do not ensure our compliance and may not be effective against all potential privacy concerns. In particular, as a United States company, we may be obliged to disclose data pursuant to government requests under United States law. Compliance with such requests may be inconsistent with local laws in other countries where our students reside. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any privacy or consumer protection-related laws, regulations, industry self-regulatory principles, industry standards or codes of conduct, regulatory guidance, orders to which we may be subject, or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection, whether federal, state, or international, could adversely affect our reputation, brand, and business, and may result in claims, proceedings, or actions against us by governmental entities, students, users of our website, third party service providers, or others, or may require us to change our operations and/or cease using certain types of data. Any such claims, proceedings, or actions could hurt our reputation, brand, and business, force us to incur significant expenses in defense of such proceedings or actions, result in adverse publicity, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, result in a loss of students and/or third-party service providers, and result in the imposition of monetary penalties.

The legislative and regulatory bodies or self-regulatory organizations in various jurisdictions both inside and outside the United States may expand current laws or regulations, enact new laws or regulations, or issue revised rules or guidance regarding privacy, data protection, consumer protection, information security, and online advertising. California has enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”), which became operative on January 1, 2020, and its implementing regulations took effect in August, 2020. The CCPA requires companies that process personal information on California residents to make new disclosures to consumers about such companies’ data collection, use, and sharing practices and inform consumers of their personal information rights such as deletion rights, allows consumers to opt out of certain data sharing with third parties, and provides a new cause of action for data breaches. Additionally, in November 2020, California enacted the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (the “CPRA”), which amends and expands the scope of the CCPA, while introducing new privacy protections that extend beyond those included in the CCPA and its implementing regulations. The CCPA, as amended and expanded by the CPRA, is one of the most prescriptive general privacy law in the United States and may lead to similar laws being enacted in other U.S. states or at the federal level. For example, the State of Nevada also passed a law, which went into effect on October 1, 2019, that amends the state’s online privacy law to allow consumers to submit requests to prevent websites and online service providers (“Operators”) from selling personally identifiable information that Operators collect through a website or online service. Additionally, the Federal Trade Commission and many state attorneys general are interpreting federal and state consumer protection laws to impose standards for the online collection, use, dissemination, and security of data. Each of these privacy, security, and data protection laws and regulations, and any other such changes or new laws or regulations, could impose significant limitations, require changes to our business model or practices, or restrict our use or storage of personal information, which may increase our compliance expenses and make our business more costly or less efficient to conduct. In addition, any such changes could compromise our ability to develop an adequate marketing strategy and pursue our growth strategy effectively, which, in turn, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, federal and state governmental authorities continue to evaluate the privacy implications inherent in the use of third-party “cookies” and other methods of online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes. The U.S. government has enacted legislation and regulations, and may enact further legislation or regulations in the future, that could significantly restrict the ability of companies and individuals to utilize online behavioral tracking, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tracking tools or the use of data gathered with such tools. Additionally, some providers of consumer devices and web browsers have implemented, or announced plans to implement, means to make it easier for Internet users to prevent the placement of cookies or to block other tracking technologies, which could, if widely adopted, result in the use of third-party cookies and other methods of online tracking becoming significantly less effective. The regulation of the use of these cookies and other current online tracking and advertising practices or a loss in our ability to make effective use of services that employ such technologies could increase our
32

Table of Contents
costs of operations and limit our ability to acquire new students on cost-effective terms and consequently, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

At least 35 states and the District of Columbia introduced or considered almost 200 consumer privacy bills in 2022. More and more states will continue to enact similar laws. Proposed federal legislation, like the American Data Privacy and Protection Act, will likely continue to be debated and, at some point, enacted in some form.

Furthermore, judgments from foreign courts or regulatory actions of other foreign nations could impact our ability to transfer, process, and/or receive data relating to students outside the United States, or alter our ability to use cookies to deliver advertising and other products to such users. Such judgments or actions could affect the manner in which we must attractprovide services to our students or adversely affect our financial results if foreign students are not able to lawfully transfer data to us.

We strive to comply with all applicable laws, policies, legal obligations, and retain highly qualified faculty, administrators, managementindustry codes of conduct relating to privacy and skilled personnel. Competitiondata protection. However, U.S. federal, U.S. state, and international laws and regulations regarding privacy and data protection, including the CCPA and CPRA are rapidly evolving and may be inconsistent and we could be deemed out of compliance with such laws and their interpretations. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations that are applicable to our business operations may limit the use and adoption of our services and reduce overall demand for hiring these individuals is intense, especially with regardthem. Furthermore, any changes in such laws and regulations or a change or differing interpretation or application to facultyour business of the existing laws and regulations, GDPR, could also hinder our operational flexibility, raise compliance costs and, particularly if our compliance efforts are deemed to be insufficient, result in specialized areas. If we fail to attract new skilled personneladditional historical or faculty or fail to retainfuture liabilities and motivate our existing faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel,regulatory scrutiny for us, resulting in adverse impacts on our business and growth prospectsour results of operations.

Release of personally identifiable information or other confidential information could subject us to civil penalties or cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

As educational institutions participating in federal and state student assistance programs and collecting financial receipts from students and their families, we collect and retain certain personally identifiable information and other confidential information. Such information is subject to federal and state privacy and security rules, including the Family Educational Rights to Privacy Act (“FERPA”), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”), and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (“FACTA”). Release or failure to secure confidential information or other noncompliance with FERPA, HIPAA, FACTA or other similar laws could subject us to fines, loss of our capacity to conduct Internet commerce, and loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Jurisdictions, both nationally and internationally, are continuing to enact additional laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, information security, marketing and advertising, and consumer protection, and compliance with one set of laws and regulations rarely suffice for compliance with another.
On March 2, 2021, the Governor of Virginia signed into law the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act (the “VCDPA”), which will go into effect on January 1, 2023. The VCDPA, creates consumer rights, similar to the CCPA, but also imposes security and assessment requirements for businesses. That law applies to all persons that conduct business in Virginia which (i) control or process personal data of at least 100,000 consumers, or, (ii) derive over 50% of gross revenue from the sale of personal data and control or process personal data of at least 25,000 consumers. In addition, on July 7, 2021, Colorado enacted the Colorado Privacy Act (“CoCPA”), becoming the third comprehensive consumer privacy law to be severely harmed. Further, we are moving to a new hybrid model focused on using full-time faculty members in addition to adjunct or part-time faculty.  These efforts may not be successful resultingpassed in the lossUnited States (after the CCPA and VCDPA), which will go into effect on July 1, 2023. This additional legislation addresses consumers’ rights to privacy, companies’ responsibility to protect personal data, and authorizes the state to take enforcement action for violations. Although the CoCPA closely resembles the VCDPA, both of facultywhich do not contain a private right of action and difficultieswill instead be enforced by the respective states’ Attorney General and district attorneys, the two differ in recruiting.


many ways and once they become enforceable in 2023, we must comply with each if our operations fall within the scope of these newly enacted comprehensive mandates. Section 6(3) of a Connecticut statute signed May 10, 2022, states a data controller shall “establish, implement and maintain reasonable administrative, technical and physical data security practices to protect the confidentiality, integrity and accessibility of personal data appropriate to the volume and nature of the personal data at issue.”The effective date for that law is July 1, 2023. Utah’s Consumer Privacy Act provides consumers the right to know what personal data a business collects, how the business uses the personal data, and whether the business sells the personal data. The effective date is December 31, 2023.Additionally, Maine recently enacted the Data Collection Protection Act, creating the Maine Data Collection Protection Act, which prohibits data collectors from collecting and aggregating, selling, or using specific types of public documents or information. Prior efforts undertaken to comply with other recent privacy-related laws have proven that

33

Table of Contents
these initiatives require time to carefully plan, assess gaps in current compliance mechanisms, and implement new policies, processes and remediation efforts.
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could be harmed.



In the ordinary course of our business, we develop intellectual property of many kinds that is or will be the subject of copyright, trademark, service mark, trade secret or other protections. This intellectual property includes but is not limited to courseware materials, business know-how and internal processes and procedures developed to respond to the requirements of operating and various education regulatory agencies. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names, agreements and registrations to protect our intellectual property. We rely on service mark and trademark protection in the U.S. to protect our rights to the mark "ASPEN UNIVERSITY"ASPEN UNIVERSITY and the mark UNITED STATES UNIVERSITY as well as distinctive logos and other marks associated with our services. We rely on agreements under which we obtain rights to use course content developed by faculty members and other third-party content experts. We cannot assure you that the measures that we take will be adequate or that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights in the U.S. or select foreign jurisdictions, or that third parties will not infringe upon or violate our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect these rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or copy the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material and other content, and offer competing programs to ours.



In particular, third parties may attempt to develop competing programs or duplicate or copy aspects of our curriculum, online resource material, quality management and other proprietary content. Any such attempt, if successful, could adversely affect our business. Protecting these types of intellectual property rights can be difficult, particularly as it relates to the development by our competitors of competing courses and programs.



We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not prevail in these disputes. Third parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or violation of the intellectual property of that third-party.



If we are subject to intellectual property infringement claims, it could cause us to incur significant expenses and pay substantial damages.



Third parties may claim that we are infringing or violating their intellectual property rights. Any such claims could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages and prevent us from using our intellectual property that may be fundamental to our business. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation regarding the intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.






If we incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted online during our class discussions, it may affect our future operating results and financial condition.


In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post various articles or other third-party content on class discussion boards. We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material posted online for class discussions. Third parties may raise claims against us for the unauthorized duplication of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. As a result we may be required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary damages.


Because we are an exclusively online provider of education, we are entirely dependent on continued growth and acceptance of exclusively online education and, if the recognition by students and employers of the value of online education does not continue to grow, our ability to grow our business could be adversely impacted.


We believe that continued growth in online education will be largely dependent on additional students and employers recognizing the value of degrees and courses from online institutions. If students and employers are not convinced that online schools are an acceptable alternative to traditional schools or that an online education provides necessary value, or if growth in the market penetration of exclusively online education slows, growth in the industry and our business could be adversely affected. Because our business model is based on online education, if the acceptance of online education does not grow, our ability to continue to grow our business and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.


As Internet commerce develops, federal and state governments may draft and propose new laws to regulate Internet commerce, which may negatively affect our business.


The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other online services have led and may lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices in the U.S. and to new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices and the requirement that online education institutions qualify to do business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other presence. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to doing business over the Internet could increase our costs and materially and adversely affect our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.


If there is new tax treatment of companies engaged in Internet commerce, this may adversely affect the commercial use of our marketing services and our financial results.


Due to the growing budgetary problems facing state and local governments, it is possible that governments might attempt to tax our activities. New or revised tax regulations may subject us to additional sales, income and other taxes. We cannot predictIn 2018 the effectUnited States Supreme Court ruled that states can tax the sale of current attemptsgoods sold to residents of their respective state. In the wake of the Court’s decision, 45 states and the District of Columbia impose sales taxes on commerce overremote business. Although the Internet. Neweffective date of these new state taxes vary by state, all collection requirements are expected to be in effect by January 1, 2023. Moreover, the minimum thresholds for the taxes to apply varies by state and ranges $100,000 and $500,000. In addition to monetary threshold requirements, some states also require transaction threshold requirements that range from 100 to 200 transactions. The decision also allows local governments to collect sales tax, per the United States Government Accountability Office; of the 45 states with sales tax 37 also have local sales taxes.
While we are still evaluating the potential impact of these developments, including whether these states are intended to tax educational services, the new or revised taxes and, in particular, sales or use taxes, would likelytax requirements are expected to increase the cost of doing business online which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.


In addition to the direct added costs from any applicable taxes, we may need to establish systems and procedures to track the volume and monetary value of our course offerings and material sales on a state-by-state basis, and, when necessary, collect and remit taxes on behalf of the states, and potentially consult with tax or other experts to monitor and oversee compliance efforts with respect to certain state and local sales tax provisions, which can also be costly. These developments, including any potential failure by us to pay the required tax in a state or locality in which we are deemed to do business, could have an adverse consequences on our operations and financial condition.


Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, fires, power outages, floods and other catastrophic events, any of which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
34

Table of Contents

Our business, including our brick and mortar campuses, may experience business interruptions resulting from natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, fires or significant power outages. In addition to our largest office facility and two locations in Phoenix, AZ, we presently have locations in San Diego, CA, Austin, TX, Tampa, FL, Nashville, TN, and Atlanta, GA, which are susceptible to weather related problems. These events could cause us to close schools — temporarily or permanently — and could affect student recruiting opportunities in those locations, causing enrollment and revenue to decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If our goodwill and intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheet arising from the USU acquisition become impaired, it would require us to record a material charge to earnings in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
As a result of our acquisition of USU, we recorded approximately $5 million of goodwill and $7.9 million of intangible assets which are currently shown as assets on our consolidated balance sheet at April 30, 2022. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) require us to test our goodwill and intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if indicators for potential impairment exist. The testing required by GAAP involves estimates and judgments by management. Although we believe our assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate, any changes in key assumptions, including a failure to meet business plans or other unanticipated events and circumstances, may affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates. If in the future we determine that an impairment exists, we may be required to record a material charge to earnings in our consolidated financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets is determined.
Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry


If we fail to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for our business, we could face penalties and significant restrictions on our operations, including loss of access to Title IV Program funds.


We are subject to extensive regulation by (1) the federal government through the DOE under the Higher Education Act,HEA/HEOA, (2) state regulatory bodies and (3) accrediting agencies recognized by the DOE, including the DEAC a “nationaland WSCUC, institutional accrediting agency”agencies recognized by the DOE. TheIn addition, the U.S. Department of Defense and the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs regulate our participation in the military’s tuition assistance program and the VA’s veterans’veteran's education benefits program, respectively. The laws, regulations, standards and policies of these agencies cover the vast majority of our operations, including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and financial condition. These regulatory requirements can also affect our ability to add new or expand existing educational programs and to change our corporate structure and ownership.






Institutions of higher education that grant degrees, diplomas, or certificates must be authorized by an appropriate state education agency or agencies. In addition, in certain states, as a condition of continued authorization to grant degrees, and in order to participate in various federal programs, including tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces, a school must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an institution submits to qualitative review by an organization of peer institutions, based on the standards of the accrediting agency and the stated aims and purposes of the institution. Accreditation is also required in order to participate in various federal programs, including tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces and the federal programs of student financial assistance administered pursuant to Title IV of the Higher Education Act. The Higher Education Act requiresand its implementing regulations require accrediting agencies recognized by the DOE to review and monitor many aspects of an institution'sinstitution’s operations and to take appropriate action when the institution fails to comply with the accrediting agency'sagency’s standards.


Our operations are also subject to regulation due to our participation in Title IV Programs. Title IV Programs which are administered by the DOE and include loans made directly to students by the DOE. Title IV Programs also includeDOE and several grant programs for students with economic need as determined in accordance with the Higher Education ActHEOA and the DOE regulations. To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. Our growth strategy is partly dependent on being able to offer financial assistance through Title IV Programs as it may increase the number of potential students who may choose to enroll in our programs.


Our highest long-term value program, Aspen University’s BSN Pre-Licensure nursing program, which only offers a monthly payment program for the first year of each program, make these students dependent upon Title IV or other payment options in order to continue their education.

The laws, regulations, standards, and policies of the DOE, state education agencies, and our accrediting agencies change frequently. Recent and impendingfrequently particularly when there is a change in the U.S. President. Pending changes in, or new interpretations of, applicable
35

Table of Contents
laws, regulations, standards, or policies, or our noncompliance with any applicable laws, regulations, standards, or policies, could have a material adverse effect on our accreditation, authorization to operate in various states, activities, receipt of funds under tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces, our ability to participate in Title IV Programs, receipt of veterans education benefits funds, or costs of doing business. Findings of noncompliance with these laws, regulations, standards and policies also could result in our being required to pay monetary damages, or being subjected to fines, penalties, injunctions, limitations on our operations, termination of our ability to grant degrees, revocation of our accreditation, restrictions on or loss of our access to Title IV Program funds or other censure that could have a material adverse effect on our business.


If we do not maintain authorization in Colorado,Arizona, Florida, Texas, Tennessee, Georgia and California and future states where we plan to have campuses, our operations would be curtailed, and we maywould not be able to grant degrees.


Aspen University is headquartered in ColoradoArizona and is authorized by the Colorado Commission on Higher EducationArizona Board to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates. Aspen’s BSN Pre-Licensure hybrid program is authorized by the Texas Board, Tennessee Commission, Georgia Commission and Florida Commission. If weAspen were to lose ourits authorization from the ColoradoArizona Board, Texas Board, Tennessee Commission, on Higher Education, weGeorgia Commission or Florida Commission, Aspen would be unable to provide educational services in ColoradoArizona, Texas, Tennessee, Georgia and weFlorida and would lose ourits access to accreditation and eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs.


USU is headquartered in California and is authorized by the California Bureau to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates. If USU were to lose its authorization from the California Bureau or Arizona Board, it would be unable to provide educational services in California and would lose access to accreditation and its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs. See the risk factor relating to our operations in Arizona at page 23.


Our failure to comply with regulations of various states could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues, and results of operations.


Various states impose regulatory requirements on education institutions operating within their boundaries. SeveralMany states assert jurisdiction over online education institutions that have no physical location or other presence in the state but offer education services to students who reside in the state or advertise to or recruit prospective students in the state. State regulatory requirements for online education are inconsistent among states and not well developed in many jurisdictions. As such, these requirements change frequently and, in some instances, are not clear or are left to the discretion of state regulators.


State laws typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and other operational matters. To the extent that we have obtained, or obtain in the future, additionalstate authorizations or licensure, changes in state laws and regulations and the interpretation of those laws and regulations by the applicable regulators may limit our ability to offer educationeducational programs and award degrees. Some states may also prescribe financial regulations that are different from those of the DOE. If we fail to comply with state licensing or authorization requirements, we may be subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization. If we fail to comply with state requirements to obtain licensure or authorization, we may be the subject of injunctive actions or penalties.other penalties or fines. Loss of licensure or authorization or the failure to obtain required licensures or authorizations could prohibit us from recruiting or enrolling students in particular states, reduce significantly our enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.






Under prior DOEIn addition, the DOE’s 2016 regulations that have now been vacated, if an institution offers postsecondary education throughfor distance education ultimately took effect on May 26, 2019. On November 1, 2019, the Department issued the Final Regulations on accreditation and the authorization of distance education, which took effect July 1, 2020. Like the 2016 regulations, the Final Regulations require us to students(i) obtain authorization to offer our programs from each state where authorization is required or through participation in a state in whichreciprocity agreement, and (ii) provide specific consumer disclosures regarding our educational programs, including both general and direct disclosures to current and prospective students relating to professional licensure and whether the institution is not physically locatedcurriculum for on-ground and online professional licensure or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by that state, the institution must have met any statecertification programs meet states’ educational requirements for it to be legally offering postsecondary distance education in that state. The state authorization NPRM, which was issued on July 25, 2016, similarly conditions eligibility for federal Title IV aid on maintaining all required state authorizations in states where we enroll Title IV students.licensure. If the final state authorization regulations, which could become effective as early as July 1, 2017, maintains these same requirements, and if we fail to obtain required state authorization to provide postsecondary distance education in a specific state, before that time, we could lose our ability to award Title IV aid to students within that state or be required to refund Title IV funds related to jurisdictions in which we failed to have state authorization.


We must be able to document state approval for distance education if requested by the DOE. In addition, effective with the DOE’s new state authorization regulations in effect as of July 1, 2020, the consumer disclosures required pursuant to the distance education rule are detailed and include disclosures regarding licensure and certification requirements, state authorization, student complaints, adverse actions by state and accreditation agencies, and refund policies. These disclosure requirements will require a considerable amount of data gathering needed to support such disclosures and will require our institutions to closely track where students enrolled in online programs are located during the course of their studies. These various disclosure requirements could subject us to financial penalties from the DOE and heightened the risk of potential federal and private misrepresentation claims.

36

Table of Contents
Moreover, in the event we are found not to be in compliance with a state’s new or existing requirements for offering distance education within that state, the state could seek to restrict one or more of our business activities within its boundaries, we may not be able to recruit students from that state, and we may have to cease providing service to students in that state. In addition, as stated above if and when the DOE regulation is enforced or re-promulgated, we could lose eligibility to offer Title IV aid to students located in that state. Furthermore, the institution must be able to document state approval for distance education if requested by the DOE.


This prior DOE regulation was recognized as a significant departure from the state authorization procedures followed by most, if not all, institutions before its enactment.  On July 12, 2011, a federal judge for the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia vacated the portion of the DOE’s state authorization regulation that required online education providers to obtain any required authorization from all states in which their students reside, finding that the DOE had failed to provide sufficient notice and opportunity to comment on the requirement. An appellate court affirmed that ruling on June 5, 2012 and therefore this regulation is currently invalid.  On April 16, 2013, the DOE announced its intention to revisit the state authorization requirements for postsecondary distance education in a new negotiated rulemaking process which began in the fall of 2013.  However, the rulemaking process failed to reach consensus on the rule in May 2014.  Subsequently, in June 2014, the DOE announced it would “pause” on issuing a new state authorization for distance education regulation.  On July 25, 2016, the DOE released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) on the new state authorization for distance education regulations. Similar to the 2011 Rules, the new regulations require institutions participating in the Title IV Programs, as a condition of Title IV eligibility, to meet all state requirements for legally offering distance education in any state in which they are offering distance education courses. If an institution does not hold authorization in a state that requires it to do so, students in that state would not be eligible to receive Title IV funding to enroll in distance education programs offered by the institution in the state. The NPRM would also make Title IV eligibility and funding contingent upon an institution being able to demonstrate that it is subject to an adequate state student complaint procedure. To date, the DOE has not indicated which state complaint procedures, if any, it considers to be inadequate. In addition, the proposed regulation requires institutions make a significant number of consumer disclosures regarding their distance education programs including disclosures regarding licensure and certification requirements, state authorization, student complaints, adverse actions by state and accreditation agencies, and refund policies.


When the final state authorization rule becomes effective, which could be as early as July 1, 2017, and if the state authorization requirements from the NPRM are maintained, we could lose our ability to award Title IV Program aid to students within a state if we do not have the required state authorization to provide postsecondary distance education in that specific state. In addition, a state may impose penalties on an institution for failure to comply with state requirements related to an institution’s activities in a state, including the delivery of distance education to persons in that state. Additionally,In addition, if Aspen University is unable to re-join or is found not to be in compliance with applicable eligibility criteria, including requirements related to financial responsibility that require institutions to maintain a composite score of 1.0 or higher, Aspen University could become ineligible to participate in interstate reciprocity programs such as SARA. Even if Aspen University again participates in SARA as discussed on Page 8, if Aspen University fails to meet such eligibility criteria and can no longer participate in SARA or similar programs, Aspen University would need to comply with each state’s requirements for offering distance education in that state, which could lead to disruptions in enrollments and operations and additional costs while Aspen University obtains any necessary authorizations. Further, the various disclosure requirements of the proposed state authorization rulerequired criteria could subjectbe altered in a manner rendering it more costly or difficult for us to financial penalties fromcomply, which would jeopardize our ability to operate as we have historically or as planned.


If the DOE and heightens the risk of potential federal and private misrepresentation claims.


If DOE determines that borrowers of federal student loans who attended our institutioninstitutions have a defense to repayment of their federal student loans, based on a state law claim against our institution, our institution’s repayment liability to the DOE could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.



The DOE’s current2016 BDTR regulations, effective for federal Direct Loans disbursed between July 1, 2017, and June 30, 2020, as well as the new 2019 BDTR Rule, effective for loans disbursed after July 1, 2020, as well as the anticipated 2022 version of the BDTR, provide borrowers of loans under the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (“FDL”) program a defense against an attempt to collect such loans based on any act or omission of the institution that would give rise to a cause of actionrepayment under applicable state law.certain circumstances outlined in each rule. In the event the borrower’s defense against repayment is successful, DOE has the authority to discharge all or part of the student’s obligation to repay the loan and may require the institution to repay to DOE the amount of the loan to which the defense applies.






In June 2015, DOE issued a fact sheet announcing steps it would be taking to support efforts by borrowers to secure discharge of their FDL program loans underUnder the borrower defense regulations.  Among those steps, DOE indicated that it would be appointing a Special Master to oversee borrower defense issues and to create a streamlined process for discharge applications, and that it would be revisiting the borrower defense regulations for the purpose of creating a better system for debt relief.


In October 2015, DOE announced its intent to appoint a negotiated rulemaking committee to address borrower defense to repayment and related issues.  The DOE-appointed negotiated rulemaking committee met for nine days beginning in January 2016 and ending in March 2016 and discussed a broad scope of topics.  The negotiated rulemaking committee did not reach consensus on proposed regulations, resulting in DOE having the authority to draft proposed regulations in its sole discretion.  The DOE published proposed regulations in the Federal Register on June 16, 2016, and stated that it would accept comments from the public on the proposed regulations through August 1, 2016.  In accordance with the rulemaking calendar specified in the HEA, DOE would have to publish any final regulation by November 1, 2016, in order for such regulation to become effective July 1, 2017, the earliest date that new regulations could take effect.


The proposed regulations open new avenues for student borrowers to assert a defense to repaying their loans, allow DOE to seek reimbursement for such claims from the affected institutions, and expand DOE’s financial responsibility rules to require many more schools to post letters of credit with the DOE.  The proposed regulations include, among other things:


·

Bases for borrowers to file claims:  The proposed regulations set outBDTR Rule, there are three grounds for a borrower defense to repayment claim, including a favorable decision for loans disbursed between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2020: (1) the student inborrower obtained a state or federal court case involving the loan; a breach of contract byjudgment against the institution; or a substantial misrepresentation by(2) the institution aboutfailed to perform on a contract with the nature of its educational program,student; and/or (3) the nature of its financial charges,institution committed a “substantial misrepresentation” on which the borrower reasonably relied to his or the employability of its graduates.her detriment. Claims based on a court judgment or claims to assert a defense against loan payments that are still due can be made any time (with no statute of limitations), while other claims (such as to recoup loan funds already repaid to DOE) must be made within six years.

·

For loans disbursed after July 1, 2020, the basis for a BDTR claim will be limited to a misrepresentation claim, under the DOE’s 2020 definition, and generally, the claim must be made within three years of the borrower’s last date of enrollment. As noted under “Regulations” on page 13, the 2022 version of the Rule is currently with OIRA/OMB and is not public. However, based on information available to us regarding the 2021 negotiations we believe that the new BDTR rule will likely expand the bases for borrower claims to include the original three bases from the 2016 BDTR Rule, as well as additional bases. Additionally, DOE indicated it wanted to apply the new BDTR rules to all borrower defense claims to alleviate the challenge of trying to process claims under multiple versions of the Rule. The DOE also indicated it planned to update definitions, reinstitute the group claim process, and remove all statutes of limitations on borrower claims, as long as borrowers still have an outstanding balance on a Direct Loan.


Claim resolution process:  The proposed regulations call for DOE to set up a fact-finding process to resolve claims. The contemplated structure includes providingprocess: Under the institution with notice and an opportunity to submit evidence; however,2016 Rule, the exact procedures, including the opportunity to contest particular factual assertions or present in-person testimony, are not defined. In addition, DOE has also given itself authority to process claims on a group basis, and to take the initiative to create groups and include borrowers who have not filed a claim. Borrowers who file successful claims may have their loans forgiven in whole or in part, with the DOE reserving the right to calculate the amount of forgiveness in various ways.

·

Recovering funds:   As noted above, the 2019 BDTR Rule removed the group claim option, and the discussion proposal provided during negotiated rulemaking in late 2021 would add the group claim process back into the Rule.


For debts relieved for individual borrowers, the proposedprior regulations and the pending proposal give the DOE the authority to initiate a proceeding to seek repayment from the institution for any loan amounts forgiven. The details concerning how such a proceeding would be conducted are not defined in the proposed regulations.  For group relief, there is no separate proceeding.  If DOE determines a group discharge is warranted, it will automatically assign liability to the institution. 

·

“Early warning” letter of credit triggers:  DOE has proposed to amend its existing financial responsibility regulations to describe at least 10 new "early warning" triggers that would allow DOE to require an institution to post a letter of credit with DOE to demonstrate its financial stability and assure DOE of the institution’s ability to pay borrower claims if needed.  Each trigger would authorize DOE to require an LOC in the amount of at least 10% of the Title IV funding utilized by the institution for the most recently completed fiscal year.  The triggers are intended to be cumulative, and therefore could require an institution to post a very significant letter of credit, up to or even exceeding its Title IV funding level.  The proposed regulations would also put an institution on provisional certification immediately upon a trigger being met.  In addition, if the institution does not provide the required letter of credit within 30 days of DOE's request, DOE may offset the institution's future Title IV funds for up to nine months until DOE is able to capture the amount of the letter of credit.  The proposed triggering events include, among others:

a.

Lawsuits and other Actions –


If the institution is subject to a liability based on a lawsuit or an audit, investigation or similar action by a state or federal oversight agency, including any debt or liability incurred or asserted at any time during the three most recently completed award years, with a claim or liability exceeding the lesser of 10% of the institution's current assets or $750,000.

b.

Successful Borrower Defense to Repayment Claims – If the institution is required to pay more than 10% of its current assets, or $750,000, whichever is less, to satisfy successful borrower defense claims.

c.

Accrediting Agency Actions – If the institution is required to submit a teach-out plan or is placed on probation or issued a show-cause in the three prior award years, regardless of the cause.

d.

90/10 Rule – Failure to meet the 90/10 Rule revenue ratio for a single year.





e.

Gainful Employment Rates – If more than 50% of the institution's Title IV-recipient students in GE programs are enrolled in GE programs with failing or zone rates (but prior to any loss of eligibility under the multi-year triggers in the GE Rule).

f.

Cohort Default Rates – Two consecutive years with CDRs of 30% or higher.

·

Required warnings to students of new repayment rate:  One section of the proposed regulations applies only to for-profit institutions, requiring such institutions to disclose a new form of loan repayment rate in a variety of public materials, to serve as a warning to current and potential students, when the rate is too low. This repayment rate would be calculated based on the payment performance of an institution's students approximately five years after its students graduate or withdraw from the school.

·

Forbidding mandatory arbitration clauses and class action waivers:  The proposed regulations would prohibit an institution from incorporating a class action waiver provision, or a mandatory arbitration clause, in any agreement with students.  If an institution's contracts currently contain a pre-dispute arbitration provision or a class waiver, the institution will be required to amend the agreement or provide a specific notice to students, using language provided by DOE that explains that those provisions have been changed. This requirement applies to any existing agreements at the time the rule becomes effective, not just for those agreements entered into after July 1, 2017.


If DOE determines that borrowers of FDLDirect Loan program loans who attended Aspen University or USU have a defense to repayment of their FDLDirect Loan program loans based on our acts or omissions, the repayment liability to the DOE could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Cumulative lettersIn addition, excessive BDTR claims could become a “financial trigger” under the Financial Responsibility regulations, based on the proposal discussed during negotiated rulemaking. In such circumstances, the DOE could determine that we are not financially responsible, resulting in a requirement that we post an additional letter of credit, possible negative impacts on the status of our Title IV program participation agreement, additional reporting, growth limitations, and a change to a more stringent funding process, such as Heightened Cash Monitoring II or “reimbursement.”


The financial responsibility regulations include numerous operational or financial events that would potentially indicate that the institution will have difficulty meeting its financial or administrative obligations. If one of the enumerated triggering events
37

Table of Contents
occur, the institution is required to report to DOE according to the reporting requirements included in the regulation. We fully expect the list of triggers will grow substantially in the anticipated 2022 BDTR Rule.

For certain of the triggers, the DOE assesses the potential liability or fiscal impact reported and recalculates the institution’s composite score. If the institution’s composite score drops below 1.0, the DOE may require the institution to provide additional surety to continue Title IV participation. The regulations (both current and expected) also include “discretionary trigger” events or conditions that institutions must report, and which the DOE will review to determine whether they are reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on the institution’s fiscal or operational condition.

If based on these events and the DOE’s assessment, it is determined that the institution is not financially responsible, DOE will require the institution to become provisionally certified and post a letter of credit in an amount specified, generally at least 10% of the Title IV funds received in the most recent fiscal year. The institution and the DOE may also agree to an offset of the institution's future Title IV funds for six to 12 months until the DOE is able to capture the amount of Title IV Program funds received by the surety required.

If Aspen University or USU were to experience an event that the DOE determines is an indication that either institution during the most recently completed award year,is not financially responsible, we could be forced to post letter(s) of credit which could have a material adverse effecteffects on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  Additionally,

The 2016 BDTR Rule had included a prohibition on mandatory pre-dispute arbitration clauses and class action waivers as means to resolve a borrower defense-related claim (meaning related to the making of a Direct Loan or the educational services for which the Direct Loan was issued). Under the 2016 Rule, institutions were required to amend their arbitration and class action waiver agreements to include mandatory DOE language, and to provide notice to students under previous (non-compliant) versions of these agreements that the institution would not compel the borrower to arbitrate their claim or waive the right to join a class action for similar types of claims. Students who borrowed through the Direct Loan program between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2020 cannot be compelled to bring an action in arbitration or waive their right to be a member of a class action lawsuit against Aspen University or USU, if the basis of the borrower’s claim is rooted in the making of the Direct Loan or the educational services it paid for. In addition, under the 2016 Rule, institutions were required to report and provide DOE determineswith arbitral and judicial records when a student files a borrower defense-related claim.
Under the 2019 BDTR Rule, which became effective on July 1, 2020, pre-dispute arbitration agreements and class action waivers are no longer prohibited. Institutions that our loan repayment rates are too low, havingopt to issue warningsuse these types of agreements will be required to currentprovide “plain language” disclosures that explain arbitration and prospective students describingclass action, and make those disclosures publicly available on the low repayment rate couldinstitution’s admission webpage.
During the 2021 negotiated rulemaking, the DOE indicated its intent to reinstate the 2016 prohibition on the use of pre-dispute arbitration and class actions waivers as enrollment contract conditions. It is unclear whether this proposal was included in the packages that have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues, financial condition, resultsbeen sent to OIRA/OMB, as it was negotiated separately instead of operations and cash flows.


as an element of the BDTR rules, as had been the case in prior rounds.


If we fail to maintain our institutional accreditation,accreditations, we would lose our ability to participate in the tuition assistance programs of the U.S. Armed Forces and also to participate in Title IV Programs.


Aspen University is accredited by the DEAC whichand USU is a national accrediting agencyaccredited by WSCUC. Both the DEAC and WSCUC are institutional accreditors and recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education for Title IV purposes. Accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by the Secretary of Education is required for an institution to become and remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs as well as in the tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces. The DEAC or WSCUC may impose restrictions on our accreditation or may terminate our accreditation. To remain accredited, we must continuously meet certain criteria and standards relating to, among other things, performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational quality, faculty qualification, administrative capability, resources and financial stability. Failure to meet any of these criteria or standards could result in the loss of accreditation at the discretion of the accrediting agency. The loss of accreditation would, among other things, render our students and us ineligible to participate in the tuition assistance programs of the U.S. Armed Forces or Title IV Programs and have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.


In addition, although the loss of accreditation by one school would not necessarily result in the loss of accreditation by the other school, the accreditor may consider the loss of accreditation by one school as a factor in considering the on-going qualification for accreditation of the other school.

Because we participate in Title IVPrograms,IV Programs, our failure to comply with the complex regulations associated with Title IVPrograms would have a significant adverse effect on our operations and prospects for growth.


We

38

Table of Contents
Aspen University and USU participate in Title IV Programs. Compliance with the requirements of the Higher Education Act and Title IV Programs is highly complex and imposes significant additional regulatory requirements on our operations, which require additional staff, contractual arrangements, systems and regulatory costs. We have a limited demonstrated history of compliance with these additional regulatory requirements. If we fail to comply with any of these additional regulatory requirements, the DOE could, among other things, impose monetary penalties, place limitations on our operations,ability to access Title IV funds, and/or condition or terminate the eligibility of one or both of our eligibilityschools to receive Title IV Program funds, which would limit our potential for growth and materiality and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operations.






Because we are only provisionally certified In addition, the failure to comply with the Title IV Program requirements by one institution could increase the DOE, weDOE's scrutiny of the other institution and could impact the other institution’s participation in the Title IV Programs.

We must regularly reestablish our eligibility and certification to participate in the Title IV Programs, and there are no assurances that the DOE will recertify us to participate in the Title IV Programs.


An institution generally must seek recertificationre-certification from the DOE at least every six years and possibly more frequently depending on various factors. In certain circumstances, the DOE provisionally certifies an institution to participate in Title IV Programs, such as when it is an initial participant in Title IV Programs or has undergone a change in ownership and control. Beginning in 2009, and following our change of control in 2012, we have been provisionally certified.

On February 9, 2015, the DOE notified Aspen that it had the choice of posting a letter of credit for 25% of all Title IV funds and remain provisionally certified or post a 50% letter of credit and become permanently certified.  We electedMay 14, 2019, United States University was granted temporary provisional approval to post a 25% letter of credit and remain provisionally certified – increasing our letter of credit to $1,122,485. In November of 2015, the DOE informed Aspen that it no longer needed to post a letter of credit. It was subsequently released. In the future, the DOE may impose additional or different terms and conditions in any final program participation agreement that it may issue, including growth restrictions or limitation on the number of students who may receive Title IV aid. The DOE could also decline to fully certify Aspen, otherwise limit its participationparticipate in the Title IV Programs and had a program participation agreement reapplication date of December 31, 2020, which it met. As part of the provisional approval, USU posted a letter of credit in the amount of $255,708 which was funded by AGI. USU was notified that amount would be reduced to $9,872 and that the reduced amount would remain in effect for the duration of the provisional approval. On May 6, 2022, the DOE fully certified USU and issued a new Program Participation Agreement, effective through December 31, 2025, thereby removing the provisional status of its participation. USU is working with the DOE to address the outstanding LOC.
Under provisional certification, an institution must obtain prior DOE approval to add an educational program or continue provisional certification.


make other significant changes and may be subject to closer scrutiny by the DOE. In addition, if the DOE determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities to comply with the Title IV requirements, the DOE may revoke the institution’s certification to participate in the Title IV Programs without advance notice or opportunity to challenge the action.


If the DOE does not ultimately approve our full certificationan institution's recertification to participate in Title IV Programs, our students would no longer be able to receive Title IV Program funds, whichfunds. If this scenario were to affect us, it would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations. In addition, regulatory restraints related to the addition of new programs or substantive change of existing programs or imposition of an additional letter of credit could impair our ability to attract and retain students and could negatively affect our financial results.


Because the DOE may conduct compliance reviews of us, we may be subject to adverse reviewactions and future litigation which could affect our ability to offer Title IV student loans.


Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are subject to compliance reviews and claims of non-compliance and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies, and third parties, including claims brought by third parties on behalf of the federal government. If the results of compliance reviews or other proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully against lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of Title IV funding, injunctions or other penalties, including the requirement to make refunds. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agencyany compliance review or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or to defend against those lawsuits or claims. Claims and lawsuits brought against us may damage our reputation, even if such claims and lawsuits are without merit.


If the percentage of our revenues derived from Title IV Programs is too high, we could lose our ability to participate in Title IV Programs.


Under the Higher Education Act, an institution is subject to loss of eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs if, on a cash accounting basis, it derives more than 90% of its fiscal year revenue from Title IV Program funds, for two consecutive fiscal years, from Title IV Program funds. years. This rule is known as the 90/10 rule. Our online programs are well below this threshold due to our monthly payment plans. However, our BSN Pre-Licensure hybrid campus/online nursing program tuition is too high to justify use of our monthly payment plans.
39

Table of Contents
An institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single fiscal year is placed on provisional certification for at least two fiscal years and may be subject to other conditions specified by the U.S. Secretary of Education. This rule is known asWe must monitor compliance with the 90/10 rule. We have only recently begun to participate in Title IV Programs, but must remain aware of the 90/10 calculation.rule by both Aspen University and USU. Failure to comply with the 90/10 rule for one fiscal year may result in restrictions on the amounts of Title IV funds that may be distributed to students; restrictions on expansion; requirements related to letters of creditscredit or any other restrictions imposed by the DOE. Failure to comply with the 90/10 rule for one year is also considered a triggering event under the BDTR Rules. Additionally, if we are determinedfail to comply with the 90/10 rule for two consecutive years, we will be ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs due to the 90/10 rule,and any disbursements of Title IV Program funds made while ineligible must be repaid to the DOE.


Further, due

The 90/10 Rule was recently changed as part of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“ARP”), but the effective date of this change is not yet established. Under a provision in ARP, the HEA would be modified to change the formula from counting only Title IV program funds on the “90 side” to include instead all ‘‘federal funds that are disbursed or delivered to or on behalf of a student to be used to attend such institution” or collectively “federal education assistance funds.” This is a substantial change, and the impact is not entirely clear, in part because it is unclear whether other federal funds, such as Department of Defense Military Tuition Assistance program, Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and Trade Adjustment Assistance, will be included in the new definition, despite not being discussed as an impetus for the change. In the final language of the ARP, the new 90/10 provision will be subject to negotiated rulemaking after October 2021, with an earliest effective date in fiscal years starting on or after January 1, 2023.

The 90/10 Rule was one of the few items during the 2021/2022 Negotiated Rulemaking that reached consensus; however, the proposed rule is currently with OIRA/OMB and is not yet public. The changes agreed to by the negotiators did not clearly address how federal funds through programs outside of those available to veterans and the military would be counted, but it was clear that the intent is for GI Bill and any funds provided by the Department of Defense to be moved to the “90 side” of the equation.

Due to scrutiny of the sector, legislative proposals have been introduced in Congress that would heightenrevise the requirements of the 90/10 rule to be stricter, including proposals that would reduce the 90% maximum under the rule to 85% and/or prohibit tuition derived from military benefit programs to be included. Despite the recent change in ARP, it is possible that additional legislative proposals could further amend the 85% portion.




90/10 rule.


If our competitors are subject to further regulatory claims and adverse publicity, it may affect our industry and reduce our future enrollment.


We are one of a number of for-profit institutions serving the postsecondary education market. In recent years, regulatory investigations and civil litigation have been commenced against several companies that own for-profit educational institutions. These investigations and lawsuits have alleged, among other things, deceptive trade practices and non-compliance with the DOE regulations. These allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of federal and state legislative hearings. Although the media, regulatory and legislative focus has been primarily on the allegations made against specific companies, broader allegations against the overall for-profit school sector may negatively affect public perceptions of other for-profit educational institutions, including Aspen.Aspen University and USU. In addition, in recent years, reports on student lending practices of various lending institutions and schools, including for-profit schools, and investigations by a number of state attorneys general, Congress and governmental agencies have led to adverse media coverage of postsecondary education. For example, a large competitor,competitors such as ITT Technical Institute and Corinthian Colleges sold or shut down itstheir schools due to substantial regulatory investigations and DOE actions. Other significant school groups have likewise been closed in light of significantthe DOE actions. Adverse media coverage regarding other companies in the for-profit school sector or regarding usAspen University or USU directly could damage our reputation, could result in lower enrollments, revenues and operating profit, and could have a negative impact on our stock price. Such allegations could also result in increased scrutiny and regulation by the DOE, Congress, accrediting bodies, state legislatures or other governmental authorities with respect to all for-profit institutions, including us.


Aspen University and USU.

Due to new regulations or congressional action or reduction in funding for Title IV Programs, our future enrollment may be reduced and costs of compliance increased.


The Higher Education Act comes up for reauthorization by Congress approximately every five to six years. When Congress does not act on complete reauthorization, there are typically amendments and extensions of authorization. Additionally, Congress reviews and determines appropriations for Title IV Programs on an annual basis through the budget and appropriations process. There is no assurance that Congress will not in the future enact changes that decrease Title IV Program funds available to students, including students who attend our institution.institutions. Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or the ability of our schoolschools or students to participate in these programs would require us to arrange for other sources of financial aid and would materially decrease our enrollment. Such a decrease in enrollment would
40

Table of Contents
have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations. Congressional action may also require us to modify our practices in ways that could result in increased administrative and regulatory costs and decreased profit margin.


There

Further, there has been growing regulatory action and investigations of for-profit companies that offer online education. A larger competitor has accepted a deal with the DOE to sell or shut down most of its campuses.


We are not in a position to predict with certainty whether any legislation will be passed by Congress or signed into law in the future. The reallocation of funding among Title IV Programs, material changes in the requirements for participation in such programs, or the substitution of materially different Title IV Programs could reduce the ability of students to finance their education at our institutioninstitutions and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.


If our efforts to comply with the DOE regulations are inconsistent with how the DOE interprets those provisions, either due to insufficient time to implement the necessary changes, uncertainty about the meaning of the rules, or otherwise, we may be found to be in noncompliance with such provisions and the DOE could impose monetary penalties, place limitations on our operations,ability to access Title IV funds, and/or condition or terminate the eligibility of our eligibilityschools to receive Title IV Program funds. We cannot predict with certainty the effect the new and impending regulatory provisions will have on our business.






Investigations by state attorneys general, Congress and governmental agencies regarding relationships between loan providers and educational institutions and their financial aid officers may result in increased regulatory burdens and costs.


In the past few years, the student lending practices of postsecondary educational institutions, financial aid officers and student loan providers were subject to several investigations being conducted by state attorneys general, Congress and governmental agencies. These investigations concern, among other things, possible deceptive practices in the marketing of private student loans and loans provided by lenders pursuant to Title IV Programs. Higher Education Opportunity Act, or HEOA, contains requirements pertinent to relationships between lenders and institutions. In particular, HEOA requires institutions to have a code of conduct, with certain specified provisions, pertinent to interactions with lenders of student loans, prohibits certain activities by lenders with respect to institutions, and establishes substantive and disclosure requirements for lists of recommended or suggested lenders of private student loans. In addition, HEOA imposes substantive and disclosure obligations on institutions that make available a list of recommended lenders for potential borrowers. State legislators have also passed or may be considering legislation related to relationships between lenders and institutions. Because of the evolving nature of these legislative efforts and various inquiries and developments, we can neither know nor predict with certainty their outcome, or the potential remedial actions that might result from these or other potential inquiries. Governmental action may impose increased administrative and regulatory costs and decrease profit margins.


Because we are subject to sanctions if we fail to calculate correctly and return timely Title IV Program funds for students who stop participating before completing their educational program, our future operating results may be adversely affected.



A school participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw fromor reduce their enrollment status in their educational programs before completion and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days after the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under recently effectivethe DOE regulations, institutions that use the last day of attendance atin an academically-relatedacademically related activity must determine the relevant date based on accurate institutional records (not a student’s certificate of attendance). ForThis definition was further refined in the September 2, 2020, Final Rule and for online classes, “academic attendance” means engaging in an academically-related activity, such as participating in an asynchronous class through an online discussion, a study group, an interactive tutorial, or initiating contact with a faculty member to ask aan academic question; simply logging into an online class does not constitute “academic attendance” for purposes of the return of funds requirements. Because we only recently beganrequirements or engagement in an academic course. The September 2, 2020 Final Rule also included an update to participate in Title IV Programs, we have limited experience complying with these Title IV regulations.the determination of a withdrawn student and the calculation of a refund under a term-based modular calendar. Under the DOE regulations, late return of Title IV Program funds for 5% or more of students sampled in connection with the institution'sinstitution’s annual compliance audit or a program review constitutes material non-compliance. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and timely returned, we may have to repay Title IV funds, post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE or otherwise be sanctioned by the DOE, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our results of operations. This may have an impact on our systems, our future operations and cash flows.


There is a risk that there may be a misinterpretation of these new rules resulting in late or incorrectly calculated refunds. After we acquired USU, we learned that its predecessor failed to comply with the prior Rule. As a result, we were required to post a $71,634 letter of credit which has been reduced to $9,872.

If we fail to ensure that the delivery of our distance education programs supports regular and substantive interaction between students and instructors, our distance education programs could be considered “correspondence courses” which could make those programs ineligible to participate in the Title IV Programs.
The DOE distinguishes between distance education and correspondence courses. Distance education involves the delivery of instruction to students who are separated from the instructor, which supports regular and substantive interaction between the students and the instructor, and this is a key distinguishing feature of a distance education course. Correspondence courses do not involve regular and substantive interaction between the students and the instructor. An institution is not eligible to participate in the Title IV Programs if 50% or more of its students were enrolled in correspondence courses or more than 50% of its courses are correspondence during its latest completed award year, making it important for the schools’ distance education to involve regular and substantive interaction. If Aspen and USU distance education courses do not include sufficient documented regular and substantive interaction, they could be considered correspondence courses, and we would need to refund all Title IV aid received by the university back to the start of the award year after the 50% threshold was reached.
New regulations focused on regular and substantive interaction, as well as other elements of distance education, became effective on July 1, 2021. Included in those regulations were updated definitions, including an amendment to the definition of distance education, and examples of what the DOE will consider sufficiently regular, i.e. scheduled, interactions with faculty, academic engagement, and assessment and monitoring of student success. The updates did not require us to make material changes to our programs or delivery methodology.
41

Table of Contents
If we fail to demonstrate “financial responsibility,” Aspen University and USU may lose itstheir eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs or be required to post a letter of credit in order to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs.


To participate in Title IV Programs, an eligible institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by the DOE, or post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE and possibly accept other conditions, such as additional reporting requirements or regulatory oversight, on its participation in Title IV Programs. Effective July 1, 2020, the DOE has updated the triggering events and factors it considers when evaluating whether an institution is financially responsible, which may render compliance more difficult or costly in the future, and we expect that the current rulemaking process will yield additional factors that the DOE will consider in its assessment of financial responsibility; however, as noted above, the financial responsibility regulatory package is not expected to be completed in time for a July 2023 effective date. The DOE may also apply its measures of financial responsibility to the operating company and ownership entities of an eligible institution and, if such measures are not satisfied by the operating company or ownership entities, require the institution to meet the alternative standards described under “Regulation” beginning on page 6 herein.for continued participation in the Title IV Programs. Any of these alternative standards would increase our costs of regulatory compliance. If we were unable to meet these alternative standards, we would lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. If we fail to demonstrate financial responsibility and thus lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, our students would lose access to Title IV Program funds for use in our institution,institutions, which would limit our potential for growth and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operations.






If we fail to demonstrate “administrative capability,” we may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs.


The DOE regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite “administrative capability” to participate in Title IV Programs. If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or comply with any other DOE regulations, the DOE may require the repayment of Title IV funds, transfer the institution from the "advance"“advance” system of payment of Title IV funds to cash monitoring status or to the "reimbursement"“reimbursement” system of payment, place the institution on provisional certification status, or commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV Programs.
Administrative capability was also a topic in the 2021/2022 rulemaking process. The issue paper discussed by negotiators included substantial updates to these provisions, including additional requirements around financial aid counseling and disbursement of funds, compliance with other areas of the HEA and Title IV regulations such as GE, BDTR, and 90/10, ensuring appropriate documentation of high school completion, ensuring sufficient clinical placements for students requiring such training, and offering career services to students enrolled in GE programs. This package is not yet at OIRA/OMB, as far as we know, and any text developed for a proposed rule is not yet public. We expect the DOE will try to submit this proposed rule to the appropriate White Offices soon, in an attempt to meet the Master Calendar timeline.
If we are found not to have satisfied the DOE's "administrative capability"DOE’s “administrative capability” requirements, we could be limited in our access to, or lose, Title IV Program funding, which would limit our potential for growth and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operations.


Because we rely on a third-partythird parties to administerassist us in administering our participation in Title IV Programs, itstheir failure to comply with applicable regulations could cause usone or both of our schools to lose ourtheir eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs.


We have been eligible to participate in Title IV Programs for a relatively short time, and we have not developed the internal capacity to handle withoutrely on third-party assistance to comply with the complex administration of participation in Title IV Programs. A third-party assistsPrograms for our schools. Third parties assist us with the administration of our participation in Title IV Programs, and if it doesone or both do not comply with applicable regulations, we may be liable for itstheir actions and we could lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. In addition, if it isthe third-party servicers are no longer able to provide thetheir services to us, we may not be able to replace itone or both in a timely or cost-efficient manner, or at all, and we could lose our ability to comply with the requirements of Title IV Programs, which would limit our potential for growth and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operation.


If we pay impermissible commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to individuals involved in recruiting, admissions or financial aid activities, we will be subject to sanctions.


A school participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based, directly or indirectly, on success in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any person involved in student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. If we pay a bonus, commission, or other incentive payment in violation of applicable DOE rules, we could be subject to sanctions, which could have a material adverse
42

Table of Contents
effect on our business. Effective July 1, 2011, the DOE abolished 12 safe harbors that described permissible arrangements under the incentive payment regulation. Abolition of the safe harbors and other aspects of the current regulation may create uncertainty about what constitutes impermissible incentive payments. The modified incentive payment rule and related uncertainty as to how it will be interpreted also may influence our approach, or limit our alternatives, with respect to employment policies and practices and consequently may affect negatively our ability to recruit and retain employees, and as a result our business could be materially and adversely affected.


In addition, the General Accounting Office, or the GAO has issued a report critical of the DOE’s enforcement of the incentive payment rule, and the DOE has undertaken to increase its enforcement efforts. If the DOE determines that an institution violated the incentive payment rule, it may require the institution to modify its payment arrangements to the DOE’s satisfaction. The DOE may also fine the institution or initiate action to limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in the Title IV Programs. The DOE may also seek to recover Title IV funds disbursed in connection with the prohibited incentive payments. In addition, third parties may file “qui tam” or “whistleblower” suits on behalf of the DOE alleging violation of the incentive payment provision. Such suits may prompt the DOE investigations. Particularly in light of the uncertainty surrounding the new incentive payment rule, the existence of, the costs of responding to, and the outcome of, qui tam or whistleblower suits or the DOE investigations could have a material adverse effect on our reputation causing our enrollments to decline and could cause us to incur costs that are material to our business, among other things. As a result, our business could be materially and adversely affected.


If ourtheir student loan default rates are too high, weour schools may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs.


The DOE regulations provide that an institution’s participation in Title IV Programs ends when historical default rates reach a certain level in a single year or for a number of years. Because of our limited experience enrolling students who are participating in these programs, we have limited historical default rate information. Relatively few students are expected to enter the repayment phase in the near term, which could result in defaults by a few students having a relatively large impact on our default rate. If Aspen University or USU loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs because of high student loan default rates, our students would no longer be eligible to use Title IV Program funds in our institution, which would significantly reduce our enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.




In addition, high default rates were included in the updated list of “financial triggers” as well as an element of administrative capability, discussed during negotiated rulemaking.


If oureither institutional accrediting agency loses recognition by the U.S. Secretary of Education or we fail to maintain our institutional accreditation for Aspen University and USU, we may lose our ability to participate in Title IV Programs.



Increased regulatory scrutiny of accrediting agencies and their accreditation of universities is likely to continue. While Aspen isUniversity and USU are each accredited by the DEAC, a DOE-recognized accrediting body, if the DOE were to limit, suspend, or terminate the DEAC’seither accreditor’s recognition wethat institution could lose ourits ability to participate in the Title IV Programs. While the DOE has provisionally certified Aspen, there are no assurances that we will remain certified. If we were unable to rely on DEAC accreditation in such circumstances, among other things, our students and our institution would be ineligible to participate in the Title IV Programs, and such consequence would have a material adverse effect on enrollments, revenues and results of operations. In addition, increased scrutiny of accrediting agencies by the Secretary of Education in connection with the DOE’s recognition process may result in increased scrutiny of institutions by accrediting agencies.


Furthermore, becausebased on continued scrutiny of the for-profit education sector, is growing at such a rapid pace, it is possible that accrediting bodies will respond to that growth by adopting additional criteria, standards and policies that are intended to monitor, regulate or limit the growth of for-profit institutions like us.Aspen University and USU. Actions by, or relating to, an accredited institution, including any change in the legal status, form of control, or ownership/management of the institution, any significant changes in the institution’s financial position, or any significant growth or decline in enrollment and/or programs, could open up an accredited institution to additional reviews by the DEAC.


If Aspen fails to meet standards regarding “gainful employment,” it may result in the loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs.


In 2014, the DOE issued a new gainful employment rule which went into effect on July 1, 2015. Under the gainful employment rule, programs with high debt-to-earnings ratios would lose Title IV Program eligibility for three years based on a variety of specific scenarios outlined by the DOE. We anticipate that under this new regulation, the continuing eligibility of our educational programs for Title IV Program funding may be at risk due to factors beyond our control, such as changes in the actual or deemed income level of our graduates, changes in student borrowing levels, increases in interest rates, changes in the federal poverty income level relevant for calculating discretionary income, changes in the percentage of our former students who are current in repayment of their student loans, and other factors. In addition, even though deficiencies in the metrics may be correctible on a timely basis, the disclosure requirements to students following a failure to meet the standards may adversely impact enrollment in that program and may adversely impact the reputation of our educational institutions.


If we fail to obtain required DOE approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation, it could materially and adversely affect our business.


Under the gainful employment regulation that went into effect on July 1, 2015, an institution may establish a new program’s Title IV eligibility by updating the list of the institution’s programs maintained by the DOE.  Significantly, an institution is prohibited from updating its list of eligible programs to include a gainful employment program, or a gainful employment program that is substantially similar to a failing or zone program that the institution voluntarily discontinued or became ineligible, that was subject to the three-year loss of eligibility until that three-year period expires.   Depending on our program offerings, compliance with the gainful employment rule could cause delay or an inability to offer certain new programs and put our business at a competitive disadvantage. Compliance could also adversely affect our ability to timely offer programs of interest to our students and potential students and adversely affect our ability to increase our revenues. As a result, our business could be materially and adversely affected.




applicable accreditor.


If we fail to comply with the DOE’s substantial misrepresentation rules, it could result in sanctions against us.


our schools.

The DOE may take action against an institution in the event of substantial misrepresentation by the institution concerning the nature of its educational programs, its financial charges or the employability of its graduates. TheIn 2011, the DOE has expanded the activities that constitute a substantial misrepresentation. Under the DOE regulations, an institution engages in substantial misrepresentation when the institution itself, one of its representatives, or an organization or person with which the institution has an agreement to provide educational programs, marketing, advertising, or admissions services, makes a substantial misrepresentation directly or indirectly to a student, prospective student or any member of the public, or to an accrediting agency, a state agency, or to the Secretary of Education. The final regulations define misrepresentation as any false, erroneous or misleading statement, and they define a misleading statement as any statement that has the likelihood or tendency to deceive or confuse. The final regulations define substantial misrepresentation as any misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to the person’s detriment. If the DOE determines that an institution has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the DOE may revoke an institution’s program participation agreement, impose limitations on an institution’s participation in the Title IV Programs, deny participation applications made on behalf of
43

Table of Contents
the institution, or initiate a proceeding against the institution to fine the institution or to limit, suspend or terminationterminate the institution’s participation in the Title IV Programs. We expect that there could be an increase in our industry of administrative actions and litigation claiming substantial misrepresentation, which at a minimum would increase legal costs associated with defending such actions, and as a result our business could be materially and adversely affected.


If we fail to comply with the DOE’s credit hour requirements, it could result in sanctions against us.


our schools.

The DOE has defined “credit” hour“credit hour" for Title IV purposes. However, the definition of a credit hour is different for degree and non-degree programs that do not transfer to a degree. The credit hour is used for Title IV purposes to define an eligible program and an academic year and to determine enrollment status and the amount of Title IV aid that an institution may disburse for students in a payment period.particular program. The final regulations define credit hour for a degree program as an institutionally established equivalency that reasonably approximates certain specified time in class and out of class and an equivalent amount of work for other academic activities. The finalactivities, which may be reviewed by the institution's accreditor. For non-degree programs that do not transfer to a degree program, the DOE regulations also require institutional accreditors to review an institution’s policies, procedures, and administrationprovide a specific formula for the calculation of policies and procedures for assignment of credit hours. An accreditor must take appropriate actions to address an institution’sa credit hour deficiencies and to notifybased on the DOE if it finds systemic noncompliance or significant noncompliancenumber of clock hours in one or more programs.a course. The DOE has indicated that if it finds an institution to be out of compliance with the credit hour definition for Title IV purposes, it may require the institution to repay the amount of Title IV awarded under the incorrect assignment of credit hours and, if it finds significant overstatement of credit hours, it may fine the institution or limit, suspend, or terminate its participation in Title IV Programs, as athe result of which could be that our business could beis materially and adversely affected.


The Final Rule issued on September 2, 2020, effective as of July 1, 2021, included a new formula to calculate the credit hours eligible for Title IV funding for non-degree programs that do not transfer to a degree. Aspen University and USU do not have programs eligible for Title IV funding that do not lead to a degree and this rule change has no impact.
The U.S. Congress continues to examine the for-profit postsecondary education sector which could result in legislation or additional DOE rulemaking that may limit or condition Title IV Program participation of proprietary schools in a manner that may materially and adversely affect our business.


In recent years, the U.S. Congress has increased its focus on for-profit education institutions, including with respect to their participation in the Title IV Programs, and has held hearings regarding such matters. In addition, the GAO released a series of reports following undercover investigations critical of for-profit institutions. We cannot predict the extent to which, or whether, these hearings and reports will result in legislation, further rulemaking affecting our participation in Title IV Programs, or more vigorous enforcement of Title IV requirements. Additionally,Moreover, with the DOE recently createdHEA pending reauthorization a special unit for the purpose of monitoring publicly traded for-profit educational institutions. Moreover,new administration, political considerationconsiderations could result in a reduction ofimpact Title IV funding. funding as well as the treatment of for-profit education in future legislation. As noted above, the Biden administration has formulated a very aggressive schedule of rulemaking in 2021 and 2022, with the intent to rewrite the numerous regulations.

To the extent that any laws or regulations are adopted that limit or condition Title IV Program participation of proprietary schools or the amount of federal student financial aid for which proprietary school students are eligible, our business could be materially and adversely affected.


Unfavorable laws

Failure to comply with the federal campus safety and regulations may impede our growth.


Existing and future laws and regulations may create increased regulatory risk,security reporting requirements as implemented by the DOE would result in sanctions, which could impedehave a material adverse effect on our growth. Thesebusiness and results of operation.

We must comply with certain campus safety and security reporting requirements as well as other requirements in the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act of 1990 (the “Clery Act”), as amended by the Violence Against Women Reauthorization Act of 2013. The Clery Act requires an institution to report to the DOE and disclose in its annual safety and security report, for the three most recent calendar years, statistics concerning the number of certain crimes that occurred within the institution’s so-called “Clery geography.” As we expand to new campus locations, our efforts to comply with the Clery Act will become more costly and the risk of noncompliance will increase.Failure to comply with the Clery Act requirements or regulations promulgated by the DOE could result in fines or suspension or termination of our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, could lead to litigation, or could harm our reputation, each of which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Although not related to educational regulations, we must comply with state and local social distancing and pandemic related regulations and lawsorders. These requirements may cover consumer protection, mobile communications, privacy, data protection, electronic communications, pricing and taxation.  






Other Risks


Because of their share ownership,increase our management may be able to exert control over us to the detriment of minority shareholders.


As of July 24, 2017, our executive officers and directors owned approximately 14.2% of our outstanding common stock. These shareholders, if they act together, may be able to control all matters requiring shareholder approval, including significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing our change in control and might affect the market price of our common stock.


If our common stock becomes subject to a “chill” imposed by the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, your ability to sell your shares may be limited.


The DTC acts as a depository or nominee for street name shares that investors deposit with their brokers. Until December of 2012, our stock was not eligible to be electronically transferred among DTC participants (broker-dealers) and required delivery of paper certificates as a result of a “chill” imposed by DTC. As a result of becoming “DTC-Eligible”, our common stock is no longer subject to a chill. However, DTC in the last several years has increasingly imposed a chill or freeze on the deposit, withdrawal and transfer of common stock of issuers whose common stock trades on a market other than an exchange. Depending on the type of restriction, a chill or freeze can prevent shareholders from buying or selling shares and prevent companies from raising money. A chill or freeze may remain imposed on a security for a few days or an extended period of time (in at least one instance a number of years). While we have no reason to believe a chill or freeze will be imposed against our common stock again in the future, if it were your ability to sell your shares would be limited. In such event, your investment will be adversely affected.


expenses.

General Risks
Due to factors beyond our control, our stock price may be volatile.


44

Table of Contents

Any of the following factors could affect the market price of our common stock:


·


Our failure to generate increasing material revenues;

·

solve our liquidity risks;

Our failure to become profitable or achieve positive adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization;

·

resolve our Arizona regulatory issues;

A decline in our growth rate including new student enrollments and class starts;

·

Our failure to raise working capital, if required;

·

generate increasing material revenues;

Our failure to meet our forecasts relating to our future operating performance;
Our failure to meet financial analysts’ performance expectations;
Changes in earnings estimates and recommendations by financial analysts;
Our public disclosure of the terms of any financing which we consummate in the future;

·

Disclosure of the results of our monthly payment plan;

·

Actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations;

·

plan and collections;

A decline in the economy in the United States which is severe enough to impactimpacts our ability to collect our accounts receivable;

·

Announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new services, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

·

The loss of Title IV funding or other regulatory actions;

·

Our failure to meet financial analysts’ performance expectations;

·

Changes in earnings estimates and recommendations by financial analysts;

·

The sale of large numbers of shares of common stock which we have registered;

·

by our officers, directors or other shareholders;

Short selling activities;
Any future non-compliance with Nasdaq rules or

·

actions taken by the company in response; or

Changes in market valuations of similar companies.


In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted. A securities class action suit against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s time and attention, which would otherwise be used to benefit our business.






Because we may issue preferred stock without the approval of our shareholders and have other anti-takeover defenses, it may be more difficult for a third-party to acquire us and could depress our stock price.


Our Board of Directors (the “Board”) may issue, without a vote of our shareholders, one or more additional series of preferred stock that have more than one vote per share. This could permit our Board to issue preferred stock to investors who support us and our management and give effective control of our business to our management. Additionally, issuance of preferred stock could block an acquisition resulting in both a drop in our stock price and a decline in interest of our common stock. This could make it more difficult for shareholders to sell their common stock. This could also cause the market price of our common stock shares to drop significantly, even if our business is performing well.


An investment in Aspen may be diluted in the future as a result of the issuance of additional securities.


If we need to raise additional capital to meet our working capital needs, we expect to issue additional shares of common stock or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into common stock from time to time, which could result in substantial dilution to investors. Investors should anticipate being substantially diluted based upon the current condition of the capital and credit markets and their impact on small companies.


Because we may not be able to attract the attention of major brokerage firms, it could have a material impact upon the price of our common stock.


It is not likely that securities analysts of major brokerage firms will provide research coverage for our common stock since the firm itself cannot recommend the purchase of our common stock under the penny stock rules referenced in an earlier risk factor. The absence of such coverage limits the likelihood that an active market will develop for our common stock. It may also make it more difficult for us to attract new investors at times when we acquire additional capital.


Since we intend to retain any earnings for development of our business for the foreseeable future, you will likely not receive any dividends for the foreseeable future.


We have not and do not intend to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future, as we intend to retain any earnings for development and expansion of our business operations. As a result, you will not receive any dividends on your investment for an indefinite period of time.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.


None.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.


Our corporate headquarters are located in a facility in Denver, Colorado, consistingPROPERTIES

As of April 30, 2022, we lease approximately 6,535191,328 square feet of office and classroom space under a lease that expires in December 2018. This facility accommodates our academic operations. Our executive offices are inPhoenix, San Diego, New York City, where weDenver, Austin, Tampa, Nashville, Atlanta and the New Brunswick Province in Canada. Our lease approximately 2,000 square feet under a lease that expires in December 2017. We operate an enrollment center in Phoenix, Arizona where we lease approximately 4,643 square feet under a three-year term that expires in May 2021. We lease office spaceexpense for our developers in Dieppe, NB, Canada under a threethe fiscal year agreement that commenced March 1, 2017. We believe that our existing facilities are suitable and adequate and that we have sufficient capacity to meet our current anticipated needs.




ending April 30, 2022 was $3,868,333.


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.


From time to time,time-to-time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business. As of the date of this report, except as discussed below, we are not aware of any other pending or threatened lawsuits that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the results of our operations and there are no proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or affiliates, or any registered or beneficial shareholder, is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.


On April 6, 2022, Aspen was served with a class action claim in Arizona Superior Court, alleging violations of the Arizona Consumer Fraud Act and Unjust Enrichment, based on the class representative’s claims that Aspen misstated the quality of its pre-licensure nursing program. This complaint was likely in response to the AZ BON actions against Aspen relating to the program, as outlined above. At this time, the only action taken by Aspen was to file for change of venue. The size of the potential class is not yet known.
45

Table of Contents
On February 11, 2013, HEMG, and its Chairman, Mr. Patrick Spada, sued the Company, certain senior management members and our directors in state court in New York seeking damages arising principally from (i) allegedly false and misleading statements in the filings with the SEC and the DOE where the Company disclosed that HEMG and Mr. Spada borrowed $2.2 million without board authority, (ii) the alleged breach of an April 2012 agreement whereby the Company had agreed, subject to numerous conditions and time limitations, to purchase certain shares of the Company from HEMG, and (iii) alleged diminution to the value of HEMG’s shares of the Company due to Mr. Spada’s disagreement with certain business transactions the Company engaged in, all with Board approval. On November 8, 2013, the state court in New York granted the Company’s motion to dismiss all of the claims.
On December 10, 2013, the Company filed a series of counterclaims against HEMG and Mr. Spada in the same state court of New York. By decision and order dated August 4, 2014, the New York court denied HEMG and Spada’s motion to dismiss the fraud counterclaim the Company asserted against them.


While the Company has been advised by its counsel that HEMG’s and Spada’s claims in the New York lawsuit is baseless, the Company cannot provide any assurance as to the ultimate outcome of the case. Defending the lawsuit will be expensive and will require the expenditure of time which could otherwise be spent on the Company’s business. While unlikely, if Mr. Spada’s and HEMG’s claims in the New York litigation were to be successful, the damages the Company could pay could potentially be material.


In November 2014, the Company and Aspen University sued HEMG seeking to recover sums due under two 2008 Agreements where Aspen University sold course materials to HEMG in exchange for long-term future payments. On September 29, 2015, the Company and Aspen University obtained a default judgment in the amount of $772,793. This default judgment precipitated the bankruptcy petition discussed in the next paragraph.


On October 15, 2015, HEMG filedJuly 21, 2021, the bankruptcy pursuant to Chapter 7.trustee paid the Company $498,120 based on assets available in the trust, which is included
in "other income (expense), net" in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As a result, the remaining claimsCompany wrote
off the net receivable of $45,329 against the payment received as settlement in the first quarter of fiscal year 2022 and Aspen’s counterclaims inrecorded a gain. No further assets are available for distribution. At some point, the New York lawsuit are currently stayed.

state court litigation may resume.


ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.


Not applicable.




46



Table of Contents
PART II


ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Our common stock tradesis listed on the OTCQB,The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ASPU.” “ASPU”.
The last reported sale price of Aspen Group’sour common stock as reported by the OTCQBNasdaq on July 21, 201722, 2022 was $6.79.$1.23. As of that date, we had 1,001104 record holders. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.


The following table provides the high and low bid price information for our common stock. The prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and does not necessarily represent actual transactions. Our common stock does not trade on a regular basis.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prices

 

Year

 

 

Period Ended

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 30

 

 

 

5.00

 

 

 

3.05

 

 

 

 

January 31

 

 

 

4.44

 

 

 

2.76

 

 

 

 

October 31

 

 

 

3.36

 

 

 

1.56

 

 

 

 

July 31

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

1.524

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 30

 

 

 

2.244

 

 

 

1.236

 

 

 

 

January 31

 

 

 

2.388

 

 

 

1.212

 

 

 

 

October 31

 

 

 

2.22

 

 

 

1.38

 

 

 

 

July 31

 

 

 

2.94

 

 

 

1.116

 


Dividend Policy

We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not plan to pay such dividends in the foreseeable future. Our Board will determine our future dividend policy on the basis of many factors, including results of operations, capital requirements, and general business conditions.

Recent

Unregistered Sales of UnregisteredEquity Securities

None


Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans


The information required by this item with respect to our equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017.

None.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Not applicable.




[Reserved]


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.


You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contain forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed in the Risk Factors contained herein.


Key Terms
In connection with the management of our businesses, we identify, measure and assess a variety of operating metrics. The principal metrics we use in managing our businesses are set forth below:
Operating Metrics
Lifetime Value ("LTV") - is the weighted average total amount of tuition and fees paid by every new student that enrolls in the Company’s universities, after giving effect to attrition.
Bookings - defined by multiplying LTV by new student enrollments for each operating unit.
Average Revenue per Enrollment ("ARPU") - defined by dividing total bookings by total enrollments for each operating unit.
Operating costs and expenses
Cost of revenue - consists of instructional costs and services and marketing and promotional costs.
Instructional costs - consist primarily of costs related to the administration and delivery of the Company's educational programs. This expense category includes compensation costs associated with online faculty, technology license costs and costs associated with other support groups that provide services directly to the students and are included in cost of revenue.
Marketing and promotional costs - include costs associated with producing marketing materials and advertising, and outside sales costs. Such costs are generally affected by the cost of advertising media, the efficiency of the Company's marketing and recruiting efforts, and expenditures on advertising initiatives for
47

Table of Contents
new and existing academic programs. We engage non-direct response advertising activities, which are expensed as incurred, or the first time the advertising takes place, depending on the type of advertising activity and are included in cost of revenue.
General and administrative expense - consists primarily of compensation expense (including stock-based compensation expense) and other employee-related costs for personnel engaged in executive and academic management and operations, finance, legal, tax, information technology and human resources, fees for professional services, financial aid processing costs, non-capitalizable courseware and software costs, corporate taxes and facilities costs.
Non-GAAP financial measures:
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization ("EBITDA") - is a non-GAAP financial measure. See "Non-GAAP – Financial Measures" for a reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA for the fiscal years 2022 and 2021.
Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization ("Adjusted EBITDA")- is a non-GAAP financial measure. See "Non-GAAP – Financial Measures" for a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal years 2022 and 2021.
Company Overview


Aspen Group, Inc. is a post-secondaryan education company with an overarchingtechnology holding company. It operates two universities, Aspen University Inc. ("Aspen University" or "AU") and United States University Inc. ("United States University" or "USU").
All references to the “Company”, “AGI”, “Aspen Group”, “we”, “our” and “us” refer to Aspen Group, Inc., unless the context otherwise indicates.
AGI leverages its education technology infrastructure and expertise to allow its two universities, Aspen University and United States University, to deliver on the vision of making higher educationcollege affordable again in America. To date, Aspen Group’s sole operating subsidiary has been Aspen University, Inc., doing business as Aspen University. On May 18, 2017, Aspen Group announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to acquire USU, a regionally accredited for-profit university based in San Diego, California for a total purchase price of $9 million. The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals by the DOE, WASC Senior College and University Commission, and state regulatory and programmatic accreditation bodies. The earliest that Aspen Group would receive required regulatory approvals would be December 2017. To finance the cash portion of the Acquisition and provide appropriate working capital, we are about to close the credit facility referred to in Item 1. “Business.”


The remainder of this management discussion will focus on Aspen University.


Founded in 1987, Aspen University’s mission is to offer any motivated college-worthy student the opportunity to receive a high quality, responsibly priced distance-learning education for the purpose of achieving sustainable economic and social benefits for themselves and their families. Aspen is dedicated to providing the highest quality education experiences taught by top-tier professors - 54% of our adjunct professors hold doctorate degrees.


again. Because we believe higher education should be a catalyst to our students’ long-term economic success, we exert financial prudence by offering affordable tuition that is one of the greatest values in online higher education. In 2014,AGI’s primary focus relative to future growth is to target the high growth nursing profession. As of April 30, 2022, 11,522 of 13,334 or 86% of all active students across both universities are degree-seeking nursing students. Of the students seeking nursing degrees, 9,562 are RNs studying to earn an advanced degree, including 6,672 at Aspen University unveiledand 2,890 at USU. In contrast, the remaining 1,960 nursing students are enrolled in Aspen University’s BSN Pre-Licensure program in the Phoenix, Austin, Tampa, Nashville and Atlanta metros.

Aspen University has been offering a monthly payment plan aimed at reversingthat is available to all students across every online degree program offered, since March 2014. The monthly payment plan is designed so that students will make one fixed payment per month, and that monthly payment is applied towards the college-debt sentence plaguing working-class Americans.total cost of attendance (tuition and fees, excluding textbooks). The monthly payment plan offers bacheloronline undergraduate students (except RN to BSN) the opportunity to pay their tuition and fees at $250/month, for 72 months ($18,000), nursing bachelor students (RN to BSN) $250/month for 39 months ($9,750),online master students $325/month, for 36 months ($11,700) and online doctoral students $375/month, for 72 months ($27,000), interest free, thereby giving students a monthly payment tuition payment option versus taking out a federal financial aid loan.


One

USU has been offering monthly payment plans since the summer of 2017. Today, USU monthly payment plans are available for the key differences betweenonline RN to BSN program ($250/month), online MBA/MAEd/MSN programs ($325/month), online hybrid Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies, Teacher Credentialing tracks approved by the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing ($350/month), and the online hybrid Master of Science in Nursing-Family Nurse Practitioner (“FNP”) program ($375/month).
Since 1993, Aspen University has been nationally accredited by the DEAC, a national accrediting agency recognized by the DOE and other publicly-traded, exclusively online, for-profitCHEA. On February 25, 2019, the DEAC informed Aspen University that it had renewed its accreditation for five years to January 2024.
Since 2009, USU has been regionally accredited by WSCUC.
Both universities isare qualified to participate under the fact thatHigher Education Act and the majority of our active degree-seeking students (72% as of April 30, 2017) were enrolled in Aspen University’s School of Nursing.


Federal student financial assistance programs (Title IV, HEA programs).

AGI Student Population Overview*


Aspen’s active degree-seeking student body increased year-over-year by 60% during the fiscal quarter ended April 30, 2017, from 2,932 to 4,681 students.


Our most popular school is our SchoolOverview

48

Table of Nursing. Aspen’s School of Nursing has grown from 64% of ourContents
AGI's active degree-seeking student body at April 30, 2016,AU and USU, declined 4% year-over-year to 72%13,334 from 13,886. AU's total active student body decreased by 8% year-over-year to 10,225 from 11,117. On a year-over-year basis, USU's total active student body grew by 12% to 3,109 from 2,769. The chart below shows five quarters of active student body results.

Students seeking nursing degrees were 11,522, or 86% of total active students at April 30, 2017. both universities. Of the students seeking nursing degrees, 9,562 are RNs studying to earn an advanced degree, including 6,672 at Aspen University and 2,890 at USU. In contrast, the remaining 1,960 nursing students are enrolled in Aspen University’s BSN Pre-Licensure program in the Phoenix, Austin, Tampa, Nashville and Atlanta metros. The BSN Pre-Licensure program student body decreased from 2,382 to 1,960 year-over-year or 422 students as a result of the enrollment stoppage in the Phoenix metro.

The chart below shows the breakdown by university nursing students versus total students.
aspu-20220430_g1.jpg
AGI New Student Enrollments
New student enrollments at AU decreased year-over-year by 37% and at USU by 11% year-over-year. New student enrollments were primarily impacted by the enrollment stoppage at our Phoenix pre-licensure campuses, and the reduction in marketing spend in Q4 Fiscal 2022 by $1 million over the prior quarter (the spend decrease was directed to AU’s online nursing degrees based on the Aspen 2.0 spend reallocation initiated one year ago).

New student enrollments for the past five quarters are shown below:
New Student Enrollments by Quarter
Q4'21Q1'22Q2'22Q3'22Q4 2022
Aspen University1,593 1,601 1,750 1,301 1,010
USU589 675 630 481 525
Total2,182 2,276 2,380 1,782 1,535
Bookings Analysis and ARPU
On a year-over-year basis, Fiscal 2022 Bookings decreased 16%, to $120.6 million from $143.4 million in the prior year. As previously discussed, the proactive Phoenix pre-licensure enrollment reduction, planned post licensure marketing reductions and the recent COVID surge caused Bookings to decrease year-over-year.
On a year-over-year basis, Q4 Fiscal 2022 ARPU decreased 2% from the prior year period due primarily to a decrease in bookings at Aspen University in the Phoenix metro of the pre-licensure program.
49

Table of Contents
FY '21 Enrollments
FY '21 Revenue Bookings1
FY '22 Enrollments
FY '22 Revenue Bookings1
% Change Total Bookings & ARPU
Aspen University6,975 $101,560,950 5,662$79,418,100 
USU2,346 41,805,720 2,311$41,182,020 
Total9,321$143,366,670 7,973$120,600,120 (16)%
ARPU1
$15,381 $15,126 %
_____________________
1 “Bookings” are defined by multiplying Lifetime Value (LTV) by new student enrollments for each operating unit. “Average Revenue Per Enrollment” (ARPU) is defined by dividing total Bookings by total new student enrollments for each operating unit.
During the Fiscal 2022, the Company continued to focus its growth capital almost exclusively on its two licensure degree programs which have higher lifetime values. Set forth below is the description of these two key licensure degree programs.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Pre-Licensure Program
Aspen’s BSN Pre-licensure program provides students with opportunities to become a BSN-educated nurse and learn the essential skills needed to practice as a professional registered nurse (RN). Skills lab, clinical simulation, seminars and community-based clinical experiences anchor the curriculum. Upon completion of their studies, students are eligible to take the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) in the state or territory in which they choose to practice (the NCLEX is the national registered nurse examination used by all states for potential registered nursing licensure). Students provide their state board of nursing applicable forms to the School of Nursing grew from 1,882and Health Sciences, which completes them on behalf of the individual student, and take the exam in the state in which they choose to 3,363 student’s year-over-year, which represented 85% of Aspen’s active degree-seeking student body growth. At April 30, 2017, Aspen’s Schoolpractice. Upon passing the NCLEX, students then work with their state Board of Nursing included 2,104 activeto finalize their professional licensure.
We designed this program for students who do not currently hold a state registered nurse license and have little to no prior nursing experience. For students with no prior college credits, the total cost of attendance is $52,175 ($41,445 Tuition, $10,730 Fees), not including textbooks.
Phoenix, AZ Locations
Aspen University began offering the BSN Pre-Licensure program in July 2018 at its initial campus in Phoenix, Arizona.As a result of overwhelming demand in the Phoenix metropolitan area, in January 2019 Aspen University began offering both day (July, November, March) and evening/weekend (January, May, September) terms, equaling six term starts per year. In September 2019, Aspen University opened a second campus in the Phoenix metropolitan area in partnership with HonorHealth.
Aspen University voluntarily suspended new student enrollments and the formation of new cohorts immediately (starting with February 2022 cohort) after receiving guidance from the Arizona State Board of Nursing at its January 28, 2022 meeting. It is now in a probationary period under the Consent Agreement with the Arizona State Board of Nursing wherein certain conditions must be met before new cohorts can again begin to be formed, including maintaining a minimum 80% NCLEX first-time pass rate each quarter for four consecutive quarters, as more particularly described in Item 1 – Business on page 1 under “Arizona State Board of Nursing Probation.” We will not form any additional nursing cohorts in the Phoenix metropolitan area without completing the probationary period and receiving prior approval from the Arizona State Board of Nursing. Aspen University is not currently enrolling students in the RNBSN Pre-licensure program in Arizona.
Our Pre-Licensure locations that opened outside of Arizona were launched with curricular improvements, a NCLEX test prep product and NCLEX coaches in place and these new cohorts have been required to have higher incoming GPA requirements and have been subject to stiffer requirements relative to HESI A2 entrance exam scores, among other requirements outlined in the competitive evaluation process for the core nursing program. As a result, these cohorts are expected to deliver first-time NCLEX pass rates that comply with each state’s requirements. Although three of these locations are in smaller Tier-two metros, each metro is experiencing high population growth rates that are expected to increase the long-term demand for nursing degrees.
Atlanta, GA
50

Table of Contents
On January 20, 2022, the Company announced that Aspen University received the final required state and board of registered nursing regulatory approvals for their new BSN program and 1,259 activePre-Licensure location in Atlanta, Georgia. The Atlanta site was occupied by the University of Phoenix, located at 859 Mt. Vernon Highway NE, Suite 100, which is situated just off Interstate 285 in the Sandy Springs suburb in the inner ring of Atlanta. Aspen University began enrolling first-year Pre-Professional Nursing (“PPN”) students in Atlanta in February 2022, and expects to enroll Nursing Core students (Years 2-3) in Fall 2022.
Austin, TX
Aspen University’s BSN Pre-Licensure program in Austin is based in the MSN program orFrontera Crossing office building located at 101 W. Louis Henna Boulevard in the RN to MSN Bridge program.


* Note: Aspen has revised its degree seeking student body definition to only report “Active Degree-Seeking Students.” “Active Degree-Seeking Students” are defined as students who were enrolled in a course duringsuburb of Round Rock. The building is situated at the quarter reported, or are registered for an upcoming course. Aspen is using this definition going forward because it is more closely aligned with the definitions used by other publicly traded, for-profit institutions.






New Student Enrollmentjunction of Interstate 35 and Active Degree Seeking Student Body Growth


Since the launchState Highway 45, one of the most heavily trafficked freeway exchanges in the metropolitan area with visibility to approximately 143,362 cars per day. Aspen University's initial PPN enrollments began on the September 29, 2020 start date and the first core cohort began in February 2021.

Tampa, FL
Aspen University’s BSN marketing campaignPre-Licensure program in November, 2014, Aspen’s growth rateTampa is located at 12802 Tampa Oaks Boulevard. The building is visible from the intersection of new studentInterstate 75 and East Fletcher Avenue, near the University of South Florida, providing visibility to approximately 126,500 cars per day. Aspen University's initial PPN enrollments has accelerated significantly. Belowbegan on the December 8, 2020 start date and the first core cohort began in June 2021.
Nashville, TN
Aspen University’s BSN Pre-licensure program in Nashville is located at 1809 Dabbs Ave. The campus is within easy access of Intersection of Interstate 40 and the 155, near the Sonesta Nashville Airport. On April 27, 2021, Aspen University began to enroll first-year PPN students in Nashville, Tennessee. The first core cohort began in June 2021.
USU Master of Science in Nursing-Family Nurse Practitioner (MSN-FNP)
USU offers a quarterly analysisnumber of nursing degree programs and other degree programs in health sciences, business & technology and education. Its primary enrollment program is its MSN-FNP which is designed for BSN-prepared registered nurses who are seeking a Nurse Practitioner license. The MSN-FNP is an online-hybrid 48-credit degree program with 100% of the growthcurriculum online, including the curricular component to complete 540 clinical and 32 lab hours.
While MSN-FNP lab hours have been done at USU’s San Diego facility through the end of Aspen’s new student enrollments, as well ascalendar year 2020, the rapid growth of the active degree seeking student body overMSN-FNP program has caused AGI to open two additional immersion locations in 2021. Specifically, the past eight quarters, includingCompany built-out additional suites on the recent quarter ending April 30, 2017.


 

 

New Student Enrollments

 

Active Degree Seeking Student Body*

Fiscal quarter end July 31, 2015

 

410

 

2,153

Fiscal quarter end October 31, 2015

 

557

 

2,422

Fiscal quarter end January 31, 2016

 

550

 

2,704

Fiscal quarter end April 30, 2016

 

572

 

2,932

Fiscal quarter end July 31, 2016

 

621

 

3,252

Fiscal quarter end October 31, 2016

 

811

 

3,726

Fiscal quarter end January 31, 2017

 

825

 

4,064

Fiscal quarter end April 30, 2017

 

986

 

4,681


Aspen’s School of Nursing is responsible forground floors at our main facility in Phoenix (by the vast majority ofairport) and our location in Tampa, FL. Consequently, students now have the new student enrollmentoption to attend their weekend immersions at three different metro locations: San Diego, Phoenix and overall active student body growth. Specifically, Aspen’s School of Nursing is now on pace to grow on an annualized basis by approximately 1,500 Active Nursing students – net of student graduations and withdrawals (or ~125/month). Aspen’s BSN program accounts for 72% of that growth, as that program is on pace to increase on an annualized basis by approximately 1,080 students – net (or ~90/month).


Aspen University expects its total active degree-seeking student body to continue its rapid growth and reach approximately 7,000 students by the end of the fiscal year, April 30, 2018. Therefore, the university is on pace to increase its active student body by ~2,300 students on an annualized basis in fiscal year 2018 versus the previous pace of ~1,750 active students a year ago, an improvement of 50% year-over-year.


Nursing Revenue Summary


Below is a summary of the nursing active degree-seeking student body as a percentage of the total active degree-seeking student body over the past seven fiscal quarters, as well as the Nursing degree-seeking revenue as a percentage of total revenues.


 

 

Total Degree-Seeking Active Student Body

 

 

Nursing Degree- Seeking Active Student Body

 

 

Nursing Degree-Seeking Active Student Body (%)

 

 

Nursing Degree-Seeking Active Student Body –

Revenue %*

 

Quarter ended October 31, 2015

 

 

2,422

 

 

 

1,379

 

 

 

57

%

 

 

59

%

Quarter ended January 31, 2016

 

 

2,704

 

 

 

1,663

 

 

 

62

%

 

 

62

%

Quarter ended April 30, 2016

 

 

2,932

 

 

 

1,882

 

 

 

64

%

 

 

67

%

Quarter ended July 31, 2016

 

 

3,252

 

 

 

2,144

 

 

 

66

%

 

 

69

%

Quarter ended October 31, 2016

 

 

3,726

 

 

 

2,538

 

 

 

68

%

 

 

71

%

Quarter ended January 31, 2017

 

 

4,064

 

 

 

2,899

 

 

 

71

%

 

 

71

%

Quarter ended April 30, 2017

 

 

4,681

 

 

 

3,363

 

 

 

72

%

 

 

74

%


Tampa.

Accounts Receivable - Monthly Payment Programs Overview


Since the March 2014 monthlyPlan ("MPP")

The Company offers several payment plan announcement, 65% of courses are now paid through monthly payment methods (based on courses started over the last 90 days). Aspen offers two monthly payment programs,options to its students including a monthly payment plan (MPP), installment plans and financial aid. Our growth in whichaccounts receivable over the last several years has predominantly been a result of students make payments every month over a fixed period (36, 39 or 72 months depending on the degree program), and a monthly installment plan in which students pay three monthly installments (day 1, day 31 and day 61 after the starttaking advantage of each course).


As of April 30, 2017, Aspen had 2,801 active students paying through aour groundbreaking monthly payment plan which we introduced in 2014 at Aspen University and 259 students paying through a monthly installment plan, for a total of 3,060 active students paying tuition through a monthly payment method. Additionally, Aspen is currently on pace to add approximately 160 active students/month net to its monthly payment programs through fiscal year 2018.  The total contractual value of monthly payment plan students now exceeds $26.5 million which currently delivers monthly recurring tuition cash payments of approximately $780,000.






Finally, as a consequence of monthly payment programs becoming the payment method of choice among the majority of Aspen’s degree-seeking student body, our HEA, Title IV Program revenue dropped from 25%subsequently in Fiscal Year 2018 at USU. At April 30, 2022, Gross MPP accounts receivable was 83% of total cash receipts in fiscal year 2016 to approximately 21% for fiscal year 2017.


Marketing Efficiency Analysis


Aspen has developed a marketing efficiency ratio to continually monitor the performance of its business model.


Revenue per Enrollment (RPE)

Marketing Efficiency Ratio =

—————————————

Cost per Enrollment (CPE)


Cost per Enrollment (CPE)

The Cost per Enrollment measures the marketing investment spent in a given quarter, divided by the number of new student enrollments achieved in that given quarter, in order to obtain an average CPE for the quarter measured.


Revenue per Enrollment (RPE)

The Revenue per Enrollment takes each quarterly cohort of new degree-seeking student enrollments, and measures the amount of earned revenue including tuition and fees to determine the average RPE for the cohort measured. For the later periods of a cohort, in particular students four years or older, we have used reasonable projections based off of historical results to determine the amount of revenue we will earn in later periods of the cohort.


We created the reporting to track the CPE and RPE starting in 2012 and can accurately predict the CPE and RPE for each new student cohort. Our current CPE/RPE Marketing Efficiency Ratio is reflected in the below table.


Quarterly New Student Cohort Actuals Data:


CPE/RPE Analysis *

6 Months Out

12 Months Out

2 Years Out

3 Years Out

4+ Years Out

 

 

 

 

 

 

Courses completed

2.24

3.52

5.28

6.48

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average RPE

$1,974

$3,078

$4,630

$5,684

$7,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPE % earned

28%

44%

66%

81%

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing efficiency ratio**

2.4x

3.8x

5.7x

7.0x

8.6x


*

Projection

**

Based on current $768 CPE (six month rolling CPE average)

 

 

 

 


The Average RPE is approximately $7,000.gross accounts receivable. Of the $7,000, $6,400 of the RPE is earned through tuition, with the remaining $600 on average earned through miscellaneous fees (includes annual technology fee, withdrawal fees, graduation fees, proctored exams, course specific fees, etc.)


Aspen is projecting to average a Marketing Efficiency Ratio of 8.6x, in other words a 8.6x return on our marketing investment. Third-party companies in the higher education industry that manage the Enrollment and Marketing functions on behalf of Universities (also referred to as Managed Services companies) reportedly average 3-4x return on their marketing investments, meaning that Aspen’s business model is currently performing at more than double the efficiency level of that sector.





ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES AND MONTHLY PAYMENT PLAN


Since the inception of the monthly payment plan in the spring of 2014, theGross MPP accounts receivable, balance, both short-termapproximately 50% was generated at each AU and long-term, has grown fromUSU.

The Monthly Payment Plan is a net numberprivate education loan with a 0% fixed rate of $649,890 at April 30, 2014 to a net numberinterest (0% APR) and no down payment. Each month the student will make one payment of $5,092,404 at April 30, 2017. This growth could be portrayed as$250, $325, $350 or $375 (depending on the engine ofprogram) until the monthly payment plan.program is paid for. The attractive aspect of being able to pay for a degree over a fixed period of time has fueled the growth of this plan and, as a result,plan. The MPP is designed so students can build the increasecost of the accounts receivable balance.


Each student's receivable account is different depending on how many classes a student takes each period. If a student takes two classes each eight week period while paying $250, $325 or $375 a month, that student's account receivable balance will rise accordingly. The converse is true also.  A student who takes courses at a slower pace, even taking time off between 8-week terms, could have a balance due to them.  It is much more likely however that a student participating in the monthly payment plan will have an accounts receivable balance, as the majority of students complete their degree program of study prior to the completion of the fixedinto their monthly payment plan.


The common thread is the actual monthly payment, which is a private loan commitment with no interest that each student commits to pay over a fixed number of months. If a student stops paying, that person can no longer register for a class. If a student decides to withdraw from the university, their account will be settled, either through collection of their balance or disbursement of the amount owed them.  At April 30, 2017, there were 2,801 monthly payment plan students, which represented 60% of Aspen’s active student body at April 30, 2017.


Relationship Between Accounts Receivable and Revenue


The gross accounts receivable balance for any period is the net effect of the following three factors:


1. Revenue;

2. Cash receipts, and;

3. The net change in deferred revenue.


All three factors equally determine the gross accounts receivable. If one quarter experiences particularly high cash receipts, the gross accounts receivable will go down. The same effect if cash receipts are lower or if there are significant changes in either of the other factors.


Simply looking at the change in revenue does not translate into an equally similar change in gross accounts receivable. The relative change in cash and the deferral must also be considered. For net accounts receivable, the changes in the reserve must also be considered. Any additional reserve or write-offs will influence the balance.


As it is a straight mathematical formula for both gross accounts receivable and net accounts receivable, and most of the information is public, one can reasonably calculate the two non-public pieces of information, namely the cash receipts in gross accounts receivable and the write-offs in net accounts receivable.


For revenue, the quarterly change is primarily billings and the net impact of deferred revenue.  The deferral from the prior quarter or year is added to the billings and the deferral at the end of the period is subtracted from the amount billed.  The total deferred revenue at the end of every period is reflected in the liability section of the balance sheet.  Deferred revenue can vary for many reasons, but seasonality and the timing of the class starts in relation to the end of the quarter will cause changes in the balance.


As mentioned in the accounts receivable section, the change in revenue cannot be compared to the change in accounts receivable.  Revenue does not have the impact of cash received whereas accounts receivable does.  Depending on the month and the amount of cash received, it is likely that revenue or accounts receivable will increase at a rate different from the other.  The impact of cash is easy to substantiate as it agrees to deposits in our bank accounts.  


At April 30, 2017, the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts was $328,864 which represents 6.4% of the Gross Accounts Receivable balance, both short-term and long-term.  It should be noted that this percentage matches the latest Aspen University default rate released by the Department of Education.  The reserve was first decreased during the quarter ended April 30, 2017, while settling the program review.  Many related students’ accounts were written off against the reserve and management then increased the reserve by $70,000 at April 30, 2017.




budget.


The Introduction of Long-Term Accounts Receivables


Receivable

When a student signs up for the monthly payment plan, there is a contractual amount that the Company can expect to earn over the life of the student’s program. This full contractual amount cannot be recorded as the student does have the option to stop attending.an account receivable upon enrollment. As a student takes a class, revenue is earned over that eight weekeight-week class. Some students accelerate their program, taking two classes
51

Table of Contents
every eight weekeight-week period, and as we discussed, that increases the student’s accounts receivable balance. If any portion of that balance will be paid in a period greater than 12 months, that portion is reflected as long-term accounts receivable. At

As a result of the growing acceptance of our monthly payment plans, our long-term accounts receivable balance has grown from $10,249,833 at April 30, 20172021 to $11,406,525 at April 30, 2022. These are MPP students who make monthly payments over 36, 39 and 2016, those balances72 months. Generally, students in the USU MSN-FNP program make payments over the 72 month period, and as a result, a portion of the impact of USU's 72-month payment plan becomes long-term accounts receivable.

Accounts receivable is considered short-term to the extent the remaining payments are $657,542 and $127,099, respectively.


12 months or less. Payments due in greater than 12 months are considered long-term. Here is a graphic of both short-term and long-term receivables, as well as contractual value:


A

B

C

Classes Taken
less monthly
A

BC
The portion of remaining payments received

Paymentsowed for classes
taken that areunder a monthly payment plan due in 12 months or less

The portion of remaining payments owed for classes taken under a monthly payment plan due in greater
than 12 months

Expected future classes

to be taken over

balance of program.

Short-Term

Accounts Receivable

Long-term

Accounts Receivable

Not recorded in

financial statements

The Sum of A, B and C will equal the total cost of the program.


Seasonality Briefing


As Aspen University continues to scale its student body, seasonality has become more pronounced.  Last fiscal year (FY’2016),


Results of Operations
Set forth below is the discussion of the results of operations of the Company explained that its first fiscal quarter (May – July) isfor the seasonal low point because it falls during the summerthree months and therefore students tend to take less courses during that quarter relativeended April 30, 2022 (“Q4 Fiscal 2022”) compared to the other three fiscal quarters. Conversely, the second fiscal quarter (August – October) is the seasonal high point given students’ ingrained ‘start of the school year’ mentality.


In reviewing revenues for fiscal year 2017, note that in the first quarter revenues rose sequentially less than $100,000, while revenues increased sequentially at least $250,000 each of the remaining three quarters, with the second quarter rising over $700,000. The Company expects this trend to continue as the business scales, and in fact become more pronounced this fiscal year and in future fiscal years. Specifically, the Company expects revenues to be flat or slightly down from Q4’2017 to Q1’2018 this fiscal year and in future fiscal years. The opposite effect is forecasted to occur in Q2’2018 as revenues are projected to rise into the $5 million range.


Results of Operations


For the Year Endedmonths ended April 30, 2017 Compared with the Year Ended April 30, 2016

Revenue


Revenue from operations2021 (“Q4 Fiscal 2021”), and for the year ended April 30, 20172022 (“2017 Period”Fiscal 2022”) increasedcompared to $14,246,696 from $8,453,669 for the year ended April 30, 20162021 (“2016 Period”Fiscal 2021”), an increase.

Revenue
The following table presents selected consolidated statement of $5,793,027 or 69%operations as a percentage of revenue (differences due to rounding):
52

Table of Contents
Three Months Ended April 30,Years Ended April 30,
2022202120222021
Revenue100 %100 %100 %100 %
Operating expenses:
   Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
         Instructional costs and services27 %24 %25 %23 %
         Marketing and promotional costs18 %22 %21 %21 %
Total cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)44 %46 %46 %43 %
   General and administrative58 %59 %59 %62 %
   Bad debt expense%%%%
   Depreciation and amortization%%%%
Total operating expenses109 %112 %112 %112 %
   Operating loss(9)%(12)%(12)%(12)%
Other income (expense):
   Interest expense(2)%— %(1)%(3)%
   Other income (expense), net— %— %%— %
Total other (expense) income, net(2)%— %— %(3)%
Loss before income taxes(11)%(12)%(12)%(15)%
Income tax expense— %— %%— %
Net loss(11)%(12)%(12)%(15)%
The following table presents our revenue, both per-subsidiary and total:
Three Months Ended April 30,Years Ended April 30,
2022$ Change% Change20212022$ Change% Change2021
AU$12,803,513 $(504,300)(4)%$13,307,813 $51,839,354 $3,897,015 8%$47,942,339 
USU6,574,849 831,586 14%5,743,263 24,855,012 4,984,831 25%19,870,181 
Revenue$19,378,362 $327,286 2%$19,051,076 $76,694,366 $8,881,846 13%$67,812,520 
Q4 Fiscal 2022 compared to Q4 Fiscal 2021
AU revenue decreased 4% in Q4 Fiscal 2022 compared to Q4 Fiscal 2021 due primarily to the Q4 Fiscal 2022 enrollment stoppage at our Phoenix pre-licensure campuses and the material reduction in marketing spend in the AU Nursing + Other unit based on the Aspen 2.0 business plan instituted in Fiscal 2022. The active student body at AU decreased from 11,117 at April 20,2021 to 10,225 at April 30, 2022.
AU entered into a Consent Agreement related to its BSN pre-licensure program in Arizona, in which the AZ BON revoked its approval of AU’s core component of its pre-licensure program in Arizona but simultaneously imposed a conditional stay on the revocation. In June 2022, the AZ BON granted approval of Aspen University’s request for provisional approval as long as the program is in compliance with the consent agreement through March 31, 2025. Aspen’s SchoolHowever, Aspen University is not currently enrolling students in the BSN Pre-licensure program in Arizona. Approximately 12% of AU’s enrollments are students in its BSN Pre-Licensure nursing programs at two campus locations in Phoenix. The AU Arizona programs accounted for 19.5% of AGI's consolidated revenue in Fiscal Year 2022 and is projected to decline to approximately 10% of our revenue in Fiscal Year
53

Table of Contents
2023. Our revenue is expected to be lower while the probationary period under the Consent Agreement with the Arizona Board of Nursing accountedis ongoing or if the revocation stay is lifted which would result in our inability to continue BSN pre-licensure program operations in Arizona.

USU revenue increased 14% in Q4 Fiscal 2022 compared to Q4 Fiscal 2021 due primarily to USU's MSN-FNP program, the USU degree program with the highest concentration of students and the highest LTV. The active student body at USU increased from 2,769 at April 20,2021 to 3,109 at April 30, 2022.

Except for 72%the impact of the revenues for 2017 Period.



enrollment stoppage at our Phoenix pre-licensure campuses, the Company expects the majority of its revenue growth in future periods to be derived from Aspen's BSN Pre-Licensure program and USU's MSN-FNP program as we continue prioritizing our highest LTV degree programs to achieve our long-term growth plans.

Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021


AU and USU revenue increased 8% and 25% in Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021. AU revenue increased year-over-year due primarily to student body increases in the BSN Pre-Licensure program now located in five metros and the AU doctoral online degree program; and the marketing spend reduction in Q4 2022 of $1 million. USU revenue increased due primarily to student body increases described above in the three-month revenue discussion.
Cost of Revenues (exclusive of amortization)


The Company’s cost of revenues consists ofdepreciation and amortization shown separately below)

Three Months Ended April 30,Years Ended April 30,
2022$ Change% Change20212022$ Change% Change2021
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)$8,601,093 $(120,386)(1)%$8,721,479 $35,259,281 $5,805,54820%$29,453,733 
Q4 Fiscal 2022 compared to Q4 Fiscal 2021
Instructional Costs and Services
Consolidated instructional costs and services and marketing and promotional costs.


Instructional Costs and Services


Instructional costs and services for the 2017 Period roseQ4 Fiscal 2022 increased to $2,436,147$5,203,463 or 27% of revenue from $1,730,110$4,577,075 or 24% of revenue for the 2016 Period,Q4 Fiscal 2021, an increase of $706,037$626,388 or 41%14%. As student enrollment levels continueThe increase is due to rise, Aspen anticipatesstaffing increases in the growth rategrowing USU FNP program and hiring of new faculty and operations personnel in the newly opened pre-licensure campuses in Austin, Tampa, Nashville and Atlanta.

AU instructional costs and services to lag thatwere 27% and 24% of overallAU revenue growth asfor Q4 Fiscal 2022 and Q4 Fiscal 2021, respectively. As a resultpercentage of the Company commencing in 2016 with a full-time faculty conversion model which saves approximately $50,000 per year for each adjunct faculty member that is converted to full-time status.  As projected, Instructionalrevenue, instructional costs and services increased due primarily to an increase in faculty compensation costs related to the faculty hiring in the BSN Pre-Licensure campus locations and increases in student technology license costs.
USU instructional costs and services were 27% and 25% of USU revenue for Q4 Fiscal 2022 and Q4 Fiscal 2021, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, instructional costs and services have increased due to higher USU immersion costs incurred due to the 2017 Period droppedgrowth in the MSN-FNP program, which resulted in increased immersions at additional locations with associated faculty and supplies costs.
Marketing and Promotional
Consolidated marketing and promotional costs for Q4 Fiscal 2022 were $3,397,630 or 18% of revenue compared to $4,144,404 or 22% of revenue for Q4 Fiscal 2021, a decrease of $746,774 or 18% of revenue. The decrease of marketing as a percentage of revenue is a result of a planned marketing spend decrease in Q4 Fiscal 2022 to 17%,ensure sufficient collateral for a surety bond required by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education.
AU marketing and promotional costs represented 18% and 21% of AU revenue for Q4 Fiscal 2022 and Q4 Fiscal 2021, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, marketing and promotional costs decreased due primarily to the planned decrease in marketing spend in Q4 Fiscal 2022.
USU marketing and promotional costs were 11% and 18% of USU revenue for Q4 Fiscal 2022 and Q4 Fiscal 2021, respectively, due to the planned decrease in marketing spend in Q4 Fiscal 2022.
54

Table of Contents
Corporate marketing costs were $358,976 for Q4 Fiscal 2022 compared to $310,415 for Q4 Fiscal 2021, an increase of $48,561 or 16%.
Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021
Instructional Costs and Services
Consolidated instructional costs and services for Fiscal 2022 increased to $19,463,085 or 25% of revenue from 20%$15,275,131 or 23% of revenue for Fiscal 2021, an increase of $4,187,954 or 27%. The increases are due primarily to the factors described above in the 2016 Period.


three-month costs of revenue discussion.

AU instructional costs and services were 25% and 22% of AU revenue for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, instructional costs and services increased primarily due to the factors described above in the three month discussion.
USU instructional costs and services were 26% and 25% of USU revenue for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively.
Marketing and Promotional

Marketing

Consolidated marketing and promotional costs for the 2017 PeriodFiscal 2022 were $2,625,075$15,796,196 or 21% of revenue compared to $1,856,918$14,178,602 or 21% of revenue for the 2016 Period,Fiscal 2021, an increase of $768,157$1,617,594 or 41%11%. The increase of marketing costs is a result of a planned advertising spending increase during Fiscal Year 2022, targeted primarily to our highest LTV programs. Specifically, the majority of the advertising spending increase was directed toward the growing USU MSN-FNP program and the four new pre-licensure metro locations in Austin, Tampa, Nashville and Atlanta. Partially off-setting this increase, in Q4 Fiscal 2022, the Company expectsdecreased marketing spend to ensure sufficient collateral for a surety bond required by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education.
AU marketing and promotional costs represented 20% of AU revenue for both Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, marketing and promotional costs remained flat.
USU marketing and promotional costs were 16% and 18% of USU revenue for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively.
Corporate marketing and promotional costs were $1,353,657 in Fiscal 2022 compared to rise$1,068,292 in future periods given the planned spend rateFiscal 2021, an increase to an average of $300,000 per month beginning in July 2017. To date, the Company has experienced a strong correlation between marketing spend and new enrollments.


Gross profit rose to 61% of revenues$285,365 or $8,679,248 for the 2017 Period from 51% of revenues or $4,316,408 for the 2016 Period.


27%.

Costs and Expenses


General and Administrative


General

Three Months Ended April 30,Years Ended April 30,
2022$ Change% Change20212022$ Change% Change2021
General and administrative$11,175,725 $(8,956)—%$11,184,681 $45,535,001 $3,626,9719%$41,908,030 

Q4 Fiscal 2022 compared to Q4 Fiscal 2021
Consolidated general and administrative expense for Q4 Fiscal 2022 was $11,175,725 or 58% of revenue compared to $11,184,681 or 59% of revenue for Q4 Fiscal 2021, a decrease of $8,956 or less than 1%. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense remained flat due to increased general and administrative spend at AU's BSN Pre-Licensure and USU MSN-FNP programs, which is comprised of additional headcount, and the related increase in compensation and benefits expense, and increased facilities costs, offset by flat general and administrative spend in corporate.
AU general and administrative expense was 36% of AU revenue for both Q4 Fiscal 2022 and Q4 Fiscal 2021, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense remained flat.

55

Table of Contents
USU general and administrative costs were 36% and 34% of USU revenue for Q4 Fiscal 2022 and Q4 Fiscal 2021, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense increased due primarily to additional headcount, and the 2017 Period were $9,087,740 compared to $6,403,708 during the 2016 Period, anrelated increase of $2,684,032 or 42%. During the latter part of the 2017 Period, there werein compensation and benefits, and increased facilities costs associated with the announcementgrowing USU MSN-FNP program.

Corporate general and administrative costs were $4.2 million in Q4 Fiscal 2022 and $4.4 million in Q4 Fiscal 2021, a decrease of a definitive agreement$0.2 million, or 5%. The decrease was primarily due to acquire United States Universityplanned Corporate cost control.
Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021
Consolidated general and other corporate initiatives.  This accountedadministrative expense for approximately $440,000Fiscal 2022 was $45,535,001 or 59% of the increase.  In addition, thisrevenue compared to $41,908,030 or 62% of revenue for Fiscal 2021, an increase also reflects higher salaryof $3,626,971 or 9%. The increase in general and rental costs related to significant expansion of our call center staff as well as several supporting academic and operational positions.


Program Review


On February 8, 2017, the DOE issued a Final Program Review Determination (“FPRD”) letteradministrative expense is related to the 2013 program review. The FRPD includesfactors described below.

AU general and administrative expense was 36% and 34% of AU revenue for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively. As a summarypercentage of the non-compliance areasrevenue, general and calculations of amounts due for the 126 students that they reviewed. We had 45 days to review the calculations and elected to not appeal the amount.  In accordance with ASC 450-20, we recorded a minimum liability of $80,000 at January 31, 2017 and recorded the final amount of $298,090 at April 30, 2017.  However, a portion of that amount removed accounts receivable balances that were previously reserved.


Depreciation and Amortization


Depreciation and amortization costs for the 2017 Period decreased to $556,730 from $598,303 for the 2016 Period, a decrease of $41,473 or 7%.


Other Income (Expense)


Other income for the 2017 Period increased to $14,336 from $9,985 in the 2016 Period, an increase of $4,351 or 44%. Interestadministrative expense increased from $121,320due primarily to $337,510, an increase of $216,190 or 178%. This increase reflects the additional interest paid for the third-party line of creditheadcount, and the $112,500 write-off of the original interest discountrelated increase in compensation and benefits, and increased facilities costs associated with the lineour new pre-licensure locations.


USU general and administrative expense was 40% of credit.


Income Taxes

Income taxesUSU revenue for both Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense (benefit) for the comparable yearsremained flat.


Corporate general and administrative expense was $0 as Aspen Group experienced operating losses$17.2 million and $17.5 million in Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to planned Corporate cost control.
Bad Debt Expense
Three Months Ended April 30,Years Ended April 30,
2022$ Change% Change20212022$ Change% Change2021
Bad debt expense$450,000 $(116,540)(21)%$566,540 $1,500,000 $(768,540)(34)%$2,268,540 

For both periods. As management made a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets stemming from these losses, there was no tax benefit recorded in the statement of operations in both periods.






Net Loss

Net loss for 2017 Period was ($1,105,260) asQ4 Fiscal 2022 compared to ($2,246,705) for the 2016 Period, a decrease in the loss of $1,141,445 or approximately 51%. ContributingQ4 Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022 compared to this lower loss was the increase in revenues in the 2017 period growing at a higher rate than the increase of costs.


For the Quarter Ended April 30, 2017 Compared with the Quarter Ended April 30, 2016

Revenue


Revenue from operations for the quarter ended April 30, 2017 (“2017 Quarter”) increased to $4,289,230 from $2,670,616 for the quarter ended April 30, 2016 (“2016 Quarter”), an increase of $1,618,614 or 61%.  Aspen’s School of Nursing accounted for 74% of the revenues for the 2017 Quarter.

Cost of Revenues (exclusive of amortization)


The Company’s cost of revenues consists of instructional costs and services and marketing and promotional costs.


Instructional Costs and Services


Instructional costs and services for the 2017 Quarter rose to $734,202 from $453,985 for the 2016 Quarter, an increase of $280,217 or 62%. As student enrollment levels continue to rise, Aspen anticipates the growth rate in instructional costs and services to lag that of overall revenue growth as a result of the Company commencing in 2016 with a full-time faculty conversion model which saves approximately $50,000 per year for each adjunct faculty member that is converted to full-time status.  Instructional costs and services for the 2017 Quarter remainedFiscal 2021, bad debt expense decreased as a percentage of total revenue. Based on our review of additional student accounts associated with increased revenue at 17% asand existing accounts receivable and historical write-off trends, the Company evaluated its reserve methodology and adjusted reserves for AU and USU accordingly. At AU and USU, approximately $1.0 million and $0.3 million of student accounts receivable were written off against the accounts receivable allowance during Fiscal 2022.

Depreciation and Amortization
Three Months Ended April 30,Years Ended April 30,
2022$ Change% Change20212022$ Change% Change2021
Depreciation and amortization$890,228 $16,1172%$874,111 $3,370,407 $944,04239%$2,426,365 
For both Q4 Fiscal 2022 compared to Q4 Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021, the 2016 Quarter.


Marketingincrease in depreciation is primarily due to investments in new campuses, including capital expenditures of leasehold improvements and Promotional

Marketingcomputer equipment, and promotional costsan increase in amortization of internally developed capitalized software placed into service to support the Company's services and the opening of new campuses, partially offset by a decrease related to fully depreciated assets.

Other Expense, net
Three Months Ended April 30,Years Ended April 30,
2022$ Change% Change20212022$ Change% Change2021
Other expense, net$(351,074)$(314,377)857%$(36,697)$(188,058)$1,984,12391%$(2,172,181)


56

Table of Contents
Q4 Fiscal 2022 compared to Q4 Fiscal 2021
Other expense, net in Q4 Fiscal 2022 includes: $210,000 of interest expense related to the $5 million Revolving Credit Facility borrowings on August 31, 2021, interest expense of $108,000 related to the $10 million Convertible Notes issued on March 14, 2022, amortization expense of $17,000 related to the 2% annual commitment fee on the undrawn portion of the $20 million Revolving Credit Facility, and $20,000 of amortization expense in connection with the fair value of the warrants issued to the Leon and Toby Cooperman Family Foundation as an extension fee in connection with the $5 million revolving line of credit.

Other expense, net for Fiscal Q4 2021 primarily includes the 2% quarterly commitment fees on the undrawn $5 million Revolving Credit Facility which matured on November 4, 2021.
Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021
Other expense, net in Fiscal 2022 primarily includes: $498,120 of a litigation settlement amount received on July 21, 2021 offset by the write-off of a related net receivable of $45,329 with the adverse party in this litigation; partially offset by interest expense of approximately $411,000 related to the period of time after August 31, 2021 that the $5 million Revolving Credit Facility was fully drawn, amortization expense of $58,000 related to the 2% annual commitment fee incurred during the period of time prior to August 31, 2021 that the $5 million Revolving Credit Facility was undrawn, interest expense of $108,000 related to the $10 million Convertible Notes issued on March 14, 2022, amortization expense of $17,000 related to the 2% annual commitment fee for the 2017 Quarter were $836,974 comparedundrawn $20 million Revolving Credit Facility, $69,000 of amortization expense in connection with the fair value of the warrants issued to $495,607the Leon and Toby Cooperman Family Foundation as an extension fee in connection with the $5 million revolving line of credit; and a $36,000 loss on disposal of fixed assets.

Other expense, net for Fiscal Year 2021 includes: interest expense of (i) a non-cash charge of $1.4 million of accelerated amortization expense related to the conversion of the $10 million Convertible Notes which occurred on September 14, 2020; (ii) $0.5 million for the 2016 Quarter, an increase of $341,367 or 69%. The Company expects marketing and promotional costs to rise in future periods given the planned spend rate increase to an average of $300,000 per month beginning in July 2017.


Gross profit rose to 61% of revenues or $2,602,674 for the 2017 Quarter from 59% of revenues or $1,578,785 for the 2016 Quarter.


Costs and Expenses


General and Administrative


General and administrative costs for the 2017 Quarter were $2,859,186 compared to $1,656,756 during the 2016 Quarter, an increase of $1,202,430 or 73%. During this quarter, there were increased costs associated with the announcement of a definitive agreement to acquire United States University and other corporate initiatives. This accounted for approximately $440,000 of the increase. In addition, this increase also reflects higher salary and rental costs related to significant expansion of the call center staff$10 million Convertible Notes issued on January 22, 2020 as well as several supporting academic and operational positions.


Program Review


On February 8, 2017, the DOE issued a FPRD lettercommitment fee on the $5 million Revolving Credit Facility; (iii) an adjustment of $0.3 million related to the 2013 program review. The FRPD includespreviously reported earned revenue fee calculation deemed immaterial to our Fiscal Year 2019 revenue; (iv) a summarynon-cash modification and accelerated amortization charges of the non-compliance areas and calculations of amounts due for the 126 students that they reviewed. We had 45 days to review the calculations and elected to not appeal the amount.  In accordance with ASC 450-20, we recorded a minimum liability of $80,000 at January 31, 2017 and recorded the final expense of $298,090 at April 30, 2017.  


Depreciation and Amortization


Depreciation and amortization costs for the 2017 Quarter decreased to $133,948 from $154,990 for the 2016 Quarter, a decrease of $21,042 or 14%.






Other Expense, net


Other income for the 2017 Quarter increased to $11,288 from $1,908 in the 2016 Quarter, an increase of $9,380 or 492%.  Interest expense increased to $161,848 from $19,802, an increase of $142,046 or 717%. This increase reflects the additional interest paid for the third-party line of credit and the $90,000 write-off of the original interest discount associated with the termination of that line of credit.  


Income Taxes

Income taxes expense (benefit) for the comparable years was $0 as Aspen Group experienced operating losses in both periods. As management made a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets stemming from these losses, there was no tax benefit recorded in the statement of operations in both periods.


Net Loss

Net loss for the 2017 Quarter was ($723,730) as compared to ($108,616) for the 2016 Quarter, a decrease in the loss of $615,114.  Although revenues in the 2017 Quarter grew at a higher rate than the increase of recurring operating costs, the higher non-recurring costs$0.2 million related to the USU Acquisition, legal costs, the settlementexercise of the program review2018 and 2019 Cooperman Warrants on June 5, 2020; partially offset by $0.3 million of other income.


Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
Three Months Ended April 30,Years Ended April 30,
2022$ Change% Change20212022$ Change% Change2021
Income tax expense (benefit)$38,880 $51,326(412)%$(12,446)$427,400 $394,7561,209%$32,644 
Income tax expense in Q4 Fiscal 2022 includes a reserve of approximately $40,000 for the terminationestimated Fiscal Year 2022 Canada foreign income tax liability which covers the 2022 tax year for which a permanent establishment is in place in Canada. The Company will file an annual Canadian T2 Corporation Income Tax return to report the ongoing activity of the third-party linepermanent establishment for 2022.
Income tax expense in Fiscal 2022 includes a reserve of credit resulted in a loss$300,000 for the Quarter.


Canada foreign income tax liability which covers the 2013 through 2021 tax years during which a permanent establishment was in place in Canada. Additionally, the Company recorded a reserve of $100,000 for the estimated Fiscal Year 2022 Canada foreign income tax liability. The Company is prepared to file Canadian T2 Corporation Income Tax Returns and related information returns under the Voluntary Disclosure Program with the Canada Revenue Agency ("CRA") to cover the 2013 through 2021 tax years. The Company will also file an annual Canadian T2 Corporation Income Tax return to report the ongoing activity of the permanent establishment for 2022 and future taxation years.

Non-GAAP – Financial Measures


The following

This discussion and analysis includes both financial measures in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, as well as non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed as supplemental to, and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss),
57

Table of Contents
operating income (loss), and cash flow from operating activities, liquidity or any other financial measures. They may not be indicative of the historical operating results of Aspen GroupAGI nor are they intended to be predictive of potential future results. Investors should not consider non-GAAP financial measures in isolation or as substitutes for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.


Our management uses and relies on EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted EBITDA,Gross Profit, which are non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that both management, analysts and shareholders benefit from referring to the following non-GAAP financial measures in planning, forecasting and analyzing future periods. Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in evaluating its financial and operational decision making and as a means to evaluate period-to-period comparison. Our management recognizes that the non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations because of the described excluded items.


Aspen Group defines Adjusted EBITDA as earnings (or loss) from continuing operations before the items in the table below including non-recurring charges of $732,971. Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of our operating performance because it allows management, investors and analysts to evaluate and assess our core operating results from period-to-period after removing the impact of items of a non-operational nature that affect comparability.


Our management recognizes that the non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations because of the excluded items described below.

We have included a reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable financial measuremeasures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We believe that providing the non-GAAP financial measures, together with the reconciliation to GAAP, helps investors make comparisons between Aspen GroupAGI and other companies. In making any comparisons to other companies, investors need to be aware that companies use different non-GAAP measures to evaluate their financial performance. Investors should pay close attention to the specific definition being used and to the reconciliation between such measure and the corresponding GAAP measure provided by each company under applicable SEC rules.





EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA



AGI defines Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA excluding: (1) bad debt expense; (2) stock-based compensation; and (3) non-recurring charges or gains. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and of net loss margin to Netthe Adjusted EBITDA margin:

Three Months Ended April 30,For the Years Ended April 30,
2022202120222021
Net loss$(2,128,638)$(2,319,986)$(9,585,781)$(10,448,973)
Interest expense, net364,884 13,369 715,722 2,031,545 
Taxes38,880 (12,446)427,400 32,644 
Depreciation and amortization890,228 874,111 3,370,407 2,426,365 
EBITDA(834,646)(1,444,952)(5,072,252)(5,958,419)
Bad debt expense450,000 566,540 1,500,000 2,268,540 
Stock-based compensation569,098 382,936 2,534,665 2,203,822 
Non-recurring charges - Other stock-based compensation— 555,321 — 1,754,263 
Non-recurring charges - Severance— 303,870 19,665 347,870 
Non-recurring charges - Other339,025 275,438 (6,031)650,875 
Adjusted EBITDA$523,477 $639,153 $(1,023,953)$1,266,951 
Net loss Margin(11)%(12)%(12)%(15)%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin%%(1)%%
In Q4 Fiscal 2022, excluding the impact on EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for new campuses, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA would have been greater. Non-recurring charges - Other of $339,025 includes non-recurring professional fees and consulting costs.
In Fiscal 2022, excluding the impact on EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for new campuses, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA would have been positive. Our entire Fiscal Year 2022 annual EBITDA loss allocableis attributable to common shareholders,our investments in growing our pre-licensure business. On a same store sales basis, excluding the four new pre-licensure campuses, our EBITDA would be break-even for Fiscal Year 2022. Fiscal 2022 non-recurring charges - other includes non-recurring income of $345,056, which consists of a $498,120 litigation settlement amount received on July 21, 2021 offset by the write-off of a related net receivable of $45,329 with the party in this litigation, which are included in "other (expense) income, net," offset by non-recurring professional fees and consulting costs.
In Fiscal 2021, stock-based compensation expense included $1.2 million related to the accelerated amortization expense for the price vesting of Executive RSUs in Q2 Fiscal 2021 and non-recurring charges of $375,437 in Q1 Fiscal 2021. EBITDA in Q2 Fiscal 2021 included $1.4 million related to the accelerated amortization expense of the original issue discount for the automatic
58

Table of Contents
conversion of $10 million Convertible Notes on September 14, 2020 (included in "Interest expense, net"). An additional non-recurring item in Q1 Fiscal 2021 of $123,947 (included in "Interest expense, net"), which arose from the acceleration of amortization arising from the exercise of warrants issued to a lender.
Q4 Fiscal 2022 compared to Q4 Fiscal 2021
Three Months Ended April 30, 2022
ConsolidatedAGI CorporateAUUSU
Net income (loss)$(2,128,638)$(4,991,258)$1,534,709 $1,327,911 
Interest expense, net364,884 364,906 — (22)
Taxes38,880 20,600 (22,920)41,200 
Depreciation and amortization890,228 61,115 726,283 102,830 
EBITDA(834,646)(4,544,637)2,238,072 1,471,919 
Bad debt expense450,000 — 225,000 225,000 
Stock-based compensation569,098 500,077 51,207 17,814 
Non-recurring charges - Other stock-based compensation— — — — 
Non-recurring charges - Severance— — — — 
Non-recurring charges - Other339,025 339,025 — — 
Adjusted EBITDA$523,477 $(3,705,535)$2,514,279 $1,714,733 
Net loss Margin(11)%NM12 %20 %
Adjusted EBITDA Margin%NM20 %26 %
Three Months Ended April 30, 2021
ConsolidatedAGI CorporateAUUSU
Net income (loss)$(2,319,986)$(4,736,579)$1,388,800 $1,027,793 
Interest expense, net13,369 13,486 — (117)
Taxes(12,446)(14,250)2,064 (260)
Depreciation and amortization874,111 15,691 786,135 72,285 
EBITDA(1,444,952)(4,721,652)2,176,999 1,099,701 
Bad debt expense566,540 — 340,000 226,540 
Stock-based compensation382,936 275,938 75,605 31,393 
Non-recurring charges - Other stock-based compensation555,321 555,321 — — 
Non-recurring charges - Severance303,870 303,870 — — 
Non-recurring charges - Other275,438 239,438 36,000 — 
Adjusted EBITDA$639,153 $(3,347,085)$2,628,604 $1,357,634 
Net loss Margin(12)%NM10 %18 %
Adjusted EBITDA Margin%NM20 %24 %

Adjusted EBITDA margin remained flat year-over-year. Marketing spend in the fourth quarter of 2022 was down sequentially by approximately $1.0 million to ensure adequate available funds to collateralize the surety bond required by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education.This was offset by staffing increases in the growing USU MSN-FNP program and hiring of new faculty and operations personnel and new facility costs associated with the newly opened pre-licensure campuses in Austin, Tampa, Nashville and Atlanta. (Atlanta is scheduled to open in Fall 2022).
Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021

59

Table of Contents
Year Ended April 30, 2022
ConsolidatedAGI CorporateAUUSU
Net income (loss)$(9,585,781)$(19,529,107)$6,140,416 $3,802,910 
Interest expense, net715,722 718,099 (1,739)(638)
Taxes427,400 23,963 360,947 42,490 
Depreciation and amortization3,370,407 177,835 2,809,255 383,317 
EBITDA(5,072,252)(18,609,210)9,308,879 4,228,079 
Bad debt expense1,500,000 — 950,000 550,000 
Stock-based compensation2,534,665 2,232,489 200,980 101,196 
Non-recurring charges - Other stock-based compensation— — — — 
Non-recurring charges - Severance19,665 — — 19,665 
Non-recurring charges - Other(6,031)446,660 (452,691)— 
Adjusted EBITDA$(1,023,953)$(15,930,061)$10,007,168 $4,898,940 

Net loss Margin(12)%NM12 %15 %
Adjusted EBITDA Margin(1)%NM19 %20 %
Year Ended April 30, 2021
ConsolidatedAGI CorporateAUUSU
Net income (loss)$(10,448,973)$(20,666,448)$7,281,693 $2,935,782 
Interest expense, net2,031,545 2,031,745 — (200)
Taxes32,644 — 32,644 — 
Depreciation and amortization2,426,365 57,713 2,210,166 158,486 
EBITDA(5,958,419)(18,576,990)9,524,503 3,094,068 
Bad debt expense2,268,540 — 1,862,000 406,540 
Stock-based compensation2,203,822 1,845,683 210,771 147,368 
Non-recurring charges - Other stock-based compensation1,754,263 1,754,263 — — 
Non-recurring charges - Severance347,870 347,870 — — 
Non-recurring charges - Other650,875 614,875 36,000 — 
Adjusted EBITDA$1,266,951 $(14,014,299)$11,633,274 $3,647,976 
Net loss Margin(15)%NM15 %15 %
Adjusted EBITDA Margin%NM24 %18 %
Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased to a loss of 1% in Fiscal 2022 from 2% in Fiscal 2021 due primarily to an increase in new faculty and operations personnel and new facility costs associated with the newly opened pre-licensure campuses in Austin, Tampa, Nashville and Atlanta. Additionally, there were higher USU immersion costs incurred due to the growth of the MSN-FNP program, which resulted in increased immersions at additional locations.
Additionally, enrollments and class starts were impacted by 1) the increased workloads nurses have been experiencing, which severely limited their availability to take classes or required them to delay their enrollment in new degree programs, 2) the reprioritization of marketing funds with Aspen 2.0 impacted enrollments in our Aspen Nursing + Other unit and 3) the suspension of enrollments in Phoenix metro BSN Pre-Licensure program related to the Consent Agreement with the Arizona Board of Nursing. The decrease in enrollments and class starts contributed to the decrease in Adjusted EBITDA margin.
Adjusted Gross Profit
GAAP financial measure:


 

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended

April 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1,105,260

)

 

$

(2,246,705

)

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

337,510

 

 

 

111,335

 

Depreciation & amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

556,730

 

 

 

598,303

 

EBITDA (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(211,020

)

 

 

(1,537,067

)

Program review settlement  

 

 

 

 

 

 

323,090

 

 

 

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,320

 

 

 

170,677

 

Acquisition expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

211,122

 

 

 

 

Warrant buy back expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

206,000

 

 

 

 

Warrant modification expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,554

 

Non-recurring charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

732,971

 

 

 

548,151

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

338,294

 

 

 

308,260

 

Adjusted EBITDA (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,644,777

 

 

$

(455,425

)


 

 

 

 

 

For the Quarters Ended

April 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

$

(723,730

)

 

$

(108,616

)

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

161,848

 

 

 

17,894

 

Depreciation & amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,948

 

 

 

154,990

 

EBITDA (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(427,934

)

 

 

64,268

 

Program review settlement

 

 

 

 

 

 

298,090

 

 

 

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

70,000

 

 

 

 

Acquisition expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

211,122

 

 

 

 

Warrant modification expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,554

 

Non-recurring charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

230,537

 

 

 

106,648

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

84,461

 

 

 

84,603

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

$

466,276

 

 

$

304,073

 


Gross Profit is revenue less cost of revenue less amortization expense. The Company defines Adjusted Gross Profit as GAAP Gross Profit adjusted to exclude amortization expense. The following table presents a reconciliation of GAAP Gross Profit to Adjusted Gross Profit:

60

Table of Contents
Three months ended April 30,For the Years Ended April 30,
2022202120222021
Revenue$19,378,362 $19,051,076 $76,694,366 $67,812,520 
Cost of Revenue8,601,093 8,721,479 35,259,281 29,453,733 
Adjusted Gross Profit10,777,269 10,329,597 $41,435,085 $38,358,787 
Less amortization expense included in cost of revenue:
Intangible asset amortization20,148 9,737 80,310 42,455 
Call center software/website amortization458,579 374,770 1,713,748 1,392,422 
Total amortization expense included in cost of revenue478,727 384,507 1,794,058 1,434,877 
GAAP Gross Profit$10,298,542 $9,945,090 $39,641,027 $36,923,910 

GAAP Gross Profit as a percentage of revenue53 %52 %52 %54 %
Adjusted Gross Profit as a percentage of revenue56 %54 %54 %57 %

GAAP Gross profit and gross margin for the Q4 Fiscal 2022 were $10,298,542 and 53%, respectively, compared to $9,945,090 and 52%, respectively, for Q4 Fiscal 2021. The improvement in gross margin was primarily due to the reduction in marketing spend, partially offset by increased instructional costs. If marketing spend had not been reduced by $1 million sequentially, gross margin would have been 48% and in-line with the Q4 Fiscal 2021.
For Fiscal Year 2022, gross profit increased by 7% to $39,641,027 or 52% gross margin compared to $36,923,910 or 54% gross margin in the prior year. If marketing spend had not been reduced by $1 million in the Q4 Fiscal 2022, gross margin would have been 50%.
Liquidity and Capital Resources


A summary of ourthe Company's cash flows is as follows:


 

 

For the Years Ended

 

 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(1,488,160

)

 

$

(2,444,421

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

(1,713,358

)

 

 

564,977

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

5,173,939

 

 

 

503,777

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

$

1,972,421

 

 

$

(1,375,667

)


Years Ended April 30,
20222021
Net cash (used in) provided by
   Operating activities$(11,278,225)$985,578 
   Investing activities(4,327,379)(8,977,303)
   Financing activities14,855,672 3,751,039 
Net decrease in cash$(749,932)$(4,240,686)

Net Cash Usedcash provided by (used in) operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2022 increased from $985,578 in Operating Activities


Fiscal Year 2021 to $11,278,225 in Fiscal Year 2022. Approximately $1 million of the cash used in operations in Fiscal Year 2022 is attributed to the Adjusted EBITDA loss, and the remaining use of operating cash is primarily attributed to increased working capital to support growth in our monthly payment plans.
The increase in cash from changes in working capital primarily consists of an increase in accounts receivable and other current assets, partially offset by a decrease in deferred revenue due primarily to timing of billings for class starts. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily attributed to the growth in revenues from increased enrollments and students paying through the monthly payment plan as well as timing of billings for class starts. The increases in other current assets was primarily related to a $548,000 fee for the surety bond required by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education in April 2022, which will be amortized over one year, and the anticipated Delaware Franchise tax refund of $147,000 for Fiscal Year 2021.
The decrease in non-cash adjustments primarily consists of lower stock-based compensation expense related to $1.2 million related to the accelerated amortization expense for the price vesting of Executive RSUs in Q2 Fiscal 2021 and non-recurring accelerated stock-based compensation expense of approximately $0.6 million related to the accelerated vesting of RSUs, prior year amortization of debt discounts related to the former $10 million Convertible Notes, which were automatically converted on
61

Table of Contents

September 14, 2020, and lower tenant improvements allowances from the landlords which only includes the Atlanta campus in Fiscal Year 2022.
The Company expects working capital and long-term student accounts receivable to trend higher over time as more students utilize our monthly payment plan. Additionally, there may be working capital volatility from quarter to quarter, regarding the timing of financial aid payments and student course starts that impact deferred revenue and accounts receivable balances. Offsetting the trend toward higher working capital and long-term student accounts receivable will be a trend toward improved adjusted EBITDA as we continue to grow our high LTV programs.
Net cash used in operatinginvesting activities during the 2017 Period totaled ($1,488,160) and resulted primarily from a net loss of operations of ($1,105,260) and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of ($1,685,244), both offset by non-cash items of $1,302,344.  The most significant change in operating assets and liabilities was an increase of $2,974,073 in accounts receivable, reflecting the expansion of the monthly payment plan. The most significant non-cash item was $556,730 in Depreciation and Amortization.


Net cash used in operating activities during the 2016 Period totaled ($2,444,421) and resulted primarily from a net loss of continuing operations of ($2,246,705) and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of ($1,379,911), both offset by non-cash items of $1,182,195.  The most significant change in operating assets and liabilities was ($1,292,190) in accounts receivable. The most significant non-cash item was $598,303 in Depreciation and Amortization.





Net Cash Provided By (Used in) Investing Activities


Net cash used in investing activities duringfor the 2017 Period totaled ($1,713,358), reflecting primarily fixed asset purchasesFiscal Year 2022 decreased from Fiscal Year 2021 due principally to lower capital expenditures in the current year associated with the opening of $804,558 and the issuance of a note receivable for $900,000.


pre-licensure locations.

Net cash provided by investingfinancing activities during the 2016 Period totaled $564,977, reflecting primarily the $1,122,485 release of our letter of credit by the DOE, offset by fixed asset purchases of $466,884.


Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities


Net cash provided by financing activities duringfor the 2017 Period totaled $5,173,939, reflectingFiscal Year ended 2022 increased from the Fiscal Year 2021 due primarily proceeds of $7,500,000 from an equity financing,to the proceeds of which were used to terminate a third-party line$5,000,000 from borrowings under the Credit Facility on August 31, 2021, the issuance of credit$10,000,000 of $2,150,000Convertible Notes on March 14, 2022, and the loan payable and convertible debt payable to the CEOproceeds from stock options exercised of $1,300,000, The third-party line$191,034, partially offset by payments of credit was opened and terminated in the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017.   


deferred financing costs of $335,362.

Net cash provided by financing activities duringfor the 2016 Period totaled $503,777, reflecting primarilyFiscal Year ended 2021 was composed of $2,669,247 for the exercise of stock options as well as proceeds from warrant exerciseswarrants exercised of $752,500 offset by$1,081,792 received from the reductioncash exercise of our line of credit of $242,206.


warrants associated with the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility.


Liquidity and Capital Resource Considerations


Historically, our primary source of liquidity is cash receipts from tuition and the issuances of debt and equity securities. The primary uses of cash are payroll related expenses, professional expenses and instructional and marketing expenses.  On April 7, 2017, the Company raised $7,500,000 through the issuance of 2,000,000 common shares.  The net proceeds of $6,996,000 were partially used to terminate the third-party line of credit with an outstanding balance of approximately $2,150,000 and the repayment of approximately $1,300,000 under notes held by the Company’s CEO.  Accrued interest was paid on all retirements.


As of July 24, 2017, the Company had a cash balance of approximately $2.2 million. With the cash from the Company’s $7.5 million equity raise, the growth in the Company revenues, improving operating margins, and the cash from our new credit facility, the Company believes that it has sufficient cash to allow the Company to meet its operational expenditures as our business is currently operating for at least the next 12 months.

Resources

Our cash balances are kept liquid to support our growing infrastructure needs. The majority of our cash is concentrated in large financial institutions.


Financing Arrangements
Convertible Note and Revolving Credit Facility
On March 14, 2022, the Company closed an offering of a $10 million convertible note and a $20 million Revolving Credit Facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Company received the proceeds from the $10 million convertible note at the closing. Subsequent to the closing of the $10 million convertible note, $5 million was restricted as collateral for a surety bond, which was required by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. The remaining $5 million is available for general corporate purposes, including funding the Company’s expansion of its BSN Pre-Licensure nursing degree program.

The $20 million revolving credit facility has not been drawn upon and was pledged as additional collateral for the surety bond required by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education.

Credit Facility
On August 31, 2021, the Company extended its $5 million Credit Facility by one year to November 4, 2022. The Credit Facility is evidenced by a revolving promissory note. Borrowings under the Credit Facility Agreement bear interest at 12% per annum. In conjunction with the extension of the Credit Facility, the Company drew down $5 million of funds at 12% interest per annum due November 4, 2022. Pursuant to this agreement, on August 31, 2021 the Company issued to the Foundation warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company’s common stock exercisable for five years from the date of issuance at the exercise price of $5.85 per share. Additionally on March 14, 2022, the Company extended the $5 million Credit Facility by one additional year to November 4, 2023, at an increased interest rate of 14% per annum. The Company uses these funds for general business purposes, including the roll out of the new campuses.
At April 30, 2022 and 2021, there were $5 million and no outstanding borrowings, respectively, under the Credit Facility.
Sufficiency of Working Capital

62

Table of Contents
As of July 22, 2022, the Company has $4.2 million of unrestricted cash on hand. In order to meet our short-term working capital requirements and to achieve our operational goals during the next 12 months, we expect to either raise sufficient capital or reduce our expenditures. We expect that with these reductions, we have sufficient cash to meet our working capital for the next 12 months.
Capital and other expenditures
The Company anticipates that it will need to make capital and other expenditures in connection with the development and expansion of its campus operations and the implementation of new online programs.
On July 6, 2022, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock the Company is authorized to issue from 40,000,000 to 60,000,000 authorized shares. The stockholders of the Company had previously approved the amendment at a special meeting held on July 6, 2022.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates


In response to financial reporting release FR-60, Cautionary Advice Regarding Disclosure About Critical Accounting Policies, from the SEC, we have selected our more subjective accounting estimation processes for purposes of explaining the methodology used in calculating the estimate, in addition to the inherent uncertainties pertaining to the estimate and the possible effects on our financial condition. There were no material changes to our principal accounting estimates during the period covered by this report.


Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue


The Company follows ASC 606. ASC 606 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This ASC also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer purchase orders, including significant judgments.
Revenue consistingconsists primarily of tuition and course fees derived from courses taught by Aspenthe Company online and in-person as well as from related educational resources and services that Aspenthe Company provides to its students, such as access to our online materialsstudents. Under ASC 606, tuition and learning management system. Tuitioncourse fee revenue is recognized pro-rata over the applicable period of instruction. Aspen maintains an institutional tuition refund policy,instruction and are not considered separate performance obligations.  Non-tuition related revenue and fees are recognized as services are provided or when the goods are received by the student. Students may receive discounts, scholarships, or refunds, which provides for all or a portion of tuitiongives rise to be refunded if avariable consideration. Discounts and scholarships are applied to individual student withdraws during stated refund periods. Certain states in which students reside impose separate, mandatory refund policies, which override Aspen’s policy to the extent in conflict. If a student withdraws at a timeaccounts when a portion or none ofsuch amounts are awarded. Therefore, the tuition is refundable, then in accordance with its revenue recognition policy, Aspen recognizes as revenue the tuition that was not refunded. Since Aspen recognizes revenue pro-rata over the term of the course and because, under its institutional refund policy, the amount subject to refund is never greater thanreduced directly by these discounts or scholarships from the amount of the standard tuition rate charged.
The Company's disaggregated revenue that has been deferred, under Aspen’s accounting policies revenue is not recognized with respect to amounts that could potentially be refunded. Aspen’s educational programs have starting and ending dates that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned and is therefore deferred. Aspen also charges students annual fees for library, technology and other services, whichdisclosures are recognized over the related service period. presented in Note 13. Revenue.
Deferred revenue, a contract liability, represents the amount of tuition, fees, and other student payments received in excess of the portion recognized as revenue and it is included in current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Other revenue may be recognized as sales occur or services are performed.






Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable


All students are required to select both a primary and secondary payment option with respect to amounts due to AspenAGI for tuition, fees and other expenses. The most common payment option for Aspen’s students is personal funds or payment made on their behalf by an employer. The monthly payment plan represents 60%the majority of the payments that are made by students.AGI's total active students, making it the most common payment type. In instances where a student selects financial aid as the primary payment option, he or shethe student often selects personal cash as the secondary option. If a student who has selected financial aid as his or herthe student's primary payment option withdraws prior to the end of a course but after the date that Aspen’sAGI’s institutional refund period has expired, the student will have incurred the obligation to pay the full cost of the course. If the withdrawal occurs before the date at which the student has earned 100% of his or herthe student's financial aid, Aspen willAGI may have to return all or a portion of the Title IV funds to the DOE and the student will owe AspenAGI all amounts incurred that are in excess of the amount of financial aid that the student earned, and that AspenAGI is entitled to retain. In this case, AspenAGI must collect the receivable using the student’s second payment option.


For accounts receivable from students Aspenand payors other than students, AGI records an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or refusal of its students or other payors to make required payments, which includes the recovery of financial aid funds advanced to a student for amounts in excess of the student’s cost of tuition and
63

Table of Contents
related fees. Aspen determinesAGI estimates the adequacy of itsamounts to adjust the allowance for doubtful accounts using a general reserve method based on an analysis of its historical bad debt experience, current economic trends, and the aging of the accounts receivable and student status. Aspen applies reserves to its receivables based upon an estimate of the risk presented by the age of the receivables, student status, payment type, program and student status. Aspenestimate of new revenue. AGI writes off accounts receivable balances at the time the balances are deemed uncollectible. AspenAGI continues to reflect accounts receivable with an offsetting allowance as long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of collection.


For accounts receivable

Goodwill and Intangibles
The Company assesses goodwill on its one reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually as of April 30, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit or the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset below its carrying value.
Goodwill currently represents the excess of purchase price over the fair market value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from primary payors other than students, Aspen estimates its allowancethe 2017 acquisition of USU. Goodwill has an indefinite life and is not amortized.
In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), to simplify how an entity is required to test goodwill for doubtful accountsimpairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Step 2 measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company early adopted this standard effective April 30, 2018. We have selected an April 30 annual goodwill impairment test date.
When evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill, management first assess a range of qualitative factors, including but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market for the Company’s products and services, regulatory and political developments, entity specific accounts where information indicates the customers may have an inability to meet financial obligations,factors such as bankruptcy proceedingsstrategy and receivable amounts outstandingchanges in key personnel, and the overall financial performance for each of the Company’s reporting units. If, after completing this assessment, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we then proceed to the quantitative impairment testing.

We compare the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, with its fair value, as determined. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the amount of impairment to be recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value.
When required, we arrive at our estimates of fair value using a discounted cash flow methodology which includes estimates of future cash flows to be generated by a component where the goodwill is recorded, as well as determining a discount rate to measure the present value of those anticipated cash flows. Estimating future cash flows requires significant judgment and includes making assumptions about projected growth rates, industry-specific factors, working capital requirements, weighted average cost of capital, and current and anticipated operating conditions. The use of different assumptions or estimates for future cash flows could produce different results.

Intangible assets represent both indefinite-lived and definite-lived assets. Acquired accreditation and regulatory approvals, and trade name and trademarks are deemed to have indefinite useful lives and accordingly are not amortized but are tested annually for impairment. Student relationships and curriculums are deemed to have definite lives and are amortized accordingly.
Stock-based compensation
Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date fair value of the award and is expensed over the requisite service period, which is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations. For employee stock option based awards, the Company calculates the fair value of the award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock option based awards at the grant date under this model requires judgment, including estimating volatility, employee stock option exercise behaviors and forfeiture rates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock option based awards represent the Company's best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. Stock option based awards are expensed as stock-based compensation over the vesting term, which is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
For non-employee stock option based awards, the Company follows ASU 2018-7, which substantially aligns share based compensation for employees and non-employees.
Restricted stock units ("RSUs") are awards in the form of shares denominated in the equivalent number of shares of AGI common stock. RSU awards may be subject to service-based vesting, where a specific period of continued employment must
64

Table of Contents
pass before an extended period beyond contractual terms. In these cases, Aspen uses assumptions and judgment,award vests and/or other vesting restrictions based on the best available factsnature and circumstances, to record a specific allowance for those customers against amounts due to reduce the receivable to the amount expected to be collected. These specific allowances are re-evaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. The amounts calculated are analyzed to determine the total amountrecipient of the allowance. Aspen may also record aaward. For RSU awards, the expense is typically measured at the grant date as the fair value of AGI common stock and expensed as stock-based compensation over the vesting term, which is included in general allowance as necessary.


Direct write-offs are takenand administrative expense in the period when Aspen has exhausted its efforts to collect overdue and unpaid receivables or otherwise evaluate other circumstances that indicate that Aspen should abandon such efforts.


consolidated statement of operations.

Related Party Transactions


See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements included herein for additional description of

The Company did not have any related party transactions that had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.


in fiscal year 2022.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do

The Company does not engage inhave any activities involving variable interest entities or off-balance sheet arrangements.


arrangements as of April 30, 2022.

New Accounting Pronouncements


See Note 22. Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements included herein for discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.


Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements


This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including statements regarding growth in student body, projectionsour continuing focus on the nursing profession, our future operations with respect to our Arizona locations, resolution of the Consent Agreement with the Arizona Board of Nursing, future NCLEX and pass rates in Arizona and at our other campus locations, expected growth in demand for nurses and nursing degrees, the expected changes in our expenditures in fiscal year 2023, including the length of our current reduction in marketing efficiency ratio, theexpenses, completion of any financing, the Acquisitionanticipated changes in enrollments and integrationbookings, our beliefs with respect to our student acquisition costs and faculty cost model, the future job opportunities for licensed practical nurses and registered nurses, future competitive trends in our industry, including increased competition as the result of the COVID-19 pandemic and other factors, our future ability to provide lower costs per enrollment, our estimates concerning LTV and ARPU, our expectations regarding future trends in the six-year MPP accounts receivable and collections, the future impact of our enhanced recovery and collections process, the expected continued revenue growth in the BSN Pre-Licensure and USU businesses and spending focus on our highest LTV degree programs to achieve our long-term growth plans, allowance for doubtful accounts and cash flow from operations, the impact of bookings, future expansion of our operating margins, the expected revenue trends and sources of future revenue growth, our anticipated working capital trends, and our future liquidity. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this report, including statements regarding our future financial position, liquidity, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “could,” “target,” “potential,” “is likely,” “will,” “expect” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs.



The results anticipated by any or all of these forward-looking statements might not occur. Important factors, uncertainties and risks that may cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements are containeddiscussed in the Risk Factors above. section of this Report and include, without limitation, our ability to successfully implement the fiscal year 2023 business plan and the accuracy of the assumptions used in estimating the results of such implementation, continued high demand for nurses for our new programs and in general, student attrition, national and local economic factors including the labor market shortages, future NCLEX scores of our students in Arizona and in other locations will not be sufficient to meet regulatory requirements, the failure to obtain approval from the National Council for State Authorization Reciprocity Agreements, competition from nursing schools in local markets, the competitive impact from the trend of major non-profit universities using online education and consolidation among our competitors, the continued effectiveness of our marketing and cost reduction efforts, the effectiveness of our collection efforts and process improvements, our ability to obtain and maintain the necessary regulatory approvals to operate our existing campuses , national and local economic factors including the substantial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the war in Ukraine and inflation and Federal Reserve interest rate increases in response on the economy, unfavorable regulatory changes, and our failure to continue obtaining enrollments at low acquisition costs and keeping teaching and administrative costs down. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as the result of new information, future events or otherwise. For more information regarding some of the ongoing risks and uncertainties of our business, see the Risk Factors and our other filings with the SEC.




65

Table of Contents


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The requirements ofconsolidated financial statements and the other information required by this Item can be found beginning on page F-1.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Our management carried out an evaluation, with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, required by Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on their evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this report to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered by this report. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsor Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) inInternal Control-Integrated Framework as issued in 2013. In evaluating our information technology controls, management also used components of the framework contained in the Control Objectives for Information and Related Technology, which was developed by the Information Systems Audit and Control Association’s IT Governance Institute, as a complement to the COSO internal control framework. Based on that evaluation,these evaluations, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on thatthese criteria.

Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act that occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting

reporting.


ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

66

Table of Contents

None.





PART III


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE


The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 20172022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017.


2022.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to all officers, directors and employees, which is available on our website (http://ir.aspen.edu/governance-documents)governance-docs) under "Corporate Governance."Governance Documents." We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Ethics and by posting such information on our website at the address and location specified above.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 20172022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017.

2022.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.


The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 20172022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017.

2022.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.


The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 20172022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017.

2022.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 20172022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017.




2022.


PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a)Documents filed as part of the report.
(1)    Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements, which appears on page F-1 hereof. The financial statements listed in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements are filed herewith in response to this Item.
(2)    Financial Statements Schedules. All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or because the required information is contained in the consolidated financial statements or notes included in this report.
(3)    Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index.

(a)

Documents filed as part of the report.

(1)

Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements, which appears on page F-1 hereof. The financial statements listed in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements are filed herewith in response to this Item.

(2)

Financial Statements Schedules. All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or because the required information is contained in the consolidated financial statements or notes included in this report.

(3)

Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index.






67



Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
Incorporated by Reference
Filed or
Furnished
Herewith
Exhibit #Exhibit DescriptionFormDateNumber
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended10-K7/9/20193.1
Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation - authorized shares8-K7/12/20223.1
Bylaws, as amended10-Q3/15/20183.2
Description of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act of 193410-K7/9/20194.1
Aspen Group, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended*S-89/21/202010.1
Aspen Group, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended*10-Q3/16/202110.1
Amendment No. 3 to the Aspen Group, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan*DEF 14A11/5/2021Annex A
Amendment No. 4 to the Aspen Group, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan*10-Q3/15/202210.7
Employment Agreement effective July 21, 2021, by the Company and Michael Mathews*8-K7/23/202110.1
Employment Agreement dated November 24, 2014 - Gerard Wendolowski*10-K7/28/201510.19
Employment Agreement dated June 11, 2017 – Cheri St. Arnauld*10-K7/25/201710.5
Employment Agreement dated November 1, 2019 – Anne McNamara*10-K7/7/202010.6
Employment Agreement dated December 1, 2020 - Robert Alessi*10-Q3/16/202110.2
Employment Agreement, effective August 16, 2021, by the Company and Matthew LaVay*8-K8/16/202110.1
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement*10-K7/7/202010.9
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement – price based vesting*10-K7/7/202010.10
Form of Stock Option Agreement*10-K7/7/202010.11
Amended and Restated Revolving Promissory Note and Security Agreement, dated March 6, 201910-Q3/11/201910.5
Form of Investors/Registration Rights Agreement dated January 22, 20208-K1/23/202010.3
Confidential Severance Agreement, dated February 25, 2021, by and between the Company and Frank J. Cotroneo10-K7/13/202110.13
Warrant dated July 21, 202110-Q9/14/202110.1
Form of Revolving Promissory Note and Security Agreement+10-Q3/15/202210.1
Form of Convertible Promissory Note and Security Agreement+10-Q3/15/202210.2
Form of Intercreditor Agreement10-Q3/15/202210.3
Form of Investors/Registration Rights Agreement dated March 14, 202210-Q3/15/202210.4
Form of Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Revolving Promissory Note and Security Agreement10-Q3/15/202210.5
Form of Letter Agreement +
10-Q3/15/202210.6
Consent Agreement dated March 31, 20228-K4/1/202299.1
First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement dated April 22, 20228-K4/27/202210.1
68

Table of Contents
Subsidiaries10-K7/13/202121.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmFiled
Certification of Principal Executive Officer (302)Filed
Certification of Principal Financial Officer (302)Filed
Certification of Principal Executive and Principal Financial Officer (906)Furnished**
101.INSInline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document
does not appear in the Interactive Data File because
its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL
document)
Filed
101.SCHInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema DocumentFiled
101.CALInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase DocumentFiled
101.DEFInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase DocumentFiled
101.LABInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase DocumentFiled
101.PREInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase DocumentFiled
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
——————
*    Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**    This exhibit is being furnished rather than filed and shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing, in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
+    Certain schedules, appendices and exhibits to this agreement have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule and/or exhibit will be furnished supplementally to the Securities and Exchange Commission staff upon request.
Copies of this report (including the financial statements) and any of the exhibits referred to above will be furnished at no cost to our shareholders who make a written request to Aspen Group, Inc., at the address on the cover page of this report, Attention: Corporate Secretary.
69

Table of Contents
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY.
Not applicable.
70

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Aspen Group, Inc.

Date: July 25, 2017

29, 2022

By:

By:

/s/ Michael Mathews

Michael Mathews

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Signature

Title

Date

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Michael Mathews

Principal Executive Officer and Director

July 25, 2017

29, 2022

Michael Mathews

/s/ Janet Gill

Matthew LaVay

Chief Financial Officer

July 25, 2017

29, 2022

Janet Gill

Matthew LaVay

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Dr. Michael D’Anton

Robert Alessi

Director

Chief Accounting Officer

July 25, 2017

29, 2022

Dr. Michael D’Anton

Robert Alessi

(Principal Accounting Officer)

Director

Norman Dicks

Director

C. James Jensen

/s/ Andrew Kaplan

Director

July 25, 2017

29, 2022

Andrew Kaplan

/s/ Malcolm MacLean

Michael Koehneman

Director

July 25, 2017

29, 2022

Malcolm MacLean IV

Michael Koehneman

/s/ Sanford Rich

Director

July 29, 2022

Sanford Rich

/s/ Doug Kass

DirectorJuly 29, 2022
Doug Kass
/s/ Dr. John Scheibelhoffer

Joan Prince

Director

July 25, 2017

29, 2022

Dr. John Scheibelhoffer

Joan Prince

Director

Rick Solomon












71

Table of Contents
Aspen Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Index

Table of Contents to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

Financial Statements

Page Number

F-2

F-2

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-6

F-7

F-7

F-8

F-10

F-9

F-10
F-10
F-17
F-17
F-18
F-19
F-19
F-19
F-20
F-22
F-25
F-31
F-33
F-34
F-36













F-1

Table of Contents
aspu-20220430_g2.jpg


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm




To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors and Stockholders of:

Aspen Group, Inc.




Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Aspen Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of April 30, 20172022 and 2016, and2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended April 30, 2017.  2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of April 30, 2022 and 2021, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended April 30, 2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on thesethe Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits.


We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. Anmisstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit includesof internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An auditOur audits also includes assessingincluded evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statement presentation.statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion,


Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements referredthat were communicated or required to above present fairly, in allbe communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material respects,to the consolidated financial positionstatements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of Aspen Group, Inc.critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and Subsidiarieswe are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Valuation of Accounts Receivable

As described in footnote 2 “Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable” and in footnote 3, to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable balances, both current and long-term contractual accounts receivable net of the related allowance for doubtful receivables of $3,460,288, was $35,765,766 at April 30, 2022. Accounts receivable balances are evaluated by management for collectability periodically and at year end. The determination of the valuation of these balances requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions related to the intent and ability of the debtor to pay the amounts due to the Company.

We identified the valuation of accounts receivable as a critical audit matter. Auditing management’s judgments regarding the intent and ability of the debtor to pay the amounts due to the Company involved a high degree of subjectivity.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included (a) reviewed management’s process for developing an estimate of the allowance to be recorded, (b) performed accuracy and completeness tests related to system generated data utilized to develop managements estimates, (c) tested management’s significant assumptions (d) reviewed and verified the historical and subsequent collection history and the age of these receivables through the date of our procedures and (e) performed attribute testing on select data utilized by management in developing an estimate of the allowance to be recorded.
F-2

Table of Contents

Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment Assessment

As described in footnote 2 “Goodwill and Intangibles” and in footnote 5, to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated Goodwill balance was $5,011,432 and Intangible Assets, net was $7,900,000 at April 30, 2022. Goodwill is tested for impairment by management at least annually at the reporting unit level and intangible assets with indefinite-lives are also tested for impairment at least annually. The determination of fair value of a reporting unit or fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues, operating margins, discount rates and contributory asset charges. As disclosed by management, changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on either the fair value of the reporting unit, the goodwill impairment charge, or both and on the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets.

We identified the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment assessment as a critical audit matter. Auditing management’s judgments regarding forecasts of future revenues and operating margins, the discount rate to be applied and the contributory asset charge involved a high degree of subjectivity.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included (a) evaluated the reasonableness of management’s forecasts by comparing them to historical information, year to date current information and other supporting information, (b) assessed the reasonableness of the discount rate by evaluating each component, (c) evaluated if the valuation methods used by management were appropriate and (d) recomputed the valuation amounts and the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment computations.

Analysis of Going Concern Risk
The Company has an accumulated deficit at April 30, 2022 and net loss and net cash used in operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2022. These are considered adverse conditions or events that lead management to consider whether there is substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.
However, management believes that their planned cost cutting measures and current substantial positive working capital alleviate the substantial doubt related to going concern and the need for a going concern risk disclosure.
We identified the going concern risk analysis as a critical audit matter. Auditing management’s going concern analysis including their process to develop the analysis and the projections of future cash flows, operating trends, and assessments of internal and external matters that may affect the Company’s future operations and cash flows involved a high degree of subjectivity. Additionally, auditing management’s plans to address the going concern risk involved highly subjective auditor judgment.
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included (a) Assessed the reasonableness of management’s process for developing their assessment of whether a going concern risk exists, (b) Assessed the reasonableness of assumptions management used in their cash flow projections including comparison to prior year results, and consideration of positive and negative evidence impacting management’s forecasts (c) Tested cash balances as of April 30, 20172022 and 2016, andreviewed management’s cash balances just prior to the issuance date of the consolidated results of its operationsfinancial statements, (d) Identified management’s plans for dealing with the adverse conditions and its cash flows for eachevents discussed above and assessed the reasonableness of the two years inassumptions of such plans, (e) Assessed whether it is probable that management’s plans, when implemented, will mitigate the adverse effects of the conditions and events discussed above, (f) Concluded whether substantial doubt exists as to whether the Company can continue as a going concern for a period ended April 30, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted inof one year after the United States of America.



consolidated financial statements are issued.



/s/Salberg & Company, P.A.



SALBERG & COMPANY, P.A.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012
Boca Raton, Florida

July 25, 2017






29, 2022




2295 NW Corporate Blvd., Suite 240 • Boca Raton, FL 33431-7328

Phone: (561) 995-8270•995-8270 • Toll Free: (866) CPA-8500•CPA-8500 • Fax: (561) 995-1920

www.salbergco.com • info@salbergco.com

Member National Association of Certified Valuation Analysts • Registered with the PCAOB

Member CPAConnect with Affiliated Offices Worldwide • Member AICPA Center for Audit Quality







F-3



Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

2,756,217

 

 

$

783,796

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $328,864 and $449,946, respectively

 

 

4,434,862

 

 

 

2,051,934

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

133,531

 

 

 

123,055

 

Promissory note receivable

 

 

900,000

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

81,464

 

 

 

819

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

8,314,074

 

 

 

2,959,604

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Call center equipment

 

 

53,748

 

 

 

79,199

 

Computer and office equipment

 

 

103,649

 

 

 

67,773

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

255,984

 

 

 

114,964

 

Software

 

 

2,131,344

 

 

 

2,567,383

 

 

 

 

2,544,725

 

 

 

2,829,319

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(1,090,010

)

 

 

(1,680,687

)

Total property and equipment, net

 

 

1,454,715

 

 

 

1,148,632

 

Courseware, net

 

 

145,477

 

 

 

194,932

 

Accounts receivable, secured - related party, net of allowance of $625,963, and $625,963, respectively

 

 

45,329

 

 

 

45,329

 

Long term accounts receivable

 

 

657,542

 

 

 

127,099

 

Other assets

 

 

56,417

 

 

 

31,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

10,673,554

 

 

$

4,506,771

 


April 30,
20222021
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$6,482,750 $12,472,082 
Restricted cash6,433,397 1,193,997 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $3,460,288 and $3,289,816, respectively24,359,241 16,724,744 
Prepaid expenses1,358,635 1,077,831 
Other current assets748,568 68,529 
Total current assets39,382,591 31,537,183 
Property and equipment:
   Computer equipment and hardware1,516,475 956,463 
   Furniture and fixtures2,193,261 1,705,101 
   Leasehold improvements7,179,896 5,729,324 
   Instructional equipment715,652 421,039 
   Software10,285,096 8,488,635 
   Construction in progress2,100 247,767 
21,892,480 17,548,329 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization(8,395,001)(4,892,987)
      Property and equipment, net13,497,479 12,655,342 
Goodwill5,011,432 5,011,432 
Intangible assets, net7,900,000 7,908,360 
Courseware, net274,047 187,296 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $0, and $625,963, respectively— 45,329 
Long-term contractual accounts receivable11,406,525 10,249,833 
Deferred financing costs369,902 18,056 
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net12,645,950 12,714,863 
Deposits and other assets578,125 479,212 
Total assets$91,066,051 $80,806,906 
(Continued)



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.













F-4

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)


 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

756,701

 

 

$

9,201

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

262,911

 

 

 

176,974

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,354,989

 

 

 

1,013,434

 

Refunds due students

 

 

310,576

 

 

 

110,883

 

Deferred rent, current portion

 

 

11,200

 

 

 

2,345

 

Convertible notes payable, current portion

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

50,000

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

2,746,377

 

 

 

1,362,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank line of credit

 

 

 

 

 

1,783

 

Loan payable officer - related party

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

Convertible notes payable - related party

 

 

 

 

 

300,000

 

Warrant derivative liability

 

 

52,500

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

 

34,437

 

 

 

29,169

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,833,314

 

 

 

2,693,789

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies - See Note 10

 

 

— 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 13,520,679 issued and 13,504,012 outstanding at April 30, 2017, 11,263,179 issued and 11,246,512 outstanding at April 30, 2016

 

 

13,504

 

 

 

11,247

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

33,607,423

 

 

 

26,477,162

 

Treasury stock (16,667 shares)

 

 

(70,000

)

 

 

(70,000

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(25,710,687

)

 

 

(24,605,427

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

7,840,240

 

 

 

1,812,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

10,673,554

 

 

$

4,506,771

 



April 30,
20222021
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$1,893,287 $1,466,488 
Accrued expenses2,821,432 2,040,896 
Deferred revenue5,889,911 6,825,014 
Due to students4,063,811 2,747,484 
Operating lease obligations, current portion2,036,570 2,029,821 
Other current liabilities130,262 307,921 
Total current liabilities16,835,273 15,417,624 
Long-term debt, net14,875,735 — 
Operating lease obligations, less current portion16,809,319 16,298,808 
Total liabilities48,520,327 31,716,432 
Commitments and contingencies - See Note 1000
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized,
   0 issued and 0 outstanding at April 30, 2022 and April 30, 2021— — 
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized at April 30, 2022 and 40,000,000 shares authorized at April 30, 2021,
   25,357,764 issued and 25,202,278 outstanding at April 30, 2022
   25,066,297 issued and 24,910,811 outstanding at April 30, 202125,358 25,067 
Additional paid-in capital112,081,564 109,040,824 
Treasury stock (155,486 and 155,486 shares, respectively)(1,817,414)(1,817,414)
Accumulated deficit(67,743,784)(58,158,003)
Total stockholders’ equity42,545,724 49,090,474 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$91,066,051 $80,806,906 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.






F-5



Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


 

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,246,696

 

 

$

8,453,669

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,061,222

 

 

 

3,587,028

 

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,087,740

 

 

 

6,403,708

 

Program review settlement expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

323,090

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

556,730

 

 

 

598,303

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,028,782

 

 

 

10,589,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(782,086

)

 

 

(2,135,370

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,336

 

 

 

9,985

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(337,510

)

 

 

(121,320

)

Total other expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(323,174

)

 

 

(111,335

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,105,260

)

 

 

(2,246,705

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1,105,260

)

 

$

(2,246,705

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share allocable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.10)

 

 

$

(0.21)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,558,112

 

 

 

10,703,733

 



Years Ended April 30,
20222021
Revenue$76,694,366 $67,812,520 
Operating expenses:
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)35,259,281 29,453,733 
General and administrative45,535,001 41,908,030 
Bad debt expense1,500,000 2,268,540 
Depreciation and amortization3,370,407 2,426,365 
Total operating expenses85,664,689 76,056,668 
Operating loss(8,970,323)(8,244,148)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense(718,786)(2,051,381)
Other income (expense), net530,728 (120,800)
Total other expense, net(188,058)(2,172,181)
Loss before income taxes(9,158,381)(10,416,329)
Income tax expense427,400 32,644 
Net loss$(9,585,781)$(10,448,973)
Net loss per share - basic and diluted$(0.38)$(0.44)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic and diluted25,016,437 23,757,656 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.









F-6



Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE

YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 20162022 AND 2017


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders'

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-In

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Stock

 

 

Deficit

 

 

 

 

Balance at April 30, 2015

 

 

10,687,800

 

 

 $

10,688

 

 

 $

25,016,213

 

 

(70,000

)

 

(22,358,722

)

 

2,598,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering cost for professional services from private placement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(679

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(679

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

308,260

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

308,260

 

Conversion of convertible debt into shares

 

 

132,588

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

302,178

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

302,311

 

Repurchase of shares under settlement agreement

 

 

(3,500

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(5,834

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,838

)

Shares issued for services rendered

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

50,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,400

 

Warrants exercised for cash

 

 

404,624

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

752,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

752,500

 

Warrant modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,554

 

Net loss, for the year ended April 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,246,705

)

 

 

(2,246,705

)

Balance at April 30, 2016

 

 

11,246,512

 

 

 

11,247

 

 

 

26,477,162

 

 

 

(70,000

)

 

 

(24,605,427

)

 

 

1,812,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attorney fees associated with Registration Statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,017

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,017

)

Shares issued for cash

 

 

2,000,000

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

7,498,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,500,000

 

Fees associated with equity raise

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(560,261)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(560,261)

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

338,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

338,294

 

Warrant buyback

 

 

208,333

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

(194,208

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(194,000

)

Shares issued for services rendered

 

 

49,167

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

52,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,502

 

Net loss, for the year ended April 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,105,260

)

 

 

(1,105,260

)

Balance at April 30, 2017

 

 

13,504,012

 

 

13,504

 

 

33,607,423

 

 

(70,000

)

 

(25,710,687

)

 

7,840,240

 




2021


Common StockAdditional
Paid-In
Capital
Treasury
Stock
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
SharesAmount
Balance as of April 30, 202021,770,520 $21,771 $89,505,216 $(70,000)$(47,709,030)$41,747,957 
Stock-based compensation— — 3,958,085 — — 3,958,085 
Common stock issued for stock options exercised for cash1,389,463 1,389 4,485,272 (1,817,414)— 2,669,247 
Common stock issued for cashless exercise of stock options34,773 35 (35)— — — 
Common stock issued for conversion of Convertible Notes1,398,602 1,399 9,998,601 — — 10,000,000 
Common stock issued for vested restricted stock units295,557 296 (296)— — — 
Common stock issued for warrants exercised for cash192,049 192 1,081,600 — — 1,081,792 
Common stock issued for services2,000 19,898 — — 19,900 
Modification charge for warrants exercised— — 25,966 — — 25,966 
Amortization of warrant-based cost issued for services— — 36,500 — — 36,500 
Cancellation of treasury stock(16,667)(17)(69,983)70,000 — — 
Net loss— — — — (10,448,973)(10,448,973)
Balance as of April 30, 202125,066,297 $25,067 $109,040,824 $(1,817,414)$(58,158,003)$49,090,474 
Stock-based compensation— — 2,534,665 — — 2,534,665 
Common stock issued for stock options exercised for cash58,419 58 190,976 — — 191,034 
Common stock issued for cashless exercise of stock options30,156 30 (30)— — — 
Common stock issued for vested restricted stock units85,576 86 (86)— — — 
Common stock issued for services117,316 117 (117)— — — 
Warrants issued as a fee for line of credit agreement— — 255,500 — — 255,500 
Amortization of warrant-based cost issued for services— — 59,832 — — 59,832 
Net loss— — — — (9,585,781)(9,585,781)
Balance as of April 30, 202225,357,764 $25,358 $112,081,564 $(1,817,414)$(67,743,784)$42,545,724 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.






F-7



Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


 

 

For the Years ended

 

 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

                      

  

  

                      

  

Net loss

 

$

(1,105,260

)

 

$

(2,246,705

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

44,320

 

 

 

170,677

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

556,730

 

 

 

598,303

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

338,294

 

 

 

308,260

 

Warrant modification expense

 

 

 

 

 

54,554

 

Amortization and write-off of origination fees

 

 

112,500

 

 

 

 

Amortization of prepaid shares for services

 

 

52,500

 

 

 

 

Warrant buyback expense

 

 

206,000

 

 

 

 

Common shares and warrants issued for services rendered

 

 

 

 

 

50,400

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(2,974,073

)

 

 

(1,292,190

)

Other receivables

 

 

(64,263

)

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(10,474

)

 

 

(1,462

)

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

(8,000

)

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

(25,242

)

 

 

(4,496

)

Accounts payable

 

 

747,500

 

 

 

(169,908

)

Accrued expenses

 

 

85,937

 

 

 

5,624

 

Deferred rent

 

 

14,123

 

 

 

23,763

 

Refunds due students

 

 

199,693

 

 

 

(169,856

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

341,555

 

 

 

228,615

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(1,488,160

)

 

 

(2,444,421

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(804,558

)

 

 

(466,884

)

Purchases of courseware

 

 

(8,800

)

 

 

(90,624

)

Issuance of note receivable

 

 

(900,000

)

 

 

 

Increase in restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

1,122,485

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

(1,713,358

)

 

 

564,977

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retirement of shares

 

 

 

 

 

(5,838

)

Proceeds of warrant exercise

 

 

 

 

 

752,500

 

Repayment of convertible note payable – related party

 

 

(300,000

)

 

 

 

Repayment of loan payable – officer – related party

 

 

(1,000,000

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from equity raise

 

 

7,500,000

 

 

 

 

Disbursements related to equity raise

 

 

(560,261

)

 

 

 

Warrant buyback

 

 

(400,000

)

 

 

 

Borrowing of bank line of credit

 

 

247,000

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for bank line of credit

 

 

(248,783

)

 

 

(242,206

)

Borrowing of third party line of credit

 

 

2,150,000

 

 

 

 

Payments to third party line of credit

 

 

(2,150,000

)

 

 

 

Third party line of credit financing costs

 

 

(60,000

)

 

 

 

Disbursements for registration statement

 

 

(4,017

)

 

 

(679

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

5,173,939

 

 

 

503,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

 

1,972,421

 

 

 

(1,375,667

)

Cash at beginning of year

 

 

783,796

 

 

 

2,159,463

 

Cash at end of year

 

$

2,756,217

 

 

$

783,796

 


Years Ended April 30,
20222021
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss$(9,585,781)$(10,448,973)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Bad debt expense1,500,000 2,268,540 
Depreciation and amortization3,370,407 2,426,365 
Stock-based compensation2,534,665 3,958,085 
Amortization of warrant-based cost59,832 36,500 
Amortization of deferred financing costs103,454 164,362 
Amortization of debt discounts11,297 1,550,854 
Loss on asset disposition36,443 — 
Non-cash lease benefit(230,416)(27,796)
Tenant improvement allowances received from landlords816,591 4,685,826 
Modification charge for warrants exercised— 25,966 
Common stock issued for services— 19,900 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable(9,203,042)(8,215,190)
Prepaid expenses(280,804)(136,160)
Other receivables— 23,097 
Other current assets(680,039)104,561 
Accounts receivable, secured45,329 — 
Deposits and other assets(98,913)(164,341)
Accounts payable426,799 (39,371)
Accrued expenses780,536 1,140,253 
Due to students858,010 375,640 
Deferred revenue(1,564,934)3,112,020 
Other current liabilities(177,659)125,440 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(11,278,225)985,578 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of finite life intangible assets— (8,500)
Purchases of courseware and accreditation(167,061)(120,408)
Purchases of property and equipment(4,160,318)(8,848,395)
Net cash used in investing activities(4,327,379)(8,977,303)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from drawdown on Credit Facility5,000,000 — 
Proceeds from 2022 Convertible Notes10,000,000 — 
Payments of deferred financing costs(335,362)— 
Proceeds from warrants exercised— 1,081,792 
Proceeds from stock options exercised191,034 2,669,247 
Net cash provided by financing activities14,855,672 3,751,039 

(Continued)


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.




F-8



Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)


 

 

For the Years ended

 

 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

297,151

 

 

$

104,326

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for services

 

$

52,502

 

 

$

50,400

 

Warrant derivative liability

 

$

52,500

 

 

$

 

Common stock issued from conversion of notes

 

$

 

 

$

302,311

 


Years Ended April 30,
20222021
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents$(749,932)$(4,240,686)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year13,666,079 17,906,765 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year$12,916,147 $13,666,079 
Supplemental disclosure cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest$470,895 $310,958 
Cash paid for income taxes$27,400 $57,208 
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Warrants issued as part of the 2018 Credit facility amendment$137,500 $— 
Warrants issued for Intercreditor Agreement Amendment$118,000 $— 
Common stock issued for conversion of Convertible Notes$— $10,000,000 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheet that sum to the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statement of cash flows:
April 30,
20222021
Cash and cash equivalents$6,482,750 $12,472,082 
Restricted cash6,433,397 1,193,997 
Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash$12,916,147 $13,666,079 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.





F-9



Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 20172022 and 2016


2021


Note 1. Nature of Operations and Liquidity



Overview



Aspen Group, Inc. (together with its subsidiary, the “Company” or “Aspen”("AGI") is aan education technology holding company. Its subsidiaryAGI has 2 subsidiaries, Aspen University Inc. (“("Aspen University”University" or "AU") was organized in 1987. On March 13, 2012, the Company was recapitalized in a reverse merger. 1987, and United States University Inc. ("United States University" or "USU").
All references to the Company or Aspen before March 13, 2012 are“Company”, “AGI”, “Aspen Group”, “we”, “our” and “us” refer to Aspen University.


Aspen’s mission isGroup, Inc., unless the context otherwise indicates.

AGI leverages its education technology infrastructure and expertise to offer any motivated college-worthy studentallow its two universities, Aspen University and United States University, to deliver on the opportunity to receive a high quality, responsibly priced distance-learning education for the purposevision of achieving sustainable economic and social benefits for themselves and their families. Aspen is dedicated to providing the highest quality education experiences taught by top-tier professors - 54% of our adjunct professors hold doctorate degrees.


making college affordable again. Because we believe higher education should be a catalyst to our students’ long-term economic success, we exert financial prudence by offering affordable tuition that is one of the greatest values in online higher education. In 2014,AGI’s primary focus relative to future growth is to target the high growth nursing profession.

Since 1993, Aspen University unveiled a monthly payment plan aimed at reversing the college debt-sentence plaguing working-class Americans. The monthly payment plan offers bachelor students (except RN to BSN) the opportunity to pay their tuition at $250/month for 72 months ($18,000), nursing bachelor students (RN to BSN) $250/month for 39 months ($9,750), master students $325/month for 36 months ($11,700) and doctoral students $375/month for 72 months ($27,000), interest free, thereby giving students a monthly payment tuition payment option versus taking out a federal financial aid loan.


On November 10, 2014, Aspen University announced the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (“CCNE”) has granted accreditation to its Bachelor of Science in Nursing program (RN to BSN) until December 31, 2019.


Since 1993, we have been nationally accredited by the Distance Education and Accrediting Council (“DEAC”), a nationalan institutional accrediting agency recognized by the U.S.United States Department of Education (the “DOE”), through January 2024.

Since 2009, USU has been institutionally accredited by WASC Senior College and University Commission (“WSCUC”).
Both universities are qualified to participate under the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended ("HEA") and the Federal student financial assistance programs (Title IV, HEA programs). On February 25, 2015,USU has a provisional certification resulting from the DEAC informed Aspen University that it had renewed its accreditation for five years to January, 2019.


Liquidity


At April 30, 2017, the Company had a cash balanceownership change of $2,756,217.


On April 22, 2016, the Company issued 404,624 shares of common stock to two of its warrant holders in exchange for their early exercise of warrants at a reduced exercise price of $1.86 per share. The Company received gross proceeds of $752,500 from these exercises. As a condition of the warrant holders exercising their warrants, Mr. Michael Mathews, the Company’s Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, converted a $300,000 note andcontrol in connection with this conversion, Mr. Mathews was issued 132,588 shares of common stock. (See Note 11)


In August 2016, the Company closedacquisition by AGI on a $3 million credit line with its largest shareholder. The credit line, whose terms include a 12% per annum interest rate on drawn funds and a 2% per annum interest rate on undrawn funds, will extend through August 2019.  The Company initially drew down $750,000 under the line, of which approximately $248,000 was used to repay a secured line of credit with a bank and then drew down $500,000 in JanuaryDecember 1, 2017. In March 2017 the company drew an additional $900,000. The entire balance of $2,150,000 plus interest was paid off and the letter of credit was terminated on April 7, 2017. (See Note 10)


On April 7, 2017, the Company raised $7,500,000 through the issuance of 2,000,000 common shares.  The net proceeds of $6,996,000 were used to retire the third party line of credit, the loan payable and convertible loan and support working capital needs.  (See Note 11).





F-9



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017 and 2016


Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies


Principles

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation



The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP").
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Aspen Group, Inc.AGI and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


Use

Accounting Estimates
Management of Estimates


Thethe Company is required to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions during the preparation of the unauditedits consolidated financial statements in conformityaccordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to makeGAAP. These estimates, judgments and assumptions that affectimpact the reported amounts inof assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and the unaudited consolidated financial statements.related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Significant estimates in the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the allowance for doubtful accounts, and other receivables, the valuation of collateral on certain receivables,lease liabilities and the carrying value of the related right-of-use assets ("ROU assets"), depreciable lives of property and equipment, amortization periods and valuation of courseware, intangibles and software development costs, valuation of beneficial conversion features in convertible debt, valuation of derivative instruments,goodwill, valuation of loss contingencies, valuation of stock-based compensation and the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.


Cash, and Cash Equivalents,


and Restricted Cash

For the purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. There were no
Restricted cash equivalents atas of April 30, 2017 and 2022, of $6,433,397 consists of $5 million, which is collateral for an approximately $18.3 million surety bond required by the Arizona State Board for Postsecondary Education, $1,173,525, which is collateral for
F-10

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2016. 2022 and 2021
letters of credit for the Aspen University and USU facility operating leases, $9,872 which is collateral for a letter of credit for USU required to be posted based on the level of Title IV funding in connection with USU's most recent Compliance Audit, and a $250,000 compensating balance under a secured credit line.
Restricted cash as of April 30, 2021, of $1,193,997 consisted of $934,125 which is collateral for letters of credit for the Aspen University and USU facility operating leases, $9,872, which is collateral for a letter of credit for USU required to be posted based on the level of Title IV funding in connection with USU's most recent Compliance Audit, and a $250,000 compensating balance under a secured credit line.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company maintains its cash in bank and financial institution deposits that at times may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000 per financial institution. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts from inception through April 30, 2017.2022. As of April 30, 20172022 and April 30, 2016, there were2021, the Company maintained deposits totaling $2,687,461exceeding federally insured limits by $7,749,715 and $1,224,863$13,005,537, respectively, held in two separate institutions greaterthaninstitutions.
Goodwill and Intangibles
The Company assesses goodwill on its 1 reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually as of April 30, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the federally insured limits.


fair value of a reporting unit or the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset below its carrying value.

Goodwill currently represents the excess of purchase price over the fair market value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the 2017 acquisition of USU. Goodwill has an indefinite life and is not amortized.
In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), to simplify how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Step 2 measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company early adopted this standard effective April 30, 2018. We have selected an April 30 annual goodwill impairment test date.
When evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill, management first assess a range of qualitative factors, including but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market for the Company’s products and services, regulatory and political developments, entity specific factors such as strategy and changes in key personnel, and the overall financial performance for each of the Company’s reporting units. If, after completing this assessment, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we then proceed to the quantitative impairment testing.

We compare the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, with its fair value, as determined. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the amount of impairment to be recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value.
When required, we arrive at our estimates of fair value using a discounted cash flow methodology which includes estimates of future cash flows to be generated by a component where the goodwill is recorded, as well as determining a discount rate to measure the present value of those anticipated cash flows. Estimating future cash flows requires significant judgment and includes making assumptions about projected growth rates, industry-specific factors, working capital requirements, weighted average cost of capital, and current and anticipated operating conditions. The use of different assumptions or estimates for future cash flows could produce different results.

Intangible assets represent both indefinite-lived and definite-lived assets. Acquired accreditation and regulatory approvals, and trade name and trademarks are deemed to have indefinite useful lives and accordingly are not amortized but are tested annually for impairment. Student relationships and curriculums are deemed to have definite lives and are amortized accordingly.
Fair Value Measurements


and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

F-11

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Company classifies assets and liabilities recorded at fair value under the fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. Observable inputs (highest level) reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs (lowest level) reflect internally developed market assumptions. The fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:


Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and liabilities in active markets;

Level 2—Observable inputs, other than quoted market prices, that are either directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace for identical or similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets and liabilities; and

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of assets or liabilities.


The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are carried at historical cost basis, which approximates their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.




F-10



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017

The Company’s non-financial assets, such as goodwill, intangible assets, ROU assets, and 2016


property and equipment, are adjusted to fair value only when an impairment is recognized. Such fair value measurements are based predominantly on Level 3 inputs.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

All students are required to select both a primary and secondary payment option with respect to amounts due to AspenAGI for tuition, fees and other expenses. The most common payment option for Aspen’s students is personal funds or payment made on their behalf by an employer. The monthly payment plan represents approximately 65%the majority of the payments that are made by students.AGI's total active students, making it the most common payment type. In instances where a student selects financial aid as the primary payment option, he or shethe student often selects personal cash as the secondary option. If a student who has selected financial aid as his or herthe student's primary payment option withdraws prior to the end of a course but after the date that Aspen’sAGI’s institutional refund period has expired, the student will have incurred the obligation to pay the full cost of the course. If the withdrawal occurs before the date at which the student has earned 100% of his or herthe student's financial aid, Aspen willAGI may have to return all or a portion of the Title IV funds to the DOE and the student will owe AspenAGI all amounts incurred that are in excess of the amount of financial aid that the student earned, and that AspenAGI is entitled to retain. In this case, AspenAGI must collect the receivable using the student’s second payment option.


For accounts receivable from students Aspenand payors other than students, AGI records an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or refusal of its students or other payors to make required payments, which includes the recovery of financial aid funds advanced to a student for amounts in excess of the student’s cost of tuition and related fees. Aspen determinesAGI estimates the adequacy of itsamounts to adjust the allowance for doubtful accounts using a general reserve method based on an analysis of its historical bad debt experience, current economic trends, and the aging of the accounts receivable and student status. Aspen applies reserves to its receivables based upon an estimate of the risk presented by the age of the receivables, student status, payment type, program and student status. Aspenestimate of new revenue. AGI writes off accounts receivable balances at the time the balances are deemed uncollectible. AspenAGI continues to reflect accounts receivable with an offsetting allowance as long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of collection.


For accounts receivable from primary payors other than students, Aspen estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts by evaluating specific accounts where information indicates the customers may have an inability to meet financial obligations, such as bankruptcy proceedings and receivable amounts outstanding for an extended period beyond contractual terms. In these cases, Aspen uses assumptions and judgment, based on the best available facts and circumstances, to record a specific allowance for those customers against amounts due to reduce the receivable to the amount expected to be collected. These specific allowances are re-evaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. The amounts calculated are analyzed to determine the total amount of the allowance. Aspen may also record a general allowance as necessary.


Direct write-offs are taken in the period when Aspen has exhausted its efforts to collect overdue and unpaid receivables or otherwise evaluate other circumstances that indicate that Aspen should abandon such efforts.


When a student signs up for the monthly payment plan, there is a contractual amount that the Company can expect to earn over the life of the student’s program. This contractual amount cannot be recorded as an accounts receivable until revenue is earned because the student does have the option to stop attending. As a student takes a class, revenue is earned over the class term. Some students accelerate their program, taking two or more classes every eight weekeight-week period, which increases the student’s accounts receivable balance. If any portion of that balance will be paid in a period greater than 12 months, that portion is reflected as long-term contractual accounts receivable. At April 30, 20172022 and 2016,2021, those balances are $657,542$11,406,525 and $127,099,$10,249,833, respectively.


The Company has determined that the long-term contractual accounts receivable do not constitute a significant financing component as the list price, cash selling price and promised consideration are equal.  Further, the interest free financing portion of the monthly payment plans are not considered significant to the contract.

Property and Equipment


F-12

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed in the period incurred. Depreciation and amortization areis computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, peror, in the following table.

case of leasehold improvements, the lease term, if shorter.

Category

Depreciation Term

Call center equipment

Category

5 years

Useful Life

Computer equipment and office equipment

hardware

53 years

Software

5 years
Instructional equipment5 years
Furniture and fixtures

7 years

Library (online)

Leasehold Improvements

3The lesser of 8 years

Software

5 years

or lease term




F-11



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017 and 2016


Costs incurred to develop internal-use software during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software development costs are capitalized during the application development stage, which is after: (i) the preliminary project stage is completed; and (ii) management authorizes and commits to funding the project and it is probable the project will be completed and used to perform the function intended. Capitalization ceases at the point the software project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, and after all substantial testing is completed. Upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that those expenditures will result in additional functionality. Amortization is provided for on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of five years of the internal-use software development costs and related upgrades and enhancements. When existing software is replaced with new software, the unamortized costs of the old software are expensed when the new software is ready for its intended use.


Leasehold improvements

The Company has construction in progress which includes property and equipment amounts for new campuses. These assets are amortized usingnot depreciated until they are completed and reclassified to the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets.


appropriate category within property and equipment.

Upon the retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the related cost and accumulated depreciation andor amortization are removed and a gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed in the period incurred.


Courseware


and Accreditation

The Company records the costs of courseware and accreditation in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350 “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other”.


Generally, costs of courseware creation and enhancement are capitalized. Accreditation renewal or extension costs related to intangible assets are capitalized whereas costs for upgrades and enhancements are expensed as incurred. Courseware is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is provided for on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of five years.


Long-Lived Assets


The Company assesses potential

Long-lived assets, which consist of ROU assets, property and equipment, and intangible assets are reviewed for impairment to its long-lived assets when there is evidence thatwhenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amountvalue of an asset may not be recoverable. Events and circumstances considered by the Company in determining whether theThe carrying value of identifiable intangible assets and other long-lived assets may not be recoverable include, but are not limited to: significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry or economic trends, a significant decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period of time, and changes in the Company’s business strategy. An impairment loss is recorded when the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any requiredIf the carrying value is deemed not to be recoverable, an impairment loss is measured asrecorded equal to the amount by which the carrying amountvalue of athe long-lived asset exceeds its fair value andvalue. Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets is recorded ascomputed either on a reductionstraight-line basis or based on the pattern in which the carrying valueeconomic benefits of the related asset and an expensewill be realized.
Due to operating results.


Refunds Due Students


The Company receives Title IV funds from the Department of Education to cover tuition and living expenses. After deducting tuition and fees, the Company sends checkspayment for the remaining balances to the students.


F-13

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
Leases


The Company accounts for leases in accordance with FASB issued ASU No. 2016-2, Leases (Topic 842). The Company enters into various lease agreements in conducting its business. At the inception of each lease, the Company evaluates the lease agreement to determine whether the lease is an operating or capitalfinancing lease. Leases may contain initial periods of free rent and/or periodic escalations. When such items are included in a lease agreement, the Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the initial term of a lease. The difference between the rent payment and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as a deferred rent liability.additional amortization. The Company expenses any additional payments under its operating leases for taxes, insurance or other operating expenses as incurred.




F-12



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017


Lease incentives received are deducted from the ROU assets and 2016


classified as leasehold improvements. The asset reduction due to incentives is classified within cash flows from operations. The corresponding leasehold improvement is amortized over the life of the lease term and classified within cash flows from investing activities.


Disclosures related to the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases are included in Note 12. Leases.
Treasury Stock
Purchases and sales of treasury stock are accounted for using the cost method. Under this method, shares acquired are recorded at the acquisition price directly to the treasury stock account. Upon sale, the treasury stock account is reduced by the original acquisition price of the shares and any difference is recorded in equity. This method does not allow the company to recognize a gain or loss to income from the purchase and sale of treasury stock.
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue


Revenues consist

The Company follows ASC 606. ASC 606 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This ASC also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer purchase orders, including significant judgments.
Revenue consists primarily of tuition and course fees derived from courses taught by the Company online and in-person as well as from related educational resources and services that the Company provides to its students, such as access to our online materialsstudents. Under ASC 606, tuition and learning management system. Tuitioncourse fee revenue is recognized pro-rata over the applicable period of instruction. The Company maintains an institutional tuition refund policy,instruction and are not considered separate performance obligations.  Non-tuition related revenue and fees are recognized as services are provided or when the goods are received by the student. Students may receive discounts, scholarships, or refunds, which provides for all or a portion of tuitiongives rise to be refunded if avariable consideration. Discounts and scholarships are applied to individual student withdraws during stated refund periods. Certain states in which students reside impose separate, mandatory refund policies, which override the Company’s policy to the extent in conflict. If a student withdraws at a timeaccounts when a portion or none ofsuch amounts are awarded. Therefore, the tuition is refundable, then in accordance with its revenue recognition policy, the Company recognizes as revenue the tuition that was not refunded. Since the Company recognizes revenue pro-rata over the term of the course and because, under its institutional refund policy, the amount subject to refund is never greater thanreduced directly by these discounts or scholarships from the amount of the standard tuition rate charged.
The Company's disaggregated revenue that has been deferred, under the Company’s accounting policies revenue is not recognized with respect to amounts that could potentially be refunded. The Company’s educational programs have starting and ending dates that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned and is therefore deferred. The Company also charges students annual fees for library, technology and other services, whichdisclosures are recognized over the related service period. presented in Note 13. Revenue.
Deferred revenue, a contract liability, represents the amount of tuition, fees, and other student payments received in excess of the portion recognized as revenue and it is included in current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Other revenuesrevenue may be recognized as sales occur or services are performed.


The Company has revenues from students outside the United States and its territories representing 3.3% of the revenues for the year ended April 30, 2017.


Accounting for Derivatives


The Company evaluates its convertible instruments, options, warrants or other contracts to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives to be separately accounted for under ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. The result of this accounting treatment is that the fair value of the derivative is marked-to-market each balance sheet date and recorded as a liability. In the event that the fair value is recorded as a liability, the change in fair value is recorded in the statement of operations as other income (expense). Upon conversion or exercise of a derivative instrument, the instrument is marked to fair value at the conversion date and then that fair value is reclassified to equity. Equity instruments that are initially classified as equity that become subject to reclassification under ASC Topic 815 are reclassified to liability at the fair value of the instrument on the reclassification date.


Cost of Revenues


Revenue

Cost of revenuesrevenue consists of two categories of cost, instructional costs and services, and marketing and promotional costs.


Instructional Costs and Services


Instructional costs and services consist primarily of costs related to the administration and delivery of the Company's educational programs. This expense category includes compensation costs associated with online and in-person faculty, technology license costs and costs associated with other support groups that provide services directly to the students.


students and are included in cost of revenue. Total instructional costs and services were $19,463,085 and $15,275,131 for the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and are included in cost of revenue.

F-14

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
Marketing and Promotional Costs


Marketing and promotional costs include costs associated with producing marketing materials and advertising. Such costs are generally affected by the cost of advertising media, the efficiency of the Company's marketing and recruiting efforts, and expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs. Non-directThe Company's marketing generally consists of non-direct response advertising activities and are expensed as incurred, or the first time the advertising takes place, depending on the type of advertising activity. Total marketing and promotional costs were $2,625,075$15,796,196 and $1,856,918$14,178,602 for the years ended April 30, 20172022 and 2016, respectively.


2021, respectively, and are included in cost of revenue.

General and Administrative


General and administrative expenses include compensation of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, information technology, academic operations, compliance and other corporate functions. General and administrative expenses also include professional services fees, bad debt expense related to accounts receivable, financial aid processing costs, non-capitalizable courseware and software costs, travel and entertainment expenses and facility costs.



F-13



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017 and 2016


Legal Expenses


All legal costcosts for litigation are charged to expense as incurred.


Income Tax


Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to compute the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the related financial statement amounts. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that, more likely than not, will be realized. The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, is principally dependent upon achievement of projected future taxable income.


The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Step one, recognition, occurs when the Company concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Step two, measurement, is only addressed if the position is more likely than not to be sustained. Under step two, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.


Stock-Based Compensation


Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date fair value of the award and is expensed over the requisite service period.period, which is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations. For employee stock-basedstock option based awards, the Company calculates the fair value of the award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-basedstock option based awards at the grant date under this model requires judgment, including estimating volatility, employee stock option exercise behaviors and forfeiture rates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-basedstock option based awards represent the Company's best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. Stock option based awards are expensed as stock-based compensation over the vesting term, which is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
For non-employee stock-basedstock option based awards, the Company calculatesfollows ASU 2018-7, which substantially aligns share based compensation for employees and non-employees.
Restricted stock units ("RSUs") are awards in the form of shares denominated in the equivalent number of shares of AGI common stock. RSU awards may be subject to service-based vesting, where a specific period of continued employment must pass before an award vests and/or other vesting restrictions based on the nature and recipient of the award. For RSU awards, the
F-15

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
expense is typically measured at the grant date as the fair value of AGI common stock and expensed as stock-based compensation over the award on the date of grantvesting term, which is included in general and administrative expense in the same manner as employee awards, however, the awards are revalued at the endconsolidated statement of each reporting period and the pro rata compensation expense is adjusted accordingly until such time the non-employee award is fully vested, at which time the total compensation recognized to date shall equal the fair value of the stock-based award as calculated on the measurement date, which is the date at which the award recipient’s performance is complete. The estimation of stock-based awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from original estimates, such amounts are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.


operations.

Net Loss Per Share


Net loss per common share is based on the weighted average number of shares of common sharesstock outstanding during each period. Options, to purchase 2,096,550warrants, RSUs and 1,510,509unvested restricted stock are not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. These common shares, warrants to purchase 912,798stock equivalents and 2,001,356 common shares, and $50,000 and $350,000 ofany others such as convertible debt (convertible into 4,167 and 75,596are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share of common shares) were outstanding at April 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, butstock when their effect is dilutive.
All shares mentioned above were not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. The options, warrants, RSUs, unvested restricted stock (see Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity)and convertible debtConvertible Notes (convertible into 10 million shares of common stock as of April 30, 2022) are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share of common sharestock when their effect is dilutive.




F-14



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017 and 2016


Additionally, $10 million of Convertible Notes automatically converted into 1,398,602 shares of common stock in the second quarter of fiscal year 2021. See Note 11. Stockholders' Equity.

Segment Information


The Company operates in one1 reportable segment as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and educational delivery needs of its online and campus students regardless of geography. The Company's chief operating decision makers, its CEOChief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Academic Officer, manage the Company's operations as a whole, and no revenue, expense or operating income information is evaluated by the chief operating decision makers on any component level.


Reclassifications


Certain amounts in the FY2016 balance sheet have been reclassified from Accounts Receivable, Net to Long Term Accounts Receivable to conform to the FY2017 presentation.  This reclassification increased Long Term Receivable, in non-current assets by $127,099 and decreased Accounts Receivable in current assets by the same amount in FY2016.


whole.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements


Financial

Recent Accounting Standards Board, Accounting Standard Updates whichPronouncement Adopted
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU No. 2020-06 eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity. ASU No. 2020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments. ASU No. 2020-06 is effective January 1, 2022 and should be applied on a full or modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted beginning on January 1, 2021. The Company adopted ASU No. 2020-06 effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of ASU No. 2020-06 did not effective until after April 30, 2017, are not expected to have a significant effectan impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.


ASU 2014 – 09:


statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In June 2014,2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets, including accounts receivable. ASU No. 2016-13 will replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with Customers”. The update gives entities a single comprehensivean “expected loss” model, to use in reporting information aboutunder which companies will recognize allowances based on expected rather than incurred losses. On November 15, 2019, the amountFASB delayed the effective date of Topic 326 for certain small public companies and timing of revenue resulting from contracts to provide goods or services to customers. The proposed ASU, which would apply to any entity that enters into contracts to provide goods or services, would supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. Additionally, the update would supersede some cost guidance included in Subtopic 605-35, Revenue Recognition – Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts. The update removes inconsistencies and weaknesses in revenue requirements and provides a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues and more useful information to users of financial statements through improved disclosure requirements. In addition, the update improves comparability of revenue recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions, and capital markets and simplifies the preparation of financial statements by reducing the number of requirements to which an entity must refer. The update is effective for annual reporting periodsother private companies until fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within2022 for SEC filers that are eligible to be smaller reporting period. This updatedcompanies under the SEC’s definition, as well as private companies and not-for-profit entities. The Company is currently evaluating the new guidance didand has not have a material impact on our resultsyet determined whether the adoption of operations, cash flows or financial condition.


ASU 2015-03


In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03, "Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs," which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements.  Under this guidance such costs would be presented as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015.  This ASU did notnew standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.  


ASU 2015-08


statements or the method of adoption.

In May 2015,March 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2015-08, “Business CombinationsNo. 2022-02, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 805) Pushdown Accounting,” which conforms the FASB’s326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures. The guidance on pushdown accounting with the SEC’s guidance.was issued as improvements to ASU 2015-08No. 2016-13 described above. The vintage disclosure changes require an entity to disclose current-period gross write-offs by year of origination for financing receivables. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. This ASU did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.




F-15



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017 and 2016


ASU 2016-15

In August 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Boardstatements issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-15,Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.This guidance addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing diversity in practice regarding how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented in the statement of cash flows. The standard provides guidance on the classification of the following items: (1) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, (2) settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments, (3) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, (4) proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, (5) proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, (6) distributions received from equity method investments, (7) beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and (8) separately identifiable cash flows. The Company is required to adopt ASU 2016-15 for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 on a retrospective basis.2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments should be applied prospectively. Early adoption of the amendments

F-16

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company doesamendments will impact our disclosures but will not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-15 to have a materialotherwise impact on its consolidated financial statements.


ASU 2016-02

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02: “Leases (Topic 842)” whereby lessees will need to recognize almost all leases on their balance sheet as a right of use asset and a lease liability. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company expects this ASU will increase its current assets and current liabilities, but have no net material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2016-09


In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09:"Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718)- Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting" which includes multiple provisions intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for share-based payments. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

The Company is currently evaluating the new guidance.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
The Company has concluded that based on industry practices, the preferred presentation for cash received in advance for unearned tuition and stipends should be reclassified from "restricted cash" to "cash and cash equivalents." The cash balance of $3,958,793 for funds held for students for unbilled educational services that were received from Title IV and non-Title IV programs at April 30, 2021, which was previously included in "restricted cash" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, was reclassified to "cash and cash equivalents" to align with the current year presentation. There is no impact to total current assets included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at April 30, 2021. The restricted cash balance at April 30, 2021, now includes collateral for letters of credit and a compensating balance arrangement under a secured credit line of $1,193,997.


Note 3. Accounts Receivable


Accounts receivable consisted of the following at April 30, 20172022 and 2016:


 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

4,763,726

 

 

$

2,501,880

 

Long term contractual receivable

 

 

657,542

 

 

 

127,099

 

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(328,864

)

 

 

(449,946

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

5,092,404

 

 

$

2,179,033

 


2021:
 April 30,
 20222021
Total accounts receivable, gross$39,226,054 $30,264,393 
Long-term contractual accounts receivable(11,406,525)(10,249,833)
Accounts receivable, gross27,819,529 20,014,560 
   Less: allowance for doubtful accounts(3,460,288)(3,289,816)
Accounts receivable, net$24,359,241 $16,724,744 

Bad debt expense for the years ended April 30, 20172022 and 2016, were $44,3202021, was $1,500,000 and $170,677$2,268,540, respectively.


Note 4. Secured Note and Accounts Receivable – Related Parties


On March 30, 2008 and December 1, 2008, Aspen University sold courseware pursuant to marketing agreements to Higher Education Management Group, Inc. (“HEMG”,) which was then a related party and principal stockholder of the Company. The sold courseware amounts were $455,000 and $600,000, respectively; UCC filings were filed accordingly. Under the marketing agreements, the receivables were due net 60 months. On September 16, 2011, HEMG pledged 772,793 Series C preferred shares (automatically converted to 54,571 common shares on March 13, 2012) of the Company as collateral for this account receivable which at that time had a remaining balance of $772,793. Based on the reduction in value of the collateral to $2.28 based on the then current price of the Company’s common stock, the Company recognized an expense of $123,647 during the year ended April 30, 2014 as an additional allowance. As of April 30, 2017 and April 30, 2016, the balance of the account receivable, net of allowance, was $45,329.




F-16



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017 and 2016


HEMG has failed to pay to Aspen University any portion of the $772,793 amount due as of September 30, 2014. Consequently, on November 18, 2014 Aspen University filed a complaint vs. HEMG in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, to collect the full amount due to the Company. HEMG defaulted and Aspen University obtained a default judgment. In addition, Aspen University gave notice to HEMG that it intended to privately sell the 54,571 shares after March 10, 2015. On April 29, 2015, the Company sold those shares to a private investor for $1.86 per share or $101,502, which proceeds reduced the receivable balance to $671,291 with a remaining allowance of $625,963, resulting in a net receivable of $45,329. (See Notes 10 and 14)


Note 5.4. Property and Equipment


As property and equipment become fully expired,reach the end of their useful lives, the fully expired asset isassets are written off against the associated accumulated depreciation. Theredepreciation and amortization.
When assets are disposed of before reaching the end of their useful lives, both the recorded cost of the fixed asset and the corresponding amount of accumulated depreciation is no expense impact for such write offs. reversed. Any remaining difference between the two is recognized as either other income or expense.
Property and equipment consisted of the following at following:
F-17

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 20172022 and April 30, 2016:


 

 

April 30,

 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Call center hardware

 

$

53,748

 

 

$

79,199

 

Computer and office equipment

 

 

103,649

 

 

 

67,773

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

255,984

 

 

 

114,964

 

Software

 

 

2,131,344

 

 

 

2,567,383

 

 

 

 

2,544,725

 

 

 

2,829,319

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(1,090,010

)

 

 

(1,680,687

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

1,454,715

 

 

$

1,148,632

 


2021

April 30,
20222021
   Computer equipment and hardware$1,516,475 $956,463 
   Furniture and fixtures2,193,261 1,705,101 
   Leasehold improvements7,179,896 5,729,324 
   Instructional equipment715,652 421,039 
   Software10,285,096 8,488,635 
   Construction in progress2,100 247,767 
21,892,480 17,548,329 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization(8,395,001)(4,892,987)
      Property and equipment, net$13,497,479 $12,655,342 
Software consisted of the following at April 30, 2017 and April 30, 2016:


 

 

April 30,

 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Software

 

$

2,131,344

 

 

$

2,567,383

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(994,017

)

 

 

(1,560,932

)

Software, net

 

$

1,137,327

 

 

$

1,006,451

 


following:

April 30,
20222021
Software$10,285,096 $8,488,635 
Accumulated amortization(5,170,943)(3,444,325)
Software, net$5,114,153 $5,044,310 
Depreciation and Amortizationamortization expense for all Propertyproperty and Equipment as well as the portion for justequipment and software is presented below for the years ended April 30, 2017 and 2016:


 

 

For the Years Ended

 

 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

 

$

498,476

 

 

$

529,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software Amortization Expense

 

$

447,972

 

 

$

481,230

 


summarized below:
Years Ended April 30,
20222021
Depreciation and amortization expense:
Property and equipment, excluding software$1,555,119 $975,900 
Software amortization expense$1,726,618 $1,405,756 

The following is a schedule of estimated future amortization expense of software at April 30, 2017:


Year Ending April 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

$

382,783

 

2019

 

 

299,610

 

2020

 

 

229,768

 

2021

 

 

157,321

 

2022

 

 

67,845

 

Total

 

$

1,137,327

 



F-17


2022 (by fiscal year):
Future Expense
2023$1,763,621 
20241,473,045 
20251,070,781 
2026610,861 
2027195,845 
Total$5,114,153 
Note 5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
In connection with the acquisition of the USU business on December 1, 2017, the amount paid over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets was $5,011,432, which is in included in "Goodwill" in the consolidated balance sheet.
The goodwill resulting from the acquisition may become deductible for tax purposes in the future. The goodwill resulting from the acquisition is principally attributable to the future earnings potential associated with enrollment growth and other intangibles that do not qualify for separate recognition such as the assembled workforce.

We assigned an indefinite useful life to the acquired accreditation and regulatory approvals and the trade name and trademarks, of $7.9 million, as we believe they have the ability to generate cash flows indefinitely. In addition, there are no legal, regulatory, contractual, economic or other factors to limit the intangibles’ useful life and the Company intends to renew the intangibles, as applicable, and renewal can be accomplished at little cost. We determined all other acquired intangibles are
F-18

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 20172022 and 2016


Note 6. Courseware


Courseware costs capitalized were $8,8002021

finite-lived, of $2.2 million, and $90,624they became fully amortized during fiscal 2020. There was no amortization expense for the years ended April 30, 20172022 and 2016 respectively. During September 2015, $1,970,6702021.

Note 6. Courseware and Accreditation
As courseware and accreditation reach the end of fully amortized courseware wastheir useful life, they are written off against the accumulated amortization. In subsequent periods, certain other fully expired courseware has been written off in the same way. There is no expense impact for such write-offs.


Courseware consisted of the following at April 30, 2017 and April 30, 2016:


 

 

April 30,

 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Courseware

 

$

271,777

 

 

$

319,267

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(126,300

)

 

 

(124,335

)

Courseware, net

 

$

145,477

 

 

$

194,932

 


Amortization expense of coursewarewrite-offs for the years ended April 30, 20172022 and 2016:


 

 

For the

 

 

 

Years Ended

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization Expense

 

$

58,254

 

 

$

69,003

 


2021.

Courseware and accreditation consisted of the following:
April 30,
20222021
Courseware$575,283 $408,222 
Accreditation59,350 59,350 
634,633 467,572 
Accumulated amortization(360,586)(280,276)
Courseware and accreditation, net$274,047 $187,296 
Amortization expense of courseware and accreditation is as follows:
Years Ended April 30,
20222021
Courseware and accreditation amortization expense$80,310 $44,709 
Amortization expense is included in "Depreciation and amortization" in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
The following is a schedule of estimated future amortization expense of courseware and accreditation at April 30, 2017:


Year Ending April 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

$

50,942

 

2019

 

 

49,469

 

2020

 

 

35,627

 

2021

 

 

8,663

 

2022

 

 

776

 

Total

 

$

145,477

 

2022 (by fiscal year):
Future Expense
2023$83,690 
202470,142 
202559,054 
202652,579 
20278,582 
Total$274,047 

Note 7. Secured Note and Accounts Receivable
On March 30, 2008 and December 1, 2008, Aspen University sold courseware pursuant to marketing agreements to Higher Education Management Group, Inc. (“HEMG”), which was then a related party and principal stockholder of the Company. As discussed in Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies, the Company and Aspen University sued HEMG seeking to recover sums due under the agreements. Ultimately, the Company and Aspen University obtained a favorable default judgment, and as a result received a distribution from the bankruptcy trustee court of $498,120, which was included in "other (expense) income, net" in the consolidated statements of operations during the year ended April 30, 2022. Due to the bankruptcy of HEMG, the Company also wrote off a net receivable of $45,329 in the same period.


Note 7.8. Accrued Expenses


Accrued expenses consisted

F-19

Table of the following at April 30, 2017 and 2016:


 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued compensation

 

$

122,520

 

 

$

91,070

 

Accrued Interest

 

 

13,566

 

 

 

71,214

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

126,825

 

 

 

14,690

 

Accrued expenses

 

$

262,911

 

 

$

176,974

 


Note 8. Loan Payable Officer – Related Party


On June 28, 2013, the Company received $1,000,000 as a loan from the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This loan was for a term of 6 months with an annual interest rate of 10%, payable monthly. Through various note extensions, the debt was extended to May 5, 2018. There was no accounting effect for these extensions.  The loan plus accrued interest was paid in full on April 7, 2017 as part of the $7,500,000 equity raise.  (See Note 11.)




F-18



Contents

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 20172022 and 2016


2021

April 30,
20222021
Accrued compensation$1,353,757 $1,244,261 
Accrued foreign taxes400,000 — 
Accrued marketing387,588 437,642 
Accrued professional fees371,703 70,151 
Accrued interest49,315 23,014 
Other accrued expenses259,069 265,828 
Accrued expenses$2,821,432 $2,040,896 
Note 9. Long-term Debt, Net
April 30,
20222021
Credit Facility due March 14, 2023 (the "2022 Revolving Credit Facility")$— $— 
Credit Facility due November 4, 2023 (the "2018 Credit Facility"); interest payable monthly in arrears5,000,000 — 
12% Convertible Notes due March 14, 2027 (the "2022 Convertible Notes"); interest payable monthly in arrears10,000,000 — 
Total long-term debt15,000,000 — 
Less: Unamortized deferred financing costs124,265 — 
Total long-term debt, net$14,875,735 $— 
2022 Convertible Notes
On March 14, 2022, the Company issued $10 million in principal convertible notes (the "2022 Convertible Notes") to 2 unaffiliated lenders in exchange for $5 million notes to each of the 2 unaffiliated lenders. The proceeds are used for general corporate purposes, including funding the Company’s expansion of its BSN Pre-Licensure nursing degree program. The key terms of the Convertible Notes Convertible Notes – Related Party and Debenture Payable


On February 29, 2012, a loan payable of $50,000 was convertedare as follows:


At any time after issuance date, the lenders had the right to convert the principal into a two-year convertible promissory note, bearing interest of 0.19% per annum. Beginning March 31, 2012, the note was convertible into commonour shares of the CompanyCompany’s common stock at the rate of $12.00 per share. The Company evaluated the convertible note and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as thea conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the common shares on the note issue date. This loan (now a convertible promissory note) was originally due in February 2014.  $1.00 per share;
The amount due under this note has been reserved for payment upon the note being tendered to the Company by the note holder.


On March 13, 2012, the Company’s CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible promissory note due March 31, 2013, bearing interestConvertible Notes automatically convert at 0.19%$1.00 per annum. The note is convertibleshare into common shares of the CompanyCompany’s common stock if the average closing price of our common stock is at least $2.00 over a 30 consecutive trading day period. This mandatory conversion is subject to each lender’s 9.9% beneficial ownership limitation and is also subject to the Nasdaq combined 19.99% requirement which generally provides that a listed issuer may not issue 20% or more of its outstanding common stock or voting power in a non-public offering at below a minimum price unless the Company’s stockholders first approve such issuance;

The Convertible Notes are due March 14, 2027 or approximately five years from the closing;
The interest rate of $12.00the Convertible Notes is 12% per share upon five days written notice to the Company. annum (payable monthly in arrears); and
The Company evaluated the convertible noteConvertible Notes are secured by a first priority lien in all current and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market valuefuture accounts receivable of the common shares onCompany’s subsidiaries, certain of the note issue date. Through various note extensions, the debt was extended to May 5, 2018. There was no accounting effect for these modifications. On April 22, 2016, the CEO converted the loan and accrued interest into common stock. The loan was converted at $2.28 per share anddeposit accounts of the Company issued 132,588 sharesand its subsidiaries and a pledge of common stock.  The note modification was treated as a debt extinguishment under ASC 470-50. There was no gain or loss on this debt extinguishment. The Company evaluated the convertible note and determined that, for the embedded conversion option there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price exceeded the fair market value of the common shares on the note issue date.


On August 14, 2012, the Company’s CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible promissory note, payable on demand, bearing interest at 5% per annum. The note was convertible into shares of common stock of the Company held by its Chief Executive Officer (the “2022 Collateral”).

At closing of the 2022 Convertible Notes, the Company agreed to pay each lender's legal fees arising from this transaction of $135,562, which has been recorded as a deferred financing cost debt discount and is being amortized in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
2022 Revolving Credit Facility
On March 14, 2022, the Company entered into Revolving Promissory Note and Security Agreements (the "2022 Revolver Agreements") with the same two unaffiliated lenders (the "Lenders") of the 2022 Convertible Notes for a one-year, $20 million
F-20

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
secured revolving line of credit that requires monthly interest payments on sums borrowed at athe rate of $4.2012% per share (based on proceeds received on September 28, 2012annum (the "2022 Revolving Credit Facility"). At April 30, 2022, there were no outstanding borrowings under the 2022 Revolving Credit Facility. The Company paid a 1% commitment fee of $200,000 at closing, which was recorded as a deferred financing cost, non-current asset, and is being amortized over the term of the loan of one-year, and if the revolving credit facility has not been replaced in six months of the closing date, it must pay another 1% commitment fee.
Pursuant to the 2022 Convertible Notes and the 2022 Revolving Credit Facility (the "Notes"), all future indebtedness incurred by the Company, other than indebtedness expressly permitted by the Notes, will be subordinated to the Notes and the Prior Credit Facility, as defined below, with an exception for acquisitions of software and equipment under purchase money agreements and capital leases.

The Company’s obligations under the 2022 Revolver Agreements are secured by a first priority lien in the same 2022 Collateral as described above under "2022 Convertible Notes."

On March 14, 2022, in connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company also entered into an intercreditor agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) among the Company, the Lenders and the lender under a private placement at $4.20 per unit)prior credit facility dated November 5, 2018 (as amended, the “2018 Credit Facility”). The Intercreditor Agreement provides among other things that the Company's obligations under, and the security interests in the Collateral granted pursuant to, the Note and the 2018 Credit Facility shall rank pari passu to one another.

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company evaluatedalso entered into an Investors/Registration Rights Agreement with the convertible notesLenders (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) whereby, upon request of either Lender on or after August 15, 2022 the Company must file and determined that, forobtain and maintain the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market valueeffectiveness of a registration statement registering the shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes.

On March 14, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment with the lender pursuant to the 2018 Credit Facility to extend the maturity date of the 2018 Credit Facility by one year to November 4, 2023.

On March 14, 2022, the Company entered into a letter agreement with the Lenders (the “Letter Agreement”). Pursuant to the Letter Agreement, the Company and its subsidiaries made certain representations and warranties to the Lenders. The Letter Agreement also contained certain conditions precedent to the closing of the transactions.
On April 22, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with an insurance company which issued an approximately $18.3 million surety bond which was required by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In order to cause the insurance company to deliver the surety bond, the Company entered into a First Amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement with the 2 lenders of the March 14, 2022 financing arrangements to amend the Intercreditor Agreement entered into by the same parties on March 14, 2022 (the “Amendment”). The Amendment provides that the Company and each of the lenders, at all times prior to the delivery of the Termination Certificate (as defined below), but for funding as directed by the surety bond as described more fully below, (i) the Company shall not be permitted to make any draw request or borrow any funds under the 2022 Revolver Agreements and (ii) the lenders shall not be required to fund any loan or advance any funds under the 2022 Revolver Agreements. Upon that certain surety bond ceasing to be outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the lenders a certificate (such certificate, the “Termination Certificate”), certifying that the surety bond is no longer outstanding and that there are no further obligations in respect of the surety bond owing by the Company to the insurance company. Prior to issuance of the Termination Certificate and during the time the surety bond is in effect, the insurance company may cause the Company to draw on funds for the express purposes of resolving claims filed under the surety bond. In addition to the draw restriction on the note2022 Revolver Agreements, the insurance company required the Company to restrict $5 million of cash. As consideration for the lenders agreeing to enter into the Amendment, the Company agreed to issue date. Through various note extensions, the debt was extended to May 5, 2018. There was no accounting effect for these modifications.  This note was paid in full with accrued interest on April 7, 2017, as parteach lender 100,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $1.00 per share. The fair value of the $7,500,000 equity raise (See Note 11.)


Convertible notes payablewarrants is $118,000 and loan payable consistedis being amortized over the 60-month term. The fair value of the followingwarrants are treated as deferred financing costs, a non-current asset, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at April 30, 2017 and 2016:


 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Convertible note payable - related party originating August 14, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 5%

 

$

 

 

$

300,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible note payable - originating February 29, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 29, 2014

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan Payable - related party originating February 25, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 10%

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

1,350,000

 

Less: Current maturities (notes payable)

 

 

(50,000

)

 

 

(50,000

)

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

1,300,000

 

Less: amount due after one year for notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

(1,000,000

)

Amount due after one year for convertible notes payable

 

$

 

 

$

300,000

 


Future maturities of notes payable as of2022. Total unamortized costs at April 30, 2017 are2022 were $118,000. See Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity for additional information related to these warrants.

2020 Convertible Notes
On January 22, 2020, the Company issued $5 million in principal amount convertible notes (the “2020 Convertible Notes”) to each of 2 lenders in exchange for the 2 $5 million notes issued under senior secured term loans entered into in March 2019 as follows:


Year ending April 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

$

50,000

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

$

50,000

 



F-19


discussed below (the “Term Loans”). The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature on these Convertible Notes of
F-21

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 20172022 and 2016

2021
$1,692,309. On September 14, 2020,after the closing price of our common stock was at least $10.725 over a 20 consecutive trading day period the Convertible Notes automatically converted into 1,398,602 shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $7.15 per share. (See Note 11. Stockholders' Equity) The accelerated amortization charge related to unamortized debt discounts as a result of the debt extinguishment in the second quarter of fiscal year 2021 was approximately $1.4 million, which was included in interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company did not recognize any gains or losses as a result of this conversion.

2018 Credit Facility
On November 5, 2018, the Company entered into the 2018 Credit Facility Agreement with the Leon and Toby Cooperman Family Foundation (the “Foundation”). The Credit Facility Agreement provides for a $5,000,000 revolving credit facility (the "2018 Credit Facility") evidenced by a revolving promissory note (the “Revolving Note”). Borrowings under the 2018 Credit Facility Agreement bear interest at 12% per annum. Interest payments are due monthly through the term of the 2018 Credit Facility.
On August 31, 2021, the Company extended the 2018 Credit Facility Agreement with the Foundation by one year from November 4, 2021 to November 4, 2022. In conjunction with the extension of the 2018 Credit Facility, the Company drew down funds of $5,000,000. At April 30, 2022 and 2021, there were $5,000,000 and no outstanding borrowings, respectively, under the 2018 Credit Facility.
Additionally, on August 31, 2021, the Company issued to the Foundation warrants, as an extension fee, to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company’s common stock exercisable for five years from the date of issuance at the exercise price of $5.85 per share. The fair value of the warrants is $137,500 and is being amortized to interest expense through the maturity date of November 4, 2023, as extended on March 14, 2022. On March 14, 2022, the Company extended its existing $5 million Credit Facility by one year to November 4, 2023 at an increased interest rate from 12% to 14% per annum. The fair value of the warrants are treated as deferred financing costs, a non-current asset, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at April 30, 2022 to be amortized over the term of the 2018 Credit Facility. Total unamortized costs at April 30, 2022 were $68,569. See Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity for additional information related to these warrants.
The 2018 Credit Facility Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and events of default. Pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the Revolving Note, all future or contemporaneous indebtedness incurred by the Company, other than indebtedness expressly permitted by the 2018 Credit Facility Agreement and the Revolving Note, will be subordinated to the Facility. On March 6, 2019, the Company amended and restated the Credit Facility Agreement (the “Amended and Restated Facility Agreement”) and the Revolving Note. The Amended and Restated Facility Agreement provides among other things that the Company’s obligations thereunder are secured by a first priority lien in certain deposit accounts of the Company, all current and future accounts receivable of Aspen University and USU, certain of the deposit accounts of Aspen University and USU and all of the outstanding capital stock of Aspen University and USU.


Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies


Line of Credit


The Company maintained a line of credit with a bank, up to a maximum credit line of $250,000. The line of credit bore interest equal to the prime rate plus 0.50% (overall interest rate of 4.00% at April 30, 2016). The line of credit required minimum monthly payments consisting of interest only. The line of credit was secured by all business assets, inventory, equipment, accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper, documents, instruments and letter of credit rights of the Company. The line of credit was for an unspecified time until the bank notifies the Company of the Final Availability Date, at which time monthly payments on the line of credit would have been the sum of: (a) accrued interest and (b) 1/60th of the unpaid principal balance immediately following the Final Availability Date, which equates to a five-year payment period. The balance due on the line of credit as of April 30, 2016 was $1,783. Since the earliest the line of credit could have been due and payable was over a five year period and the Company believed that it could obtain a comparable replacement line of credit elsewhere, the entire line of credit was included in long-term liabilities. The unused amount under the line of credit available to the Company at April 30, 2016 was $248,217. In September 2016, the line of credit with the bank was paid and terminated.


In August 2016, the Company closed on a $3 million credit line with its largest shareholder. The credit line, whose terms included a 12% per annum interest rate on drawn funds and a 2% per annum interest rate on undrawn funds.  The Company initially drew down $750,000 under the line, of which approximately $248,000 was used to repay a secured line of credit with a bank as noted above. Additionally, the Company paid a 2% origination fee of $60,000 and issued 62,500 common-stock warrants at an exercise price of $2.40 per share, which are redeemable by the Company if the closing price of its common stock averages at least $3.00 per share for 10 consecutive trading days.  The origination fee and $52,500 value of the 62,500 warrants (see Note 11) were recorded as debt discounts to be amortized over the term of the line. In January of 2017, the company drew an additional $500,000 and drew another $900,000 in March 2017 to use as a down payment for the USU acquisition (See Note 16.).  The entire balance of $2,150,000 plus interest was paid and the letter of credit was terminated on April 7, 2017 as part of the $7,500,000 equity raise. The unamortized balance of the origination fees were expensed at that time. (See Note 11 and 16.)


Operating Leases


The Company recently signed an 18 month lease for its corporate headquarters in New York, New York, commencing June 7, 2016. The monthly rent is $7,667.


The Company leases office space for its developers in Dieppe, NB, Canada under a three year agreement commencing March 1, 2017. The monthly rent payment is $2,049 Canadian which is approximately $1,872 US.


The Company leases office space for its Denver, Colorado location under a two year lease commencing January 1, 2017. The monthly rent payment is $10,483.


On February 1, 2016, the Company entered into a 64-month lease agreement for its call center in Phoenix, Arizona.  The operating lease granted four initial months of free rent and had a base monthly rent of $10,718 and then increases 2% per year after.





F-20



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017 and 2016


The following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of April 30, 2017:


Year Ending April 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

$

379,691

 

2019

 

 

242,725

 

2020

 

 

155,859

 

2021

 

 

140,060

 

2022

 

 

11,692

 

2023

 

 

 

Total minimum payments required

 

$

930,027

 


Rent expense for the years ended April 30, 2017 and 2016 were $338,196 and $239,658, respectively.


Employment Agreements


From time to time, the Company enters into employment agreements with certain of its employees. These agreements typically include bonuses, some of which aremay or may not be performance-based in nature. As of April 30, 2017, no performance bonuses have been earned.  


Legal Matters


From time to time, wethe Company may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of ourits operations in the normal course of business. As of April 30, 2017,the date of this Report, except as discussed below, there were nowe are not aware of any other pending or threatened lawsuits that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the results of our operations, and there are no proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or affiliates, or any registered or beneficial shareholder, is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.


On April 6, 2022, Aspen was served with a class action claim in Arizona Superior Court, alleging violations of the Arizona Consumer Fraud Act and Unjust Enrichment, based on the class representative’s claims that Aspen misstated the quality of its pre-licensure nursing program. This complaint was likely in response to the Arizona Board of Nursing actions against Aspen
F-22

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
relating to the program, as outlined below. At this time, the only action taken by Aspen was to file for change of venue which was granted. The size of the potential class is not yet known.

On February 11, 2013, HEMG, and its Chairman, Mr. Patrick Spada, sued the Company, certain senior management members and our directors in state court in New York seeking damages arising principally from (i) allegedly false and misleading statements in the filings with the SEC and the DOE where the Company disclosed that HEMG and Mr. Spada borrowed $2.2 million without board authority, (ii) the alleged breach of an April 2012 agreement whereby the Company had agreed, subject to numerous conditions and time limitations, to purchase certain shares of the Company from HEMG, and (iii) alleged diminution to the value of HEMG’s shares of the Company due to Mr. Spada’s disagreement with certain business transactions the Company engaged in, all with Board approval. On November 8, 2013, the state court in New York granted the Company’s motion to dismiss all of the claims.  
On December 10, 2013, the Company filed a series of counterclaims against HEMG and Mr. Spada in the same state court of New York. By decision and order dated August 4, 2014, the New York court denied HEMG and Spada’s motion to dismiss the fraud counterclaim the Company asserted against them.


While

In November 2014, the Company has been advised by its counsel that HEMG’s and Spada’s claimsAspen University sued HEMG seeking to recover sums due under two 2008 Agreements where Aspen University sold course materials to HEMG in exchange for long-term future payments. On September 29, 2015, the Company and Aspen University obtained a default judgment in the New York lawsuit is baseless,amount of $772,793. This default judgment precipitated the bankruptcy petition discussed in the next paragraph.
On July 21, 2021, the bankruptcy trustee paid the Company cannot provide any assurance as to the ultimate outcome of the case. Defending the lawsuit will be expensive and will require the expenditure of time which could otherwise be spent$498,120 based on the Company’s business. While unlikely, if Mr. Spada’s and HEMG’s claimsassets available in the New York litigation were to be successful,trust, which is included
in "other income (expense), net" in the damages the Company could pay could potentially be material.


On October 15, 2015, HEMG filed bankruptcy pursuant to Chapter 7.accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As a result, the remaining claimsCompany wrote

off the net receivable of $45,329 against the payment received as settlement in the first quarter of fiscal year 2022 and Aspen’s counterclaimsrecognized a gain, which is described in Note 7. Secured Note and Accounts Receivable. No further assets are available for distribution. At some point, the New York lawsuit are currently stayed.




F-21



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017state court litigation may resume.


Regulatory Matters
The Company’s subsidiaries, Aspen University and 2016


On August 13, 2015, a former employee filed a complaint against the Company in the United States District Court, District of Arizona, for breach of contract claiming that Plaintiff was terminated for “Cause” when no cause existed. Plaintiff sought the remaining amounts under her employment agreement, severance pay, bonuses, value of lost benefits, and the loss of the value of her stock options. The Company filed an answer to the complaint by the September 8, 2015 deadline. That matter has been fully and finally settled for $69,000 as of June 2016 and has been dismissed. The Company accrued $87,500 in accordance with ASC 450-20-55-11 and was included in accrued expenses at April 30, 2016.  The amount owed was paid in the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017.


Regulatory Matters


The Company’s subsidiary, Aspen University, isare subject to extensive regulation by Federal and State governmental agencies and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act (the “HEA”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the DOE subject Aspen Universitythe subsidiaries to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of numerous standards that schools must satisfy to participate in the various types of federal student financial assistance programs authorized under Title IV of the HEA.

On August 22, 2017, the DOE informed Aspen University of its determination that the institution has hadqualified to participate under the HEA and the Federal student financial assistance programs (Title IV, HEA programs) and set a subsequent program participation agreement reapplication date of March 31, 2021. On April 16, 2021, the DOE granted provisional certification for a two-year timeframe, and set a subsequent program participation reapplication date of September 30, 2023.
On May 14, 2019, USU was granted temporary provisional certification to participate in the Title IV Programs. ThatPrograms due to its acquisition by the Company. The provisional certification imposes certain regulatory restrictions including, but not limitedallowed the school to a limit of 1,200 student recipients forcontinue to receive Title IV funding foras it did prior to the durationchange of the provisional certification.ownership. The provisional certification restrictions continue with regard to Aspen University’s participation in Title IV Programs.


To participate in the Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the relevant agencies of the State in which it is located. In addition, an institution must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE and certified as eligible by the DOE. The DOE will certify an institution to participate in the Title IV Programs only after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the HEA and the DOE’s extensive academic, administrative, and financial regulations regarding institutional eligibility and certification. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance with these requirements to the DOEexpired on an ongoing basis. Aspen University performs periodic reviews of its compliance with the various applicable regulatory requirements. As Title IV funds received in fiscal 2016 represented approximately 28% of the Company's cash basis revenues (including revenues from discontinued operations), as calculated in accordance with Department of Education guidelines, the loss of Title IV funding would have a material effect on the Company's future financial performance.


On March 27, 2012 and on August 31, 2012, Aspen University provided the DOE with letters of credit for which the due date was extended to December 31, 2013. On January 30, 2014, the DOE provided Aspen University2020. The institution submitted its recertification application timely in October 2020, and received full certification on May 6, 2022, and a new PPA was issued with an option to become permanently certified by increasing the letter of credit to 50% of all Title IV funds received in the last program year, equaling $1,696,445, or to remain provisionally certified by increasing the 25% letter of credit to $848,225. Aspen informed the DOE of its desire to remain provisionally certified and posted the $848,225 letter of credit for the DOE on April 14, 2014. On February 26, 2015, Aspen University was informed by the DOE that it again had the option to become permanently certified by increasing the letter of credit to 50% of all Title IV funds received in the last program year, equaling $2,244,971, or to remain provisionally certified by increasing the existing 25% letter of credit to $1,122,485. Aspen informed the DOE on March 3, 2015 of its desire to remain provisionally certified and post the $1,122,485 letter of credit for the DOE by April 30, 2015. In November of 2015, the DOE informed Aspen that they no longer need to post a letter of credit. It was subsequently released. The DOE may impose additional or different terms and conditions in any final provisional program participation agreement that it may issue.


effective period until December 31, 2025.

The HEA requires accrediting agencies to review many aspects of an institution's operations in order to ensure that the education offered is of sufficiently high quality to achieve satisfactory outcomes and that the institution is complying with accrediting standards. Failure to demonstrate compliance with accrediting standards may result in the imposition of probation, the requirements to provide periodic reports, the loss of accreditation or other penalties if deficiencies are not remediated.


Because Aspen University operatesour subsidiaries operate in a highly regulated industry, iteach may be subject from time to time to audits, investigations, claims of noncompliance or lawsuits by governmental agencies or third parties, which allege statutory violations, regulatory infractions or common law causes of action.


On February 25, 2015,

The Company is also subject to regulation by self-regulatory bodies such as accreditors and by state regulators in certain states including states where the DEAC informedCompany has a physical presence. Aspen University that it had renewed its accreditationUniversity’s first-time pass rates for five years to January, 2019.




F-22


our BSN pre-licensure
F-23

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 20172022 and 2016


2021

students taking the NCLEX-RN test in Arizona fell from 80% in 2020 to 58% in 2021, which is below the minimum 80% standard set by the Arizona Board of Nursing. As a result of the decline in NCLEX pass rates and other issues, and in alignment with a recommendation from the Arizona State Board of Nursing, the university voluntarily suspended BSN pre-licensure enrollments and the formation of new cohorts at its 2 Phoenix pre-licensure locations, effective February 2022. In March 2022, Aspen University entered into a Consent Agreement for Probation and a Civil Penalty (the “Consent Agreement”) with the Arizona State Board of Nursing in which Aspen University’s Provisional Approval was revoked, with the revocation stayed pending Aspen University’s compliance with the terms and conditions of the Consent Agreement. The probationary period is 36 months from the date of the Consent Agreement. In June 2022, the AZ BON granted approval of Aspen University’s request for provisional approval as long as the program is in compliance with the consent agreement through March 31, 2025. The stay is broken into 2 phases, the first lasting through the end of Calendar Year 2022. During Phase I, Aspen University is not permitted to enroll any new students into the core component of its pre-licensure nursing program in Arizona, and must achieve the AZ BON-required 80% NCLEX pass rate for the Calendar Year 2022 annual reporting cycle. If this benchmark is not achieved, the AZ BON may lift the stay and initiate the revocation. If Phase I is completed successfully, Phase II will commence with Aspen on Probation (regular or “stayed revocation” probation, depending on the outcome of Phase I). Aspen is permitted to begin enrollments into the core component of its pre-licensure nursing program in Arizona once 4 consecutive quarters of 80% NCLEX first-time pass rates occur. However, once achieved, if the NCLEX pass rate falls below 80% for any quarter, the AZ BON may limit enrollments, and repeated failures may result in a required cessation of enrollments and teach-out of the program. The terms of the Consent Agreement also include requirements that we provide the AZ BON with monthly reports, provide that our faculty and administrators undergo additional training, retain an approved consultant to prepare and submit evaluations to the AZ BON, and hire a minimum of 35% full-time qualified faculty by September 30, 2022. To date, Aspen has provided the required reports to the AZ BON timely, contracted for and held the required faculty and administrator trainings, and hired and begun working with the AZ BON-approved consultant whose report to the AZ BON is due August 30, 2022. Aspen continues to work towards the 35% full-time faculty requirement (currently at 31%) and has hired a recruiting firm to assist in that endeavor. Aspen University is not currently enrolling students in the BSN Pre-licensure program in Arizona.
Aspen University has also entered into a Stipulated Agreement with the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education which required the University to post a surety bond for $18.3 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2022. The Stipulated Agreement required the cessation of enrollment in both the pre-professional nursing and core components of the program in Arizona, the submission of student records monthly, the removal of Arizona start date information from websites and catalogs, and monthly reporting to the Board staff. The collateral for this surety bond of $5 million is included in "Restricted cash" in the consolidated balance sheets.
Aspen University’s NC-SARA annual approval through the Colorado SARA State Portal Entity has to be renewed by January 30 each year. Aspen applied on January 18, 2022, and received its 2022 approval effective February 8, 2022. On February 23, 2022, Aspen received a Notification of Provisional SARA Status from the Colorado SARA State Portal Entity. On March 4, 2022, the DOE provided the final approval for Aspen’s move from Colorado to Arizona. On March 29, 2022, Aspen received a Notification of Loss of Eligibility for SARA through Colorado which permitted continued SARA coverage for students enrolled for courses between February 1 and August 2. On April 10, 2022, Aspen submitted an official appeal of the eligibility loss to the Colorado SARA State Portal Entity. We sought a return to the prior provisional status while the appeal was pending or until the completion of the existing SARA term to February 2023 or until there was approval by the Arizona SARA Council. On April 12, 2022, Aspen was restored to Provisional Status by the Colorado SARA State Portal Entity according to the terms of the February 23, 2022, letter. On May 17, 2022, Aspen was informed that our appeal was denied and on June 10, 2022, we received a letter from the Colorado SARA State Portal Entry indicating that students currently enrolled in academic terms in progress as of May 17, 2022, are covered under SARA for 16 weeks, until September 6, 2022. In the meantime, Aspen University submitted an application to the Arizona State Portal Entry and was notified that it will be on the Arizona SARA Council agenda on September 8, 2022 to obtain approval to become an institutional participant again in NC-SARA from its new primary location in Arizona. Since February 2022, the start of the regulatory concerns over SARA approval, Aspen has been seeking individual state authorizations for its students, The institution is currently authorized in 30 states, and is in the development process with 20 states and the District of Columbia. Approximately 73% of our current student body reside in the currently authorized states.

Title IV Funding
Aspen University and United States University derive a portion of their revenue from financial aid received by its students under programs authorized by Title IV of the HEA, which is administered by the US Department of Education. When students seek funding from the federal government, they receive loans and grants to fund their education under the following Title IV
F-24

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
Programs: (1) the Federal Direct Loan program, or Direct Loan; (2) the Federal Pell Grant program, or Pell; (3) Federal Work Study and (4) Federal Supplemental Opportunity Grants. For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021, 44.72% of Aspen University’s and 33.81% for United States University's cash-basis revenue for eligible tuition and fees were derived from Title IV Programs.
Return of Title IV Funds


An institution participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, no later than 45 days of the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under Departmentthe DOE regulations, failure to make timely returns of Title IV Program funds for 5% or more of students sampled on the institution's annual compliance audit in either of its two most recently completed fiscal years can result in the institution having to post a letter of credit in an amount equal to 25% of its required Title IV returns during its most recently completed fiscal year. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and returned in a timely manner, an institution is also subject to monetary liabilities or an action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its participation in Title IV Programs.


Subsequent to a program review bycompliance audit in 2015, Educacion Significativa, LLC (“ESL”), the Department of Education (“DOE”) during calendar year 2013, the Companypredecessor to USU, recognized that it had not fully complied with all requirements for calculating and making timely returns of Title IV funds (R2T4). In November 2013,2016, ESL had a material finding related to the Companysame issue and was required to maintain a letter of credit in the amount of $71,634 as a result of this finding. The letter of credit was provided to the DOE by AGI since it assumed this obligation in its purchase of USU. This letter of credit expired in early 2021 and the cash was returned to the Company.

On September 28, 2020, the DOE notified USU that the funds held for a totalletter of $102,810credit in the amount of $255,708, based on the audited same day balance sheet requirements that apply in a change of control, which was funded by the University’s sole shareholder, AGI, were released. In August 2020, the DOE informed USU that it is required to post a new letter of credit in the amount of $379,345, based on the current level of Title IV fundsfunding. This irrevocable letter of credit was to expire on August 25, 2021. In December 2020, the DOE.DOE reduced USU's existing letter of credit by $369,473. In the twoconnection with USU's most recent fiscal years (2015 and 2016), Aspen's compliance audit reflected no material findings related toCompliance Audit, USU maintains a letter of credit of $9,872 at April 30, 2022. As noted above, with the 2013 program review findings.


On February 8, 2017,recent full certification of USU, we are working with the DOE issued a Final Program Review Determination (“FPRD”) letter related to release the 2013 program review. The FRPD includes a summary of the non-compliance areas and calculations of amounts due for the 126 students that they reviewed. We had 45 days to appeal the amounts calculated and while we were reviewing their calculations, we recognized that we would owe some amount in the range from $80,000 to $360,000. In accordance with ASC 450-20, we recorded a minimum liability of $80,000 at January 31, 2017. Of that amount, $55,000 was recorded against the accounts receivable reserve and $25,000 was expensed. In late March 2017, we agreed to not contest the calculations and paid the full amount of $378,090.  As a result, we recorded an additional expense of $298,090 in the fiscal quarter ended April 30, 2017.


Delaware remaining LOC.

Approval to Confer Degrees


Aspen University is a Delaware corporation. Delaware law requires an institutioncorporation and is approved to obtain approval from the Delaware Department of Education (“Delaware DOE”) before it may incorporate with the power to confer degrees. In July 2012, Aspen received notice from the Delaware DOE that it was granted provisional approval status effective until June 30, 2015. On April 25, 2016 the Delaware DOE informed Aspen University it was granted full approval to operate with degree-granting authority in the State of Delaware until July 1, 2020.Delaware. Aspen University is authorized by the Colorado Commission onArizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education in the State of Arizona to operate in Colorado as a degree granting institution

for all degrees. Aspen University is authorized to operate as a degree granting institution for bachelor degrees by the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board in the State of Texas. Aspen University has been granted Optional Expedited Authorization as a postsecondary educational institution in Tennessee for its Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Pre-Licensure) degree program. Aspen University has received a License for its Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Pre-Licensure) degree program to operate in the state of Florida by the Commission for Independent Education of the Florida Department of Education. Aspen University has received a Certificate of Authorization for its Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Pre-Licensure) degree program to operate in the state of Georgia by the Georgia Nonpublic Postsecondary Education Commission.
USU is also a Delaware corporation and received initial approval from the Delaware DOE to confer degrees through June 2023. USU is authorized by the California Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education to operate as a degree-granting institution for all degrees.


Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity


Common Stock


On June 8, 2015, in exchange for the termination of a consulting agreement with a Director, the Company issued 25,000 restricted stock units (with the value of $50,400 based on the market value on the grant date). Two-thirds are fully vested and the remaining balance vests in six equal monthly installments commencing on June 30, 2015. At January 31, 2016, the Company has recorded consulting expense of $50,400 and it was fully vested.


On January 19, 2016, the Company paid $29,500 as part of settlement to repurchase 3,500 shares.  After adjusting for the shares, the Company recorded an expense of $23,662.


On April 22, 2016, the Company issued, 404,624 shares of common stock to two of its warrant holders in exchange for their early exercise of warrants at a reduced price of $1.86 (originally, $2.28) per share. The Company recorded a warrant modification expense of $48,555 in accordance with ASC 718-20-35 related to the incremental increase in value. The Company received gross proceeds of $752,500 from these exercises.  As a condition of the warrant holders exercising their warrants, the CEO converted a $300,000 note and the related interest on the Note and the conversion price was reduced from $12.00 to $2.28 per share. In connection with these conversions, the CEO was issued 132,588 shares of common stock.  (See Note 9)




F-23



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017 and 2016


On June 21, 2016, the Company issued 208,333 shares valued at $400,000 and made a cash payment of $400,000 to a warrant holder in exchange for the buyback of 1,120,968 warrants. The Company re-valued the fair value of the warrants on the buyback date which equaled $594,000 and accordingly, the Company recorded an expense associated with the buyback of $206,000.


On July 31, 2016, the Company issued 29,167 shares to two IR firms for services.  16,667 shares were issued for services under a six month contract with a value of $30,000. 12,500 shares were issued for services under a one year contract with a value of $22,500. The Company recorded a prepaid for the value of the services and is amortizing over the respective service periods.


Following approval from its shareholders, on January 10, 2017, the Company effected 1-for-12 reverse split of its common stock. All references to common shares and per-share data for all periods presented in this report have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to this reverse split.


On April 7, 2017, the Company raised $7,500,000 through the issuance of 2,000,000 common shares at a price of $3.75.  The net proceeds were $6,996,000 and there were additional cash disbursements of $57,000.  In addition, one firm received 20,000 shares of common stock for their services valued at $3.75 per share or $75,000.


Warrants


A summary of the Company’s warrant activity during the year ended April 30, 2017 is presented below:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Contractual

 

 

Intrinsic

 

Warrants

 

Shares

 

 

Price

 

 

Term

 

 

Value

 

Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2016

 

 

2,001,356

 

 

$

2.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,022,078

 

Granted

 

 

62,500

 

 

 

2.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

78,125

 

Exercised

 

 

(8,834

)

 

 

3.99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(1,120,968

)

 

 

1.86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

(21,256

)

 

 

3.99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2017

 

 

912,798

 

 

$

2.82

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

$

1,100,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable, April 30, 2017

 

 

912,798

 

 

$

2.82

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

$

1,100,203

 


On April 22, 2016, the Company issued, 404,624 shares of common stock to two of its warrant holders in exchange for their early exercise of warrants at a reduced price of $1.86 (originally, $2.28) per share.  The Company received gross proceeds of $752,500 from these exercises.


On June 24, 2016, the Company issued 208,333 shares and a cash payment of $400,000 to a warrant holder in exchange for 93,414 warrants.


On August 31, 2016, the Company announced that it had closed on a $3 million credit line with its largest shareholder. The Company paid a 2% origination fee of $60,000 and issued 62,500 common-stock warrants at an exercise price of $2.40 per share, which are redeemable by the Company if the closing price of its common stock averages at least $3.00 per share for 10 consecutive trading days.




F-24



ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 2017 and 2016


Stock Incentive Plan and Stock Option Grants to Employees and Directors


On March 13, 2012, the Company adopted


AGI maintains 2 stock-based incentive plans: the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”“2012 Plan”) and 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”) that providesprovide for the grant of 1,691,667 effective November 2015 and 2,108,333 shares effective June 2016, in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock unitsRSUs to employees, consultants, officers and directors. The 2012 Plan expired March 15, 2022 and remains in effect for outstanding grants only, and is no longer available for new grants. On March 8, 2022 we transferred the 129,009 unused shares under the 2012 Plan to the 2018 Plan.

F-25

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
As of April 30, 2017,2022 there were 38,783812,763 shares remaining available for future issuance under the Plan2018 Plan. As of April 30, 2021 there were 549,739 shares remaining available for future issuance. issuance under the 2012 and the 2018 Plans.

On December 22, 2021, the Company held its Annual Meeting of Shareholders at which the shareholders voted to amend the 2018 Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2018 Plan from 1,600,000 to 2,350,000 shares.

On July 6, 2022, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock the Company is authorized to issue from 40,000,000 to 60,000,000 authorized shares. The stockholders of the Company had previously approved the amendment at a special meeting of the Company's stockholders held on July 6, 2022.

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock with designations, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our Board of Directors. As of April 30, 2022 and April 30, 2021, we had no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

At April 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company was authorized to issue 60,000,000 and 40,000,000 shares of common stock, respectively.
On August 31, 2020, the Company entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Canaccord Genuity LLC (“Canaccord”), pursuant to which the Company may issue and sell from time to time, through Canaccord, up to $12,309,750 of shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Shares”). The Shares were offered and sold pursuant to a prospectus supplement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2020. The purpose of this Agreement was, among other things, to allow the Company to sell common stock that has been surrendered from executive officers and directors related to vesting of RSUs and exercise of stock options as well as to receive the funds the Company would otherwise have received if the stock options exercised under the net share program were exercised for cash. During the fiscal year 2021, the Company sold 449,632 shares under the Agreement. On February 8, 2021, the Company provided written notice to Canaccord Genuity of its election to terminate the Equity Distribution Agreement. This action terminates the Company’s at-the-market offering facility effective February 18, 2021.

Under the Agreement, the Company paid Canaccord 3% of the gross proceeds from the sales of the Shares sold under the Agreement. The Company also reimbursed Canaccord for certain specified expenses, including the fees and disbursements of its legal counsel, in the amount of $50,000. Total expenses for the offering, excluding compensation and reimbursement payable to Canaccord under the terms of the Agreement, were approximately $50,000, which is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
During the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company issued 58,419 and 1,389,463 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options for cash and received proceeds $191,034 of $2,669,247, respectively. As of April 30, 2022 and April 30, 2021, 0 and 155,486 shares of common stock related to options exercised by the executive officers were surrendered to cover the option exercise price but have yet to be sold by the company, respectively. (See Treasury stock discussion below).
During the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company issued 85,576 and 295,557shares of common stock upon the vesting of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), respectively.
During the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company issued 30,156 and 34,773 shares of common stock upon the cashless exercise of 200,000 and 52,778 stock options, respectively.

During the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company issued 0 and 192,049 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants for cash and received proceeds of $0 and $1,081,792, respectively.

On January 3, 2022, the Compensation Committee approved a 117,316 common stock grant to the members of the Board of Directors for services in the 2021 calendar year. The grant had a grant date fair value of $279,212 based on a closing stock price of $2.38 per share. The grant was under the Company’s 2018 Plan and was fully vested and amortized as of January 31, 2022.
F-26

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
These shares were issued in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2022. The amortization expense is included within stock-based compensation in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

During the year ended April 30, 2021, the Company issued 2,000 shares of common stock to a former director for services provided. The shares were valued using a grant date share price of $9.95 and the Company recognized $19,900 of expense.
On September 14, 2020,after the closing price of our common stock was at least $10.725 over a 20 consecutive trading day period, the $10 million 2020 Convertible Notes (see Note 9. Long-term Debt, Net) automatically converted into 1,398,602 shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $7.15 per share.

Restricted Stock

As of April 30, 2022, and 2021 there were 0 and 8,224 unvested shares of restricted common stock outstanding. During the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021 there were no new restricted stock grants, forfeitures, or expirations. There is no unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock as of April 30, 2022.

Restricted Stock Units

A summary of the Company’s RSU activity which were granted under the 2021 and 2018 Equity Incentive Plans during the year ended April 30, 2022 is presented below:
Restricted Stock UnitsNumber of SharesWeighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Unvested balance outstanding, April 30, 2021549,972 $6.58 
Granted520,142 5.58 
Forfeits(54,610)8.49 
Vested(85,576)4.27 
Expired— — 
Unvested balance outstanding, April 30, 2022929,928 $6.12 

Fiscal 2022 activity

Of the 520,142 RSUs granted during the year ended April 30, 2022, 410,000 RSUs correspond to executive compensation grants summarized below.

On August 16 2021, the Compensation Committee approved a 125,000 RSU grant to the Company’s newly hired Chief Financial Officer as part of his employment agreement. The grant has a grant date fair value of $725,000 based on a closing stock price of $5.80 per share. On August 12, 2021, the Compensation Committee approved individual grants of 80,000 RSUs to the Company’s Chief Operating Officer and Chief Academic Officer. The grants have a total grant date fair value of $1.0 million based on a closing stock price of $6.48 per share.

The three executive grants discussed above are under the Company’s 2018 Plan and are set to vest annually over a period of three years and are subject to continued employment as an officer of the Company on each applicable vesting date. The amortization expense related to these grants for year ended April 30, 2022 was $440,450 and is included in "general and administrative expense" in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

On July 21, 2021, as part of a new employment agreement, the Compensation Committee approved a 125,000 RSU grant to the Company's Chief Executive Officer under the Company's 2018 Plan. The grant has a grant date fair value of $873,750 based on a closing stock price of $6.99 per share. As stipulated in the grant, vesting is subject to continued employment with the Company and will occur in full on the date the Company files with the SEC a quarterly or annual report on Forms 10-Q or 10-K, as applicable, which reflects the Company's reported net income on a GAAP basis. At April 30, 2022, the Company is amortizing the expense over three years through July 2024 (the filing date of the Form 10-K for Fiscal Year 2024). The Company will continue to assess the performance condition at each reporting period. If the RSUs do not vest within three years from the July 21, 2021 effective date, they will be forfeited. The amortization expense related to this grant for the year ended April 30, 2022 was $242,708, which is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
F-27

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021

The remaining 110,142 RSUs granted during the year ended April 30, 2022 were granted to employees and have a grant date fair value that ranges from $2.09 to $6.50 per share, or a total of $266,988, vesting annually over three years and subject to continued employment on each applicable vesting date.

Of the 929,928 unvested RSUs outstanding at April 30, 2022, 195,000 remain from the February 4, 2020 executive grant. These RSUs vest four years from the grant date, if each applicable executive is still employed by the Company on the vesting date and subject to accelerated vesting for all RSUs if the closing price of the Company’s common stock is at least $12 for 20 consecutive trading days. On the grant date, the closing price of the Company's common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market was $9.49 per share. The amortization expense related to this grant for the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, was approximately $0.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively, which is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

At April 30, 2022, total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs is $3,947,815 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.49 years.

Fiscal 2021 activity

Of the 275,521 RSU grants in fiscal 2021, 15,791 RSUs correspond to RSUs granted to the Board of Directors while the remainder of the RSU grants were to employees. The RSUs granted to the Board of Directors occurred during the three months ending January 31, 2021 and immediately vested with a fair value of $11.13 per share, resulting in a total expense of $175,754. The grant date fair value of the remaining employee awards range from $5.92 to $12.78 per share, or a total of $2.5 million, with an annual vest over three years.

As of April 30, 2021, 549,972 RSUs are unvested. Total unrecognized compensation expense related to these unvested RSUs is approximately $3.6 million which will be amortized over the remaining vesting periods. Included in this amount is approximately $1.2 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to 195,000 unvested RSUs from the executive RSU grant discussed below.

As of April 30, 2021, there was approximately $3.6 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested RSU grants. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.72 years.
Warrants
The Company estimates the fair value of warrants utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model, which is dependent upon several variables such as the expected term, expected volatility of the Company’s stock price over the expected term, expected risk-free interest rate over the expected term and expected dividend yield rate over the expected term. The Company believes this valuation methodology is appropriate for estimating the fair value of warrants issued to directors which are subject to ASC Topic 718 requirements. These amounts are estimates and thus may not be reflective of actual future results, nor amounts ultimately realized by recipients of these grants. The Company recognizes expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of each warrant issued.
A summary of the Company’s warrant activity during the year ended April 30, 2022 is presented below:
F-28

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
WarrantsNumber of SharesWeighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2021374,174 $6.37 1.9— 
Granted275,000 2.43 4.80— 
Exercised— — — — 
Surrendered— — — — 
Expired— — — — 
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2022649,174 $4.70 1.96$— 
Exercisable, April 30, 2022624,174 $4.61 2.48$— 

OUTSTANDING WARRANTSEXERCISABLE WARRANTS
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Outstanding
Number of
Warrants
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining Life
In Years
Exercisable
Number of
Warrants
$1.00$1.00 200,000 $1.004.99200,000 
$4.89$4.89 50,000 $4.891.9550,000 
$5.85$5.85 50,000 $5.854.3450,000 
$6.00$6.00 100,000 $6.001.85100,000 
$6.87$6.87 224,174 $6.870.24224,174 
$6.99$6.99 25,000 $0.00— — 
649,174 624,174 

Fiscal 2022 activity
On April 22, 2022, as consideration for amending the Intercreditor Agreement, the Company issued warrants to the each of the same two unaffiliated lenders of the 2022 Convertible Notes, to each purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock exercisable for five years from the date of issuance at the exercise price of $1.00 per share. See Note 9. Long-term Debt, Net. As consideration for the lenders agreeing to enter into the Amendment, the Company agreed to issue each lender 100,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $1.00 per share. The fair value of the warrants is $118,000 and is being amortized over the 60-month term. The fair value of the warrants are treated as deferred financing costs, a non-current asset, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at April 30, 2022. Total unamortized costs at April 30, 2022 were $118,000.

On August 31, 2021, the Compensation Committee approved the issuance of warrants to the Leon and Toby Cooperman Family Foundation as an extension fee in connection with the extension of the 2018 Credit Facility Agreement. The warrants allow for the purchase of 50,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and have an exercise price of $5.85. The warrants have an exercise period of five years from the August 31, 2021 issuance date and will terminate automatically and immediately upon the expiration of the exercise period. The fair value of the warrants is $137,500 and is being amortized over the 14-month line of credit period. The Company has recognized $68,932 of amortization expense in connection with the fair value of the warrants for year ended April 30, 2022, respectively, which is included in "interest expense" in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

On July 21, 2021, the Executive Committee approved the issuance of warrants to a former member of the Board of Directors for the purchase of 25,000 shares of the Company's common stock with an exercise price of $6.99 per share. The warrants have an exercise period of five years from the July 21, 2021 issuance date and vest annually over a three year period subject to continued service on the Company's Advisory Board on each applicable vesting date. The warrants will terminate automatically and immediately upon the expiration of the exercise period. The fair value of the warrants is $84,000 and is being amortized over the three year vesting period. The Company has recognized $21,000 of amortization expense in connection with the fair
F-29

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
value of the warrants for the year ended April 30, 2022, respectively, which is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

Fiscal 2021 activity

On June 5, 2020, the Company, as an inducement to exercise, reduced by 5% the exercise price of the common stock purchase warrants issued to The Leon and Toby Cooperman Family Foundation (the “Foundation”), of which Mr. Leon Cooperman, a stockholder of the Company, is the trustee. The warrants were issued on November 5, 2018 (the “2018 Cooperman Warrants”) and on March 5, 2019 (the “2019 Cooperman Warrants”). The 2018 Cooperman Warrants exercise price was reduced from $5.85 to $5.56 per share. The 2019 Cooperman Warrants exercise price was reduced from $6.00 to $5.70 per share. On June 8, 2020, the Foundation immediately exercised the 2018 and 2019 Cooperman Warrants for 192,049 shares on common stock paying the Company $1,081,792 and the Company issued 192,049 shares of common stock to the Foundation. The warrant modification and acceleration charge related to this transaction in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021 was $25,966.

Stock Option Grants to Employees and Directors
The Company estimates the fair value of share-based compensation utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is dependent upon several variables such as the expected option term, expected volatility of the Company’s stock price over the expected term, expected risk-free interest rate over the expected option term and expected dividend yield rate over the expected option term, and an estimate of expected forfeiture rates.term. The Company believes this valuation methodology is appropriate for estimating the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors which are subject to ASC Topic 718 requirements. These amounts are estimates and thus may not be reflective of actual future results, nor amounts ultimately realized by recipients of these grants. The Company recognizes compensation on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each award. The following table summarizes the assumptions the Company utilized to record compensation expense for stock options granted to employees during the year ended April 30, 2017.


 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Expected life (years)

 

 

4-6.5

 

 

 

4 - 6.5

 

Expected volatility

 

 

40% - 43

%

 

 

40% - 43

%

Weighted-average volatility

 

 

0.38

%

 

 

40.0

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.38

%

Dividend yield

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

Expected forfeiture rate

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 



The Company utilizedutilizes the simplified method to estimate the expected life for stock options granted to employees. The simplified method was used as the Company does not have sufficient historical data regarding stock option exercises. The expected volatility is based on the average of the expected volatilities from the most recent audited financial statements available for comparative public companies that are deemed to be similar in nature to the Company.historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields with terms equivalent to the expected life of the related option at the time of the grant. Dividend yield is based on historical trends. While the Company believes these estimates are reasonable, the compensation expense recorded would increase if the expected life was increased, a higher expected volatility was used, or if the expected dividend yield increased.



There were no options granted to employees during the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021.
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for employees and directors during the year ended April 30, 2017,2022, is presented below:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Contractual

 

 

Intrinsic

 

Options

 

Shares

 

 

Price

 

 

Term

 

 

Value

 

Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2016

 

 

1,492,593

 

 

$

2.29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

671,666

 

 

$

2.74

 

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(44,654

)

 

$

2.19

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

(23,055

)

 

 

4.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2017

 

 

2,096,550

 

 

$

2.42

 

 

 

3.09

 

 

$

2,715,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable, April 30, 2017

 

 

1,963,217

 

 

$

2.83

 

 

 

0.19

 

 

$

1,375,198

 


On June 8, 2015, the Chief Academic Officer received a grant
OptionsNumber of
Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 20211,214,473 $6.24 1.88$204,719 
Granted— — — — 
Exercised(258,419)5.60 — — 
Forfeited(7,297)2.89 — — 
Expired(88,575)0.83 — — 
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2022860,182 $7.03 1.25$— 
Exercisable, April 30, 2022840,385 $7.08 1.24$— 


F-30

Table of 83,334 options which has a fair value of $60,000, the Chief Operating Officer received a grant of 58,834 options which has a fair value of $42,000 and the Chief Financial Officer received a grant of 25,000 options which has a fair value of $18,000. All of these options have an exercise price of $2.016 per share.




F-25



Contents

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 20172022 and 2016


On August 5, 2015, 41,667 options were granted to the Senior Vice President of Compliance.  The exercise price was $2.16 and the fair value was $30,000. The options vest over 3 years.


On September 23, 2015, 38,750 options were granted to a total of 39 employees.  The exercise prices were $1.572 and the fair value of the total grant was $48,600. The options vest over 3 years.


On November 20, 2015, three directors were each awarded 20,834 five- year options.  The options vest over three years, the exercise prices were $1.98 and the fair value of the total grant of 62,500 options is $37,500.


On December 11, 2015, the Chief Executive Officer was granted 125,000 options that vest over three years.  The exercise price is $2.10, the life of the options is ten years and the fair value of the grant is $105,000.


On May 19, 2016, the Company granted to each of its eight non-employee directors 12,500 five-year stock options. The Company granted an additional 4,167 five-year stock options to the chairman of the Compensation Committee and to the chairman of the Audit Committee.  These options are exercisable at $1.92 and vest in three years.  For the directors receiving 12,500, the fair value was approximately $7,500 per grant and for the two directors receiving 16,667 options, the fair value on the date of grant was approximately $10,000.


On June 20, 2016, the Company granted 2,500 options to an employee.  The fair value was approximately $5,000 and vest over 3 years.


On June 23, 2016, the Company granted 166,667 stock options to the Chief Operating Officer, 58,333 stock options to the Chief Academic Officer and 25,000 to the Chief Financial Officer. The five-year options are exercisable at a price of $1.99 and vest over three years. On the date of grant, the grant to the Chief Operating Officer had a fair value of approximately $100,000, the grant to the Chief Academic Officer had a fair value of approximately $35,000 and the grant to the Chief Financial Officer had a fair value of approximately $15,000.


On September 12, 2016, the Company extended approximately 420,000 options that were expiring in 2017. The new expiration dates were extended three years.  The cost associated with these extensions is approximately $150,000, which represents the difference between the fair value of the options before the modification and the fair value immediately after the modification.  These extended options will vest over the next three years.


On October 1, 2016, the Company granted 20,417 options to a pool of employees. The fair value was approximately $17,000 and the options vest over 3 years.


On November 18, 2016, under the Plan the Company granted 41,667 five-year options to each of the two new directors elected at the annual meeting held that month. These options are exercisable at $3.24 per share. The options were valued at $40,000 each and vest over a three year term, subject to continued service.


On January 6, 2017, the Company granted 69,583 options to a pool of employees. The fair value was approximately $225,000 and the options vest over three years.


From February 1, 2017 to April 17, 2017 inclusive, the Company granted new employees a total of 20,000 options with an exercise price ranging from $3.60 to $4.50.  All of these options are five year options that vest over 3 years.  The fair value of the group of options is $22,710.


On April 12, 2017, the Board of Directors was issued a total of 113,333 five-year options that vest of 3 years.  The strike price was $4.32 and the fair value is $140,533.


The Company recorded compensation expense of $338,294 for the year ended April 30, 2017 in connection with employee stock options. The Company recorded compensation expense of $308,260 for the year ended April 30, 2016 in connection with employee stock options.


2021

OUTSTANDING OPTIONSEXERCISABLE OPTIONS
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Outstanding
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining Life
In Years
Exercisable
Number of
Options
$3.24 to $4.38$3.82 63,165 $4.50 1.4451,998 
$4.50 to $5.20$4.94 138,176 $4.98 1.74137,543 
$5.95 to $6.28$5.95 28,000 $5.95 0.3128,000 
$7.17 to $7.55$7.45 473,092 $7.46 1.32465,095 
$8.57 to $9.07$8.98 157,749 $8.98 0.69157,749 
860,182 840,385 



As of April 30, 2017,2022, there was approximately $585,000$5,446 of unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements.unvested stock options. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0approximately 0.42 years.




F-26



Stock-based compensation related stock options, RSUs and restricted stock

A summary of the Company’s stock-based compensation expense, which is included in "general and administrative" expense in the consolidated statement of operations is presented below:

Years Ended April 30,
20222021
RSUs$2,095,533 $3,335,250 
Restricted Stock307,283 62,007 
Stock options131,849 560,828 
   Total stock-based compensation expense$2,534,665 $3,958,085 

Treasury Stock

As of both April 30, 2022 and 2021, 155,486 shares of common stock were held in treasury representing shares of common stock surrendered upon the exercise of stock options in payment of the exercise prices and the taxes and similar amounts due arising from the option exercises. The values aggregating approximately $1,817,414 were based upon the fair market value of shares surrendered as of the date of each applicable exercise date.

On October 16, 2020, the Company retired 16,667 shares of its treasury stock valued at $70,000, which were outstanding at April 30, 2020.
Note 12. Leases
The Company determines if a contract contains a lease at inception. The Company has entered into operating leases totaling approximately 191,328 square feet of office and classroom space in Phoenix, San Diego, New York City, Denver, Austin, Tampa, Nashville, Atlanta and the New Brunswick Province in Canada. These leases expire at various dates through April 2031, and the majority contain annual base rent escalation clauses. Most of these leases include options to terminate for a fee or extend for additional five-year periods. As permitted by ASC 842, leases with an initial term of twelve months or less are not recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company does not have any financing leases.
As of April 30, 2022, our longer-term operating leases are located in Tampa, Phoenix, Austin and Nashville and are set to expire in six to eight years. These leases make up approximately 96% of the total future minimum lease payments.
Operating lease assets are ROU assets, which represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. Operating lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating leases are included in "Operating
F-31

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 20172022 and 2016


Stock Option Grants to Non-Employees


There were no stock options granted to non-employees during2021

lease right-of-use assets, net", "Operating lease obligations, current portion" and "Operating lease obligations, less current portion" in the yearconsolidated balance sheets at April 30, 20172022 and 2016. The2021. These assets and lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of remaining lease payments over the lease term. Variable lease costs such as common area maintenance, property taxes and insurance are expensed as incurred. When the lease does not provide an implicit interest rate, the Company recorded no compensationuses an incremental borrowing rate of 12% to determine the present value of the lease payments.

Lease incentives are deducted from the ROU assets. Incentives such as tenant improvement allowances are amortized as leasehold improvements, separately, over the life of the lease term. For the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, the amortization expense for these leasehold improvements was $661,131 and $306,217, respectively.

Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease expense for the years ended April 30, 2017,2022 and 20162021, was $3,868,333 and $2,775,000, respectively, which is included in connection with non-employee stock options. There was no unrecognized compensation cost atgeneral and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

ROU assets are summarized below:
April 30,
20222021
ROU assets - Operating facility leases$15,958,721 $14,308,296 
Less: accumulated amortization(3,312,771)(1,593,433)
Total ROU assets$12,645,950 $12,714,863 

Operating lease obligations, related to the ROU assets are summarized below:
April 30,
20222021
Total lease liabilities$22,517,355 $19,946,229 
Reduction of lease liabilities(3,671,466)(1,617,600)
Total operating lease obligations$18,845,889 $18,328,629 

The following is a schedule by future minimum lease payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of April 30, 2017.


A summary2022 (a) (by fiscal year).
Maturity of Lease ObligationsLease Payments
2023$4,323,543 
20244,021,638 
20253,805,716 
20263,911,083 
20273,991,386 
Thereafter7,971,839 
Total future minimum lease payments28,025,205 
Less: imputed interest(9,179,316)
Present value of operating lease liabilities$18,845,889 

____________________
(a) Lease payments exclude $3.7 million of legally binding minimum lease payments for the new BSN Pre-Licensure campus location in Atlanta, Georgia for its lease signed but not yet commenced.

F-32

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
April 30,
Balance Sheet Classification20222021
Operating lease obligations, current portion$2,036,570 $2,029,821 
Operating lease obligations, less current portion16,809,319 16,298,808 
Total operating lease obligations$18,845,889 $18,328,629 

April 30,
Other Information20222021
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)6.817.46
Weighted average discount rate12 %12 %

Note 13. Revenue
Revenue consists primarily of tuition and fees derived from courses taught by the Company online as well as from related educational resources that the Company provides to its students, such as access to its online materials and learning management system. The Company’s educational programs have starting and ending dates that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned and is therefore deferred. The Company also charges students fees for library and technology costs, which are recognized over the related service period and are not considered separate performance obligations. Other services, books, and exam fees are recognized as services are provided or when goods are received by the student. The Company’s contract liabilities are reported as deferred revenue and due to students. Deferred revenue represents the amount of tuition, fees, and other student payments received in excess of the portion recognized as revenue and it is included in current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
The following table represents the Company's stock option activity for non-employees duringrevenue disaggregated by the nature and timing of services:
Years Ended April 30,
20222021
Tuition - recognized over period of instruction$67,200,354 $59,970,120 
Course fees - recognized over period of instruction7,982,689 7,088,539 
Book fees - recognized at a point in time42,777 150,969 
Exam fees - recognized at a point in time799,367 233,820 
Service fees - recognized at a point in time669,179 369,072 
Revenue$76,694,366 $67,812,520 
Contract Balances and Performance Obligations
The Company recognizes deferred revenue as a student participates in a course which continues past the consolidated balance sheet date.
The deferred revenue balance as of April 30, 2022 and 2021, was $5,889,911 and $6,825,014, respectively. During the year ended April 30, 20172022, the Company recognized $5,087,417 of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance as of April 30, 2021. The Company classifies deferred revenue as current when the remaining term of the course, including affect to the refund policy, is presented below:


 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Contractual

 

 

Intrinsic

 

Options

 

Shares

 

 

Price

 

 

Term

 

 

Value

 

Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2016

 

 

16,250

 

 

$

3.48

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

(16,250

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable, April 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


one year or less.

When the Company begins providing the performance obligation by beginning instruction in a course, a contractual receivable is created, resulting in accounts receivable. The Company accounts for receivables in accordance with ASC 310, Receivables. The Company uses the portfolio approach.
Cash Receipts
F-33

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2022 and 2021
The Company's students finance costs through a variety of funding sources, including, among others, monthly payment plans, installment plans, federal loan and grant programs (Title IV), employer reimbursement, and various veterans and military funding and grants, and cash payments. Most students elect to use our monthly payment plan. This plan allows them to make fixed monthly payments over the length of the payment plan. Title IV and military funding typically arrives during the period of instruction. Students who receive reimbursement from employers typically do so after completion of a course. Students who choose to pay cash for a class typically do so before beginning the class.
Significant Judgment
We analyze revenue recognition on a portfolio approach under ASC 606-10-10-4. Significant judgment is utilized in determining the appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606. We have determined that all of our students can be grouped into one portfolio. Students behave similarly, regardless of their payment method. Enrollment agreements and refund policies are similar for all of our students. We do not expect that revenue earned for the portfolio is significantly different as compared to revenue that would be earned if we were to assess each student contract separately.
The Company maintains institutional tuition refund policies, which provides for all or a portion of tuition to be refunded if a student withdraws during stated refund periods. Certain states in which students reside impose separate, mandatory refund policies, which override the Company’s policy to the extent in conflict. If a student withdraws at a time when a portion or none of the tuition is refundable, then in accordance with its revenue recognition policy, the Company recognizes as revenue the tuition that was not refunded. Since the Company recognizes revenue pro-rata over the term of the course and because, under its institutional refund policy, the amount subject to refund is never greater than the amount of the revenue that has been deferred, under the Company’s accounting policies revenue is not recognized with respect to amounts that could potentially be refunded.
The Company had revenue from students outside the United States totaling approximately 2.0% and 1.0% of consolidated revenue for the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Note 12.14. Income Taxes


The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

State

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 




F-27


Years Ended April 30,
20222021
Current income tax expense:
Federal$— $— 
State27,400 32,644 
Foreign400,000 — 
Current income tax expense427,400 32,644 
Deferred income tax expense:
Federal— — 
State— — 
Foreign— — 
Deferred income tax expense— — 
Income tax expense$427,400 $32,644 
F-34

Table of Contents
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 20172022 and 2016


2021

Significant components of the Company's deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:


 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss

 

$

8,626,748

 

 

$

8,271,894

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts (recovery)

 

 

(20,029

 

 

26,793

 

Intangible assets

 

 

201,942

 

 

 

249,099

 

Deferred rent

 

 

16,911

 

 

 

11,678

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

820,257

 

 

 

694,900

 

Contributions carryforward

 

 

93

 

 

 

93

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

9,645,922

 

 

 

9,254,457

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

(174,260

)

 

 

(185,683

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(174,260

)

 

 

(185,683

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

 

9,471,662

 

 

 

9,068,774

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

 

(9,068,774

)

 

 

(8,240,200

)

(Increase) during period

 

 

(402,888

)

 

 

(828,574

)

Ending balance

 

 

(9,471,662

)

 

 

(9,068,774

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

 

 

$

 


A
April 30,
20222021
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforward$18,095,495 $15,737,351 
Allowance for doubtful accounts897,965 1,009,273 
Deferred rent192,284 252,479 
Stock-based compensation870,245 — 
Contributions carryforward11,089 11,013 
Accrued compensation43,176 — 
Warrant amortization17,888 — 
Intangibles— — 
Interest expense limitation carryforward717,919 86,485 
Total deferred tax assets20,846,061 17,096,601 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment(1,000,092)(356,473)
Intangibles(463,074)(186,063)
Stock-based compensation— (1,778,017)
Total deferred tax liabilities(1,463,166)(2,320,553)
Deferred tax assets, net$19,382,895 $14,776,048 
Valuation allowance:
Beginning of year(14,776,048)(12,399,948)
Increase during period(4,606,847)(2,376,100)
Ending balance(19,382,895)(14,776,048)
Net deferred tax asset$— $— 


As of April 30, 2022, as part of its periodic evaluation of the necessity to maintain a valuation allowance is established if it isagainst its deferred tax assets, and after consideration of all factors, including, among others, projections of future taxable income, current year net operating loss carryforward utilization and the extent of the Company's cumulative losses in recent years, the Company determined that, on a more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company recorded a valuation allowance at April 30, 2017 and 2016 due to the uncertainty of realization. Management believes that based upon its projection of future taxable operating income for the foreseeable future,basis, it is more likely than not that the Company willwould not be able to realize the tax benefit associated withuse remaining deferred tax assets. TheAccordingly, the Company has determined to maintain a full valuation allowance against its net change indeferred tax assets. As of April 30, 2022 and 2021, the valuation allowance duringwas approximately $19,400,000 and $14,800,000, respectively. In the year ended April 30, 2017 was anfuture, the utilization of the Company's net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to certain change of control limitations. If the Company determines it will be able to use some or all of its deferred tax assets in a future reporting period, the adjustment to reduce or eliminate the valuation allowance would reduce its tax expense and increase of $402,888.


after-tax income.

At April 30, 2017,2022, the Company had $20,204,869approximately $69,700,000 of net operating loss carryforwards, $28,200,000 of which will expire from 20322031 to 2037.2038, the remainder will carryforward indefinitely. The Company believes its tax positions are all highly certain of being upheld upon examination. As such, the Company has not recorded a liability for unrecognized tax benefits. As of April 30, 2017,2022, tax years 20132019 through 20162021 remain open for IRS audit. The Company has received no notice of audit from the Internal Revenue Service for any of the open tax years.


A reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows:


 

 

April 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate

 

 

34.0

%

 

 

34.0

%

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

3.0

 

Other

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

(36.5

)

 

 

(36.9

)

Effective income tax rate

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%


Note 13. Concentrations

Concentration

F-35

Table of Credit Risk


As of April 30, 2017, the Company’s bank balances exceed FDIC insurance by $2,687,461.




F-28



Contents

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 20172022 and 2016


Note 14. Related Party Transactions


See Note 42021

The Company's effective income tax expense differs from the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% as follows:
April 30,
20222021
Statutory Rate applied to net loss before income taxes21.0 %21.0 %
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
     State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit4.2 %4.4 %
     Effect on change in federal tax rates— %— %
     Federal and State Minimum Taxes— %(0.2)%
     Permanent Differences(1.9)%(0.2)%
     Foreign income tax(4.4)%— %
     Change in Tax Rates - States1.1 %(2.8)%
     Change in Tax Credits— %— %
     Change in Valuation Allowance(50.3)%(22.8)%
     Other25.6 %0.3 %
Effective Income Tax Rate(4.7)%(0.3)%
The Company determined that it has a permanent establishment in Canada, as defined by article V(2)(c) of the Convention between Canada and the United States of America with Respect to Taxes on Income and on Capital (the “Treaty”), which would be subject to Canadian taxation as levied under the Income Tax Act. The Company is preparing to file Canadian T2 Corporation Income Tax Returns and related information returns under the Voluntary Disclosure Program with the Canada Revenue Agency ("CRA") to cover the 2013 through 2021 tax years during which a permanent establishment was in place. The Company will also file an annual Canadian T2 Corporation Income Tax return to report the ongoing activity of the permanent establishment for discussion2022 and future taxation years.
As of secured note and account receivable toApril 30, 2022, the Company recorded a reserve of approximately $300,000 for the estimate of the 2013 through 2021 tax year foreign income tax liability. Additionally, for the 2022 tax year, the Company recorded a reserve of $100,000 for the related parties and see Notes 8 and 9 for discussion of loans payable and convertible notes payable to related parties.


foreign income tax liability.


Note 15. Fair Value Measurements – Warrant Derivative liability


The accounting standard for fair value measurements provides a framework for measuring fair value and requires expanded disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or the exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The accounting standard established a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the useQuarterly Results (Unaudited)


F-36

Table of observable inputs, where available. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows. Level 1 input are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. An asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.


Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis consisted of the following at April 30, 2017 which related to 62,500 warrants which contained price protection:


 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Value at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 30,

 

 

Fair value Measurements at April 30, 2017

 

 

 

2017

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant derivative liability

 

$

52,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

52,500

 


The following is a summary of activity of Level 3 liabilities for the year ended April 30, 2017:


Balance April 30, 2016

 

$

 

Initial valuation of warrant derivative liability

 

 

52,500

 

Change in valuation of warrant derivative liability

 

 

 

Balance April 30, 2017

 

$

52,500

 


Changes in fair value of the warrant derivative liability are included in other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.


There were no changes in the valuation techniques during year ended April 30, 2017.


Note 16. Pending Acquisition


On March 8, 2017, Aspen entered into a letter of intent to acquire a regionally accredited for profit university for $9 million. The letter of intent is non-binding in material respects except for a no shop and certain other aspects. It is subject to a number of contingencies including execution of a Merger Agreement within 60 days and there is an important financial contingency that must be met by the end of calendar 2017. In furtherance of this possible acquisition, the Company lent $900,000 to the target with the loan guaranteed by its principal owner. The Company also entered into a Marketing Consulting Agreement with this university. If the Merger Agreement is not entered into within 60 days or the parties otherwise terminate the proposed merger, the $900,000 and 8% per annum interest is immediately due. Otherwise it is a credit towards the $2.5 million cash due at closing. The Company drew the $900,000 from the third party line of credit. (See Note 10, and Note 17 for definitive agreement.)




F-29



Contents

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

April 30, 20172022 and 2016


Note 17. Subsequent Events


On May 13, 2017, the Company granted its executive officers a total of 500,000 five-year options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The options vest annually over three years, subject to continued employment at each applicable vesting date, and are exercisable at $4.90 per share. The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer received 200,000 options with a fair value of $282,000, the Chief Operating Officer received 200,000 options with a fair value of $282,000, the Chief Academic Officer received 70,000 options with a fair value of $98,700 and the Chief Financial Officer received 30,000 options with a fair value of $42,300.


On May 18, 2017, the Company announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to acquire United States University, a regionally accredited for-profit university based in San Diego, California for a total purchase price of $9 million. The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals by the U.S. Department of Education, WASC Senior College and University Commission, and state regulatory and programmatic accreditation bodies. The earliest that Aspen Group would receive required regulatory approvals would be December 2017.


Effective May 24, 2017, the Company entered into waiver agreements with all of its investors in the April 2017 common stock offering. In consideration for waiving their registration rights, the Company paid to each of the investors 1.5% of their investment amount in the offering. The total amount paid was $112,500.


Effective June 11, 2017, the Company increased the Chief Academic Officer’s salary from $264,000 to $300,000, and granted 30,000 five-year options. The options vest quarterly over a three-year period in 12 equal quarterly increments with the first vesting date being September 11, 2017, subject to continued employment on each applicable employment date. The options are exercisable at $6.28 per share and the fair value is $54,000.


On June 20, 2017, the Company increased the Chief Financial Officer’s salary from $231,000 to $250,000.


On July 24, 2017, the Board of Directors approved the increase of shares authorized to be granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan to 3,500,000.


On July 25, 2017, the Company signed a $10 million senior secured term loan with Runway Growth Credit Fund (formerly known as GSV Growth Credit Fund). The Company will draw $5 million under the facility at closing, with the remaining $5 million to be drawn following the closing of the Company’s acquisition of substantially all the assets of the United States University, including receipt of all required regulatory approvals, among other conditions to funding. Terms of the 4-year senior loan include a 10% over 3-month LIBOR per annum interest rate. The Company also issued 224,174 5-year warrants at an exercise price of $6.87 per share.





2021

Quarter Ended July 31Quarter Ended October 31Quarter Ended January 31Quarter Ended April 30
Year Ended April 30, 2022
Revenue$19,430,995 $18,940,211 $18,944,798 $19,378,362 
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)8,593,568 8,789,201 9,275,419 8,601,093 
Operating loss(1,238,459)(2,657,536)(3,335,644)(1,738,684)
Loss before income taxes(719,878)(2,846,358)(3,502,387)(2,089,758)
Net loss(870,888)(2,852,258)(3,733,997)(2,128,638)
Net loss per share allocable to common stockholders - basic and diluted$(0.03)$(0.11)$(0.15)$(0.09)
Quarter Ended July 31Quarter Ended October 31Quarter Ended January 31Quarter Ended April 30
Year Ended April 30, 2021
Revenue$15,165,562 $16,971,045 $16,624,837 $19,051,076 
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)5,847,523 7,324,780 7,559,951 8,721,479 
Operating loss(366,341)(2,797,247)(2,784,825)(2,295,735)
Loss before income taxes(945,096)(4,333,995)(2,804,806)(2,332,432)
Net loss(943,196)(4,370,525)(2,815,266)(2,319,986)
Net loss per share allocable to common stockholders - basic and diluted$(0.04)$(0.19)$(0.11)$(0.09)


EXHIBIT INDEX

Incorporated by Reference

Filed or Furnished

Exhibit #

Exhibit Description

Form

Date

Number

Herewith

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation, as amended

10-Q

3/9/17

3.1

3.2

Bylaws

8-K

3/19/12

3.2

3.2(a)

Amendment No. 1 to Bylaws

8-K

3/12/14

3.1

10.1

Promissory Note dated March 8, 2017 – Linden Finance

Filed

10.2

Form of Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 7, 2017

8-K

4/10/17

10.1

10.3

Employment Agreement dated November 1, 2016 – Mathews*

10-Q

3/9/17

10.1

10.4

Employment Agreement dated November 24, 2014 – Gerard Wendolowski*

10-K

7/28/15

10.19

10.5

Employment Agreement dated June 11, 2017 – St. Arnauld*

Filed

10.6

2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended*

10-K

7/27/16

10.5

10.7

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

8-K

12/17/15

10.1

10.8

Form of Directors Indemnification Agreement

8-K/A

5/7/12

10.21

10.9

Loan Agreement dated August 31, 2016 – Cooperman

8-K

9/7/16

2.1

10.10

Revolving Promissory Note dated August 31, 2016 – Cooperman

8-K

9/7/16

2.2

10.11

Warrant dated August 31, 2016 – Cooperman

8-K

9/7/16

3.1

10.12

Note Conversion Agreement dated April 16, 2016 – Mathews

10-K

7/27/16

10.4

10.13

Letter Agreement with Warrant Holders for Reduced Exercise Price and Early Exercise 2016

10-K

7/27/16

10.19

10.14

Letter Agreement with Warrant Holders for Reduced Exercise Price and Early Exercise 2015

10-K

7/28/15

10.20

10.15

Termination of AEK Consulting Agreement

10-K

7/28/15

10.12

10.16

Consulting Agreement – AEK Consulting

10-K

7/29/14

10.24

21.1

Subsidiaries

Filed

23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Filed

31.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer (302)

Filed

31.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer (302)

Filed

32.1

Certification of Principal Executive and Principal Financial Officer (906)

Furnished**

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

Filed

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

Filed

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

Filed

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

Filed

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

Filed

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

Filed

———————

*

Represents compensatory plan of management.

**

This exhibit is being furnished rather than filed and shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing, in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.






F-37